1. Domestic appliances
  2. Climate control
  3. Split-system air conditioners
  4. Nailor
  5. 37SW
  6. 146 Pages

Nailor 37SW Manual

Nailor 37SW Manual
Add to My manuals

The Nailor 37SW is a hot water coil section designed for use with Nailor's 37S series terminal unit. It features a coil section installed on the unit discharge with an insulated casing for increased thermal efficiency. The coil is constructed with 1/2" (13) copper tubes and aluminum ripple fins. It also offers top and bottom access panels for inspection and coil cleaning, and a flanged outlet duct connection. This device is suitable for a range of applications where a hot water coil is required for heating and cooling systems.

advertisement

Assistant Bot

Need help? Our chatbot has already read the manual and is ready to assist you. Feel free to ask any questions about the device, but providing details will make the conversation more productive.

Nailor 37SW Manual - Hot Water Coil Section | Manualzz 
LOW PROFILE FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT WITH
EPIC ECM OR PSC MOTOR
SERIES FLOW • CONSTANT OR VARIABLE VOLUME
MODELS: 37S, 37SW AND 37SE • UNIT SIZES 1 – 3
DESCRIPTION:
• Only 11" (279) high.
• 20 ga. (1.0) galvanized
steel construction.
• 16 ga. (1.6) galvanized
steel inclined blade damper.
45° rotation. CW to close.
• Multi-point
averaging
Diamond Flow sensor.
• Access panels top and
bottom.
• 1/2" (13) dual density
insulation, exposed edges
coated to prevent air
erosion. Meets requirements
of NFPA 90A and UL 181.
• Single point electrical
and/or pneumatic main air
connection.
• Discharge opening for
flanged duct connection.
• Full primary air valve
low voltage NEMA 1 type
enclosure
for
factory
mounted DDC and analog
electronic controls.
• Controls mounted as
standard on RH side as
shown. Terminals ordered
with LH controls (optional)
are inverted.
Model 37S and Basic Unit
OPTIONS:
q Filter frame and 1" (25)
disposable filter.
q Toggle disconnect
MULTI-POINT
FLOW SENSOR
2"
(51)
Enclosure.
Voltage Enclosure
(see submittal FN3).
q Special features
___________________.
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
W
FAN
PRIMARY
DIA. =
NOM. – 1/8" (3)
AIR
DW
8"
(203)
5 4/5" (147)
DRIVESHAFT
14" (356)
10" (254)
OPTIONAL
90° FN2 HINGED
FAN CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
5"
(127)
OPTIONAL
PRIMARY AIR VALVE
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
5 1/2"
(140)
2"
(51)
15"
(381)
6 3/4"
(171)
HINGED FAN
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
11"
(279)
Dimensional Data
Unit
Size
Inlet
Size
W
L
Induced Air
Inlet
IW x IH
Outlet
Discharge
DW x DH
Filter
Size
1
4, 5, 6, 8
(102, 127, 152, 203)
19
(483)
36
(914)
6x8
(152 x 203)
10 3/8 x 6 7/8
(264 x 175)
8 x 10
(203 x 254)
2
­6, 8, 10
(152, 203, 254)
26 1/2
(673)
40 1/4
(1022)
15 3/4 x 8
(400 x 203)
11 3/8 x 6 7/8
(289 x 175)
18 x 10
(457 x 254)
3
­6, 8, 10
(152, 203, 254)
26 1/2
(673)
40 1/4
(1022)
15 3/4 x 8
(400 x 203)
12 3/8 x 6 7/8
(314 x 175)
18 x 10
(457 x 254)
EPIC ECM Motor FLA
PSC Motor FLA
Unit
Size Motor HP 120V 208V 240V 277V Motor HP 120V 208V 240V 277V
1
1.9
1.3
1.3
1.3
—
—
—
—
—
*
2
3.3
2.2
2.2
2.2
1/6
4.8
1.8
1.8
1.5
*
3
6.9
4.7
4.4
4.4
1/4
5.3
3.6
3.6
1.8
*
location.
SCHEDULE TYPE:
DH
Electrical Data
q FN2 90° Line Voltage
q FN3 Remote Line
OPTIONAL
INDUCED AIR
INLET FILTER
INDUCED
AIR
switch.
q Steri-liner.
q Fiber-free liner.
q Solid metal liner.
q Perforated metal liner.
q Fan unit fusing.
q Hanger brackets.
q Left-hand controls
L
IW
IH
MOTOR OPTIONS:
q Energy efficient PSC
fan motor with overload
protection. Solid state
fan speed controller with
minimum voltage stop.
q Ultra-high efficiency ECM
fan motor. EPIC fan
volume controller.
6 1/4"
(159)
EPIC ECM is a variable horsepower motor.
*­ The
Refer to Selectworks schedule for actual power consumption.
FLA = Full load amperage. All motors are single phase/60 Hz.
Page 1 of 2. For heat options; see page 2.
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 13 - 19
3700
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
8 - 3 - 17
37S-1
LOW PROFILE FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT WITH
EPIC ECM OR PSC MOTOR • HEAT ACCESSORIES
SERIES FLOW • CONSTANT OR VARIABLE VOLUME
MODELS: 37SW AND 37SE • UNIT SIZES 1 – 3
11" (279)
12" (305)
q Hot Water Coil Section Model 37SW
Standard Features:
• Coil section installed on unit discharge.
• Coil (and header on multi-circuit units) is installed in insulated casing for increased thermal efficiency.
• 1/2" (13) copper tubes.
• Aluminum ripple fins.
• Sweat connections: One row 1/2" (13) O. D. male solder.
Two and three row 7/8" (22) O.D. male solder.
• Top and bottom access panels for inspection and coil cleaning.
• Flanged outlet duct connection.
Coil Rows:
q 1-Row q 2-Row q 3-Row
Coil Hand Connections:
1 3/4"
(44)
HOT
WATER
COIL
FAN
E
3 5/8"
(92)
D
COIL
CONNECTION
OPTIONAL 90° FN2
HINGED FAN
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
(Looking in direction of airflow).
q Right hand (illustrated). Standard.
q Left hand. Optional.
C
1 1/8" (29)
15"
(381)
6 3/4"
(171)
Unit
Size
1
2, 3
Outlet Duct Size
CxD
E
14 1/2 x 8 3/4 (368 x 222) 20 (508)
24 x 8 3/4 (610 x 222) 29 3/8 (746)
q Electric Coil Section Model 37SE
11" (279)
Standard Features:
• Controls enclosure incorporates a hinged access door opening
upstream that helps ensure NEC clearance requirements
and reduces footprint. (FN2 90° design is standard).
• Unique hinged heater design permits easy access, removal and
replacement of heater element without disturbing ductwork.
• Class A 80/20 Ni/Cr wire.
• Coil installed on unit discharge.
• Insulated coil element wrapper.
• Automatic reset high limit cut-outs (one per element).
• Single point electrical connection (except 600V).
• Fan interlock relay or positive pressure airflow switch.
• Flanged outlet duct connection.
• Terminal unit with coil is ETL Listed as an assembly.
• Controls mounted as standard on RH side as shown.
Terminals ordered with LH controls (optional) are inverted.
Options:
q Toggle disconnect switch
(includes fan).
q SCR control.
q Door interlock disconnect
switch.
q 277V
q _______________ .
q Mercury contactors.
q Power circuit fusing.
q Dust tight construction.
q Manual reset secondary
ELECTRIC
HEATER
F
K
ELECTRIC
COIL AND
90° FN2
HINGED FAN
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
(STANDARD)
15"
(381)
6 3/4"
(171)
Unit
Size
1
2
3
Outlet Duct Size
FxG
12 3/8 x 9
(314 x 229)
M
K
3 5/8 (92)
35 7/8 (911)
11 1/8 (283) 43 1/2 (1105)
11 1/8 (283) 43 1/2 (1105)
thermal cut out.
Page 2 of 2.
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
PROJECT:
CONTRACTOR:
G
15 3/8"
(391)
2" (51)
HINGED FOR ELEMENT
REMOVAL
SCHEDULE TYPE:
ENGINEER:
1"
(25)
FAN
Voltage:
Single phase, 60 Hz.
q 120V
q 208V
q 240V
Three phase, 60 Hz.
q 208V
q 480V (4 wire wye).
q 600V (dual point connection).
M
11 1/2"
(292)
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 13 - 19
3700
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
8 - 3 - 17
37S-1
LOW PROFILE FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT WITH
EPIC ECM OR PSC MOTOR
SERIES FLOW • CONSTANT OR VARIABLE VOLUME
MODELS: 37S, 37SW AND 37SE • UNIT SIZE 4
DESCRIPTION:
• Only 11" (279) high.
• 20 ga. (1.0) galvanized
steel construction.
• 16 ga. (1.6) galvanized
steel inclined blade damper.
45° rotation. CW to close.
• Multi-point
averaging
Diamond Flow sensor.
• Access panels top and
bottom.
• 1/2" (13) dual density
insulation, exposed edges
coated to prevent air
erosion. Meets requirements
of NFPA 90A and UL 181.
• Single point electrical
and/or pneumatic main air
connection.
• Discharge opening for
flanged duct connection.
• Full primary air valve
low voltage NEMA 1 type
enclosure
for
factory
mounted DDC and analog
electronic controls.
• Controls mounted as
standard on RH side as
shown. Terminals ordered
with LH controls (optional)
are inverted.
Model 37S and Basic Unit
IH
OPTIONS:
q Filter frame and 1" (25)
MULTI-POINT
FLOW
SENSOR
FAN
11 1/4"
(286)
PRIMARY
W
FAN
INDUCED
AIR
DRIVESHAFT
B
5 3/4" (146)
14"
(356)
15"
(381)
10"
(254)
OPTIONAL
90° FN2 HINGED
FAN CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
OPTIONAL
PRIMARY AIR
VALVE CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
PRIMARY
AIR
H
2
6 3/4"
(171)
HINGED FAN
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
11" (279)
11" (279)
5 1/2"
(140)
Dimensional Data
Unit
Size
Inlet
Size
W
L
B
Induced Air
Inlet
IW x IH
P
12 x 9
10 (254) Round
44 36 1/2 9 3/4 2 1/16
(305 x 229)
14 x 10 (356 x 254) Rect. (1118) (927) (248) (52)
Qty. of 2
Outlet
Discharge
DW x DH
Filter
Size
14 x 10
24 1/2 x 6 7/8
(356 x 254)
(622 x 175)
Qty. of 2
EPIC ECM Motor FLA
PSC Motor FLA
Unit
Size Motor HP 120V 208V 240V 277V Motor HP 120V 208V 240V 277V
4
*
8.2
5.5
5.3
5.3
2 @ 1/4
10.6
7.2
7.2
3.7
EPIC ECM is a variable horsepower motor.
­* The
Refer to Selectworks schedule for actual power consumption.
FLA = Full load amperage. All motors are single phase/60 Hz.
Page 1 of 2.
For heat options; see page 2.
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
CONTRACTOR:
11 1/4"
(286)
Electrical Data
location.
q FN2 90° Line Voltage
Enclosure.
q FN3 Remote Line
Voltage Enclosure
(see submittal FN3).
q Special features
____________________.
ENGINEER:
DW
AIR
4
switch.
q Steri-liner.
q Fiber-free liner.
q Solid metal liner.
q Perforated metal liner.
q Fan unit fusing.
q Hanger brackets.
q Left-hand controls
AIR
W
2
NOM. – 1/8" (3)
disposable filter.
q Toggle disconnect
DH
INDUCED
IW
MOTOR OPTIONS:
q Energy efficient PSC
fan motor with overload
protection. Solid state
fan speed controller with
minimum voltage stop.
q Ultra-high efficiency ECM
fan motor. EPIC fan
volume controller.
P
L
OPTIONAL
INDUCED AIR
INLET FILTER
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 13 - 19
3700
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
7 - 18 - 17
37S-2
LOW PROFILE FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT WITH
EPIC ECM OR PSC MOTOR • HEAT ACCESSORIES
SERIES FLOW • CONSTANT OR VARIABLE VOLUME
MODELS: 37SW AND 37SE • UNIT SIZE 4
11" (279)
q Hot Water Coil Section Model 37SW
12" (305)
Standard Features:
• Coil section installed on unit discharge.
• Coil (and header on multi-circuit units) is installed in insulated
casing for increased thermal efficiency.
• 1/2" (13) copper tubes.
• Aluminum ripple fins.
• Sweat connections: One row 1/2" (13) O.D. male solder. Two
and three row 7/8" (22) O. D. male solder.
• Top and bottom access panels for inspection and coil cleaning.
• Flanged outlet duct connection.
1" (25)
D
1 3/4"
(44)
FAN
HOT
WATER
COIL
C E
FAN
Coil Rows:
q 1-Row q 2-Row q 3-Row
Coil Hand Connections:
3 5/8"
(92)
2 1/4"
(57)
(Looking in direction of airflow).
q Right hand (illustrated). Standard.
q Left hand. Optional.
COIL
CONNECTION
OPTIONAL
90° FN2
HINGED FAN
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
15"
(381)
6 3/4"
(171)
Unit
Size
4
Outlet Duct Size
CxD
41 x 9 (1041 x 229) 46 3/8 (1178)
q Electric Coil Section Model 37SE
11"
(279)
Standard Features:
• Controls enclosure incorporates a hinged access door opening
upstream that helps ensure NEC clearance requirements and
reduces footprint. (FN2 90° design is standard).
• Unique hinged heater design permits easy access, removal and
replacement of heater element without disturbing ductwork.
• Class A 80/20 Ni/Cr wire.
• Coil installed on unit discharge.
• Insulated coil element wrapper.
• Automatic reset high limit cut-outs (one per element).
• Single point electrical connection (except 600V).
• Fan interlock relay or positive pressure airflow switch.
• Flanged outlet duct connection.
• Terminal unit with coil is ETL Listed as an assembly.
• Controls mounted as standard on RH side as shown.
Terminals ordered with LH controls (optional) are inverted.
E
8 1/2"
(216)
11 1/2"
(292)
FAN
1"
(25)
F
37 3/8"
(949)
HEATER
K
FAN
1 1/2"
(38)
G
Voltage:
Single phase, 60 Hz.
q 120V
q 208V
q 240V
Three phase, 60 Hz.
q 208V
q 480V (4 wire wye).
q 600V (dual point connection).
Options:
q Toggle disconnect switch
(includes fan).
q SCR control.
q Door interlock disconnect
switch.
q Mercury contactors.
q 277V
q Power circuit fusing.
q Dust tight construction.
q Manual reset secondary
thermal cut out.
K
25 x 8 (635 x 203)
52 3/8 (1330)
6 3/4"
(171)
Unit
Size
4
Page 2 of 2.
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
PROJECT:
CONTRACTOR:
Outlet Duct Size
FxG
q _______________ .
SCHEDULE TYPE:
ENGINEER:
15"
(381)
ELECTRIC
COIL AND
90° FN2
HINGED FAN
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
(STANDARD)
HINGED FOR
ELEMENT REMOVAL
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 13 - 19
3700
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
7 - 18 - 17
37S-2
LOW PROFILE FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT WITH
EPIC ECM OR PSC MOTOR
'STEALTHTM' • SERIES FLOW • CONSTANT OR VARIABLE VOLUME
MODELS: 37SST, 37SEST AND 37SWST
UNIT SIZES 1 – 3
DESCRIPTION:
• Only 11" (279) high.
• 20 ga. (1.0) galvanized
steel construction.
• 16 ga. (1.6) galvanized
steel inclined blade damper.
45° rotation. CW to close.
• 'Stealth TM' tuned inlet
attenuator.
• Multi-point
averaging
Diamond Flow sensor.
• Access panels top and
bottom.
• 1/2" (13) dual density
insulation, exposed edges
coated to prevent air
erosion. Meets requirements
of NFPA 90A and UL 181.
• Single point electrical
and/or pneumatic main air
connection.
• Discharge opening for
flanged duct connection.
• Full primary air valve
low voltage NEMA 1 type
enclosure
for
factory
mounted DDC and analog
electronic controls.
• Controls mounted as
standard on RH side as
shown. Terminals ordered
with LH controls (optional)
are inverted.
MOTOR OPTIONS:
q Energy efficient PSC
Model 37SST and Basic Unit
L
OPTIONAL
INDUCED
AIR FILTER
6 1/4"
(159)
IH
INDUCED
IW
AIRFLOW
MULTI-POINT
FLOW SENSOR
2"
(51)
W2
DH
W
FAN
PRIMARY
DIA. =
NOM. – 1/8" (3)
AIR
DW
2"
(51)
8"
(203)
5 4/5" (147)
DRIVESHAFT
14" (356)
15"
(381)
10" (254)
OPTIONAL
90° FN2 HINGED
FAN CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
OPTIONAL
PRIMARY AIR VALVE
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
5 1/2"
(140)
6 3/4"
(171)
HINGED FAN
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
11"
(279)
5"
(127)
Dimensional Data
fan motor with overload
protection. Solid state
fan speed controller with
minimum voltage stop.
q Ultra-high efficiency ECM
fan motor. EPIC fan
volume controller.
Unit
Size
Inlet
Size
W
W2
L
Induced Air
Inlet
IW x IH
Outlet
Discharge
DW x DH
Filter
Size
1
4, 5, 6, 8
(102, 127, 152, 203)
19
(483)
28
(711)
36
(914)
9 x 11
(229 x 279)
10 3/8 x 6 7/8
(264 x 175)
9 x 11
(229 x 279)
OPTIONS:
q Filter frame and 1" (25)
2
­6, 8, 10
(152, 203, 254)
26 1/2
(673)
38 1/2
(978)
40 1/4
(1022)
12 x 11
(305 x 279)
11 3/8 x 6 7/8
(289 x 175)
12 x 11
(305 x 279)
q Toggle disconnect
3
­6, 8, 10
(152, 203, 254)
26 1/2
(673)
38 1/2
(978)
40 1/4
(1022)
12 x 11
(305 x 279)
12 3/8 x 6 7/8
(314 x 175)
12 x 11
(305 x 279)
disposable filter.
switch.
q Steri-liner.
q Fiber-free liner.
q Solid metal liner.
q Perforated metal liner.
q Fan unit fusing.
q Hanger brackets.
q Left-hand controls
location.
q FN2 90° Line Voltage
Enclosure.
q FN3 Remote Line
Voltage Enclosure
(see submittal FN3).
q Special features
___________________.
Electrical Data
EPIC ECM Motor FLA
PSC Motor FLA
Unit
Size Motor HP 120V 208V 240V 277V Motor HP 120V 208V 240V 277V
1
2
3
*
*
*
1.9
3.3
6.9
1.3
2.2
4.7
1.3
2.2
4.4
1.3
2.2
4.4
—
1/6
1/4
—
4.8
5.3
—
1.5
1.8
Page 1 of 2.
For heat options; see page 2.
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
PROJECT:
CONTRACTOR:
—
1.8
3.6
EPIC ECM is a variable horsepower motor.
­* The
Refer to Selectworks schedule for actual power consumption.
FLA = Full load amperage. All motors are single phase/60 Hz.
SCHEDULE TYPE:
ENGINEER:
—
1.8
3.6
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES
DRAWING NO.
4 - 25 - 22
3700
8 - 13 - 19
37SST-1
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
LOW PROFILE FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT WITH
EPIC ECM OR PSC MOTOR • HEAT ACCESSORIES
'STEALTHTM' • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT OR VARIABLE VOLUME
MODELS: 37SWST AND 37SEST • UNIT SIZES 1 – 3
q Hot Water Coil Section Model 37SWST
IW
Standard Features:
12" (305)
• Coil section installed on unit discharge.
• Coil (and header on multi-circuit units) is installed in insulated
casing for increased thermal efficiency.
• 1/2" (13) copper tubes.
• Aluminum ripple fins.
• Sweat connections: One row 1/2" (13) O. D. male solder. Two
and three row 7/8" (22) O.D. male solder.
• Top and bottom access panels for inspection and coil cleaning.
• Flanged outlet duct connection.
1 3/4"
(44)
HOT
WATER
COIL
FAN
Coil Rows:
q 1-Row q 2-Row q 3-Row
Coil Hand Connections:
W3
C E
D
3 5/8" (92)
(Looking in direction of airflow).
q Right hand (illustrated). Standard.
q Left hand (terminals are inverted). Optional.
Connections must be selected same
hand as controls enclosure location.
Unit
Size
1
2, 3
1 1/8"
(29)
15"
(381)
COIL
CONNECTION
OPTIONAL
90° FN2
HIGNED FAN
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
6 3/4"
(171)
11" (279)
Outlet Duct Size
CxD
IW
W3
E
14 1/2 x 8 3/4 (368 x 222) 9 (229)
29 (737)
20 (508)
24 x 8 3/4 (610 x 222)
12 (305) 41 3/8 (1051) 29 3/8 (746)
q Electric Coil Section Model 37SEST
11" (279)
Standard Features:
• Controls enclosure incorporates a hinged access door opening
upstream that helps ensure NEC clearance requirements
and reduces footprint. (FN2 90° design is standard).
• Unique hinged heater design permits easy access, removal and
replacement of heater element without disturbing ductwork.
• Class A 80/20 Ni/Cr wire.
• Coil installed on unit discharge.
• Insulated coil element wrapper.
• Automatic reset high limit cut-outs (one per element).
• Single point electrical connection (except 600V).
• Fan interlock relay or positive pressure airflow switch.
• Flanged outlet duct connection.
• Terminal unit with coil is ETL Listed as an assembly.
• Controls mounted as standard on RH side as shown.
Terminals ordered with LH controls (optional) are inverted.
Voltage:
Single phase, 60 Hz.
q 120V
q 208V
q 240V
Three phase, 60 Hz.
q 208V
q 480V (4 wire wye).
q 600V (dual point connection).
IW
M
11 1/2"
(292)
1"
(25)
G
FAN
ELECTRIC
HEATER
15 3/8"
(391)
F
K
2" (51)
HINGED FOR ELEMENT
REMOVAL
W3
15"
(381)
q 277V
ELECTRIC
COIL AND
90° FN2
HINGED FAN
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
(STANDARD)
6 3/4"
(171)
q _______________ . Unit Outlet Duct Size
IW
M
W3
K
Options:
Size
FxG
q Toggle disconnect switch q Mercury contactors.
1
3 5/8 (92) 44 7/8 (1140) 35 7/8 (911)
(includes fan).
q Power circuit fusing.
12 3/8 x 9
9
q SCR control.
q Dust tight construction.
2
11 1/8 (283) 52 1/2 (1334) 43 1/2 (1105)
(314 x 229)
(229)
q Door interlock disconnect q Manual reset secondary
3
11 1/8 (283) 52 1/2 (1334) 43 1/2 (1105)
switch.
thermal cut out.
SCHEDULE TYPE:
Page 2 of 2.
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES
DRAWING NO.
4 - 25 - 22
3700
8 - 13 - 19
37SST-1
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
LOW PROFILE FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT WITH
EPIC ECM OR PSC MOTOR
'STEALTHTM' • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT OR VARIABLE VOLUME
MODELS: 37SST, 37SEST AND 37SWST • UNIT SIZE 4
DESCRIPTION:
• Only 11" (279) high.
• 20 ga. (1.0) galvanized
steel construction.
• 16 ga. (1.6) galvanized
steel inclined blade damper.
45° rotation. CW to close.
tuned
inlet
• 'Stealth TM'
attenuators (2). Shipped loose
for field mounting.
• Multi-point
averaging
Diamond Flow sensor.
• Access panels top and
bottom.
• 1/2" (13) dual density
insulation, exposed edges
coated to prevent air
erosion. Meets requirements
of NFPA 90A and UL 181.
• Single point electrical
and/or pneumatic main air
connection.
• Discharge opening for
flanged duct connection.
• Full primary air valve
low voltage NEMA 1 type
enclosure
for
factory
mounted DDC and analog
electronic controls.
• Controls mounted as
standard on RH side as
shown. Terminals ordered
with LH controls (optional)
are inverted.
Model 37SST and Basic Unit
OPTIONS:
q Filter frame and 1" (25)
disposable filter.
Enclosure.
IW
19 1/2"
(495)
AIR
L
41 1/2"
(114)
P
MULTI-POINT
AIRFLOW
SENSOR
W
2
DH
FAN
11 1/4"
(286)
PRIMARY
NOM. – 1/8" (3)
DW
W
AIR
83"
(2108)
11 1/4"
(286)
FAN
B
33 1/2"
(851)
14" (356)
INDUCED
5 3/4" (146)
6 3/4"
(171)
OPTIONAL
90° FN2
HINGED FAN
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
5 1/2"
(140)
OPTIONAL
HINGED FAN
PRIMARY AIR
CONTROLS
VALVE CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE
PRIMARY
Dimensional Data
AIR
Inlet
Size
Unit
Size
15"
(381)
10" (254)
AIR
11"
(279)
4
q Toggle disconnect switch.
q Steri-liner.
q Fiber-free liner.
q Solid metal liner.
q Perforated metal liner.
q Fan unit fusing.
q Hanger brackets.
q Left-hand controls location.
q FN2 90° Line Voltage
IH
INDUCED
MOTOR OPTIONS:
q Energy efficient PSC
fan motor with overload
protection. Solid state
fan speed controller with
minimum voltage stop.
q Ultra-high efficiency ECM
fan motor. EPIC fan
volume controller.
49 3/4" (1264)
13 1/4"
(337)
H
2
W
L
11" (279)
Induced Air
Inlet
IW x IH
P
B
OPTIONAL
INDUCED
AIR FILTER
Outlet
Discharge
DW x DH
Filter
Size
14 x 10
12 x 9
24 1/2 x 6 7/8
44 36 1/2 9 3/4 2 1/16
10 (254) Round
(356 x 254)
(305 x 229)
(622 x 175)
14 x 10 (356 x 254) Rect. (1118) (927) (248) (52)
Qty. of 2
Qty. of 2
Electrical Data
EPIC ECM Motor FLA
PSC Motor FLA
Unit
Size Motor HP 120V 208V 240V 277V Motor HP 120V 208V 240V 277V
4
*
8.2
5.5
5.3
5.3
2 @ 1/4
10.6
7.2
7.2
3.7
EPIC ECM is a variable horsepower motor.
­* The
Refer to Selectworks schedule for actual power consumption.
FLA = Full load amperage. All motors are single phase/60 Hz.
q FN3 Remote Line
Voltage Enclosure
(see submittal FN3).
q Special features
____________________.
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
Page 1 of 3.
For heat options; see page 2 and 3.
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES
DRAWING NO.
8 - 13 - 19
3700
7 - 18 - 17
37SST-2
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
LOW PROFILE FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT WITH
EPIC ECM OR PSC MOTOR • HEAT ACCESSORIES
'STEALTHTM' • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT OR VARIABLE VOLUME
MODELS: 37SWST AND 37SEST • UNIT SIZE 4
q Hot Water Coil Section Model 37SWST
11" (279)
Standard Features:
12" (305)
• Coil section installed on unit discharge.
• Coil (and header on multi-circuit units) is installed in insulated
casing for increased thermal efficiency.
• 1/2" (13) copper tubes.
• Aluminum ripple fins.
• Sweat connections: One row 1/2" (13) O.D. male solder. Two
and three row 7/8" (22) O. D. male solder.
• Top and bottom access panels for inspection and coil cleaning.
• Flanged outlet duct connection.
FAN
Coil Rows:
q 1-Row q 2-Row
q 3-Row
Coil Hand Connections:
FAN
1" (25)
D
1 3/4"
(44)
HOT
WATER
COIL
C E
3 5/8"
(92)
2 1/4"
(57)
(Looking in direction of airflow).
q Right hand (illustrated). Standard.
q Left hand. Optional.
COIL CONNECTION
q Hot Water Coil Section Model 37SWST
Unit
Size
Outlet Duct Size
CxD
E
4
41 x 9 (1041 x 229)
46 3/8 (1178)
COIL CONNECTION
With FN2 Option
3 5/8" (92)
Standard Features:
• Coil section installed on unit discharge.
• Coil and header are installed in insulated casing for increased
thermal efficiency.
• 1/2" (13) copper tubes.
• Aluminum ripple fins.
• Sweat connections: One row 1/2" (13) O. D. male solder. Two
and three row 7/8" (22) O.D. male solder.
• Top and bottom access panels for inspection and coil cleaning.
• Flanged outlet duct connection.
FAN
HOT
WATER
COIL
C
1 3/4"
(44)
12" (305)
90° FN2
HINGED FAN
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
15"
(381)
6 3/4"
(171)
11" (279)
Unit
Size
Outlet Duct Size
CxD
E
4
41 x 9 (1041 x 229)
46 3/8 (1178)
Page 2 of 3.
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
PROJECT:
CONTRACTOR:
E
FAN
SCHEDULE TYPE:
ENGINEER:
1" (25)
2 1/4"
(57)
Coil Rows:
q 1-Row q 2-Row q 3-Row
Coil Hand Connection:
(Looking in direction of airflow).
q Left hand (illustrated). Standard.
q Right hand (terminals are inverted). Optional.
Connections must be selected opposite hand to FN2 controls
enclosure location.
D
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES
DRAWING NO.
8 - 13 - 19
3700
7 - 18 - 17
37SST-2
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
LOW PROFILE FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT WITH
EPIC ECM OR PSC MOTOR • HEAT ACCESSORIES
'STEALTHTM' • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT OR VARIABLE VOLUME
MODELS: 37SWST AND 37SEST • UNIT SIZE 4
q Electric Coil Section Model 37SEST
11"(279)
Standard Features:
11 1/2"
(292)
• Controls enclosure incorporates a hinged access door opening
upstream that helps ensure NEC clearance requirements and
reduces footprint. (FN2 90° design is standard).
• Unique hinged heater design permits easy access, removal and
replacement of heater element without disturbing ductwork.
• Class A 80/20 Ni/Cr wire.
• Coil installed on unit discharge.
• Insulated coil element wrapper.
• Automatic reset high limit cut-outs (one per element).
• Single point electrical connection (except 600V).
• Fan interlock relay or positive pressure airflow switch.
• Flanged outlet duct connection.
• Terminal unit with coil is ETL Listed as an assembly.
• Controls mounted as standard on RH side as shown.
Terminals ordered with LH controls (optional) are inverted.
FAN
HEATER
Options:
q Toggle disconnect switch (includes fan).
q SCR control.
q Door interlock disconnect switch.
q Mercury contactors.
q Power circuit fusing.
q Dust tight construction.
q Manual reset secondary thermal cut out.
HINGED
FOR
ELEMENT
REMOVAL
2"
(51) 15"
(381)
6 3/4" (171)
Unit
Size
4
Outlet Duct Size
FxG
ELECTRIC
COIL AND
90° FN2
FAN HINGED
CONTROLS
ENCLOSURE
(STANDARD)
W3
K
52 3/8 (1330)
Page 3 of 3.
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
PROJECT:
CONTRACTOR:
G
1 1/2"
(38)
25 x 8 (635 x 203) 60 7/8 (1546)
SCHEDULE TYPE:
ENGINEER:
W3
K
FAN
q 277V
q _______________ .
1"
(25)
F
Voltage:
Single phase, 60 Hz.
q 120V
q 208V
q 240V
Three phase, 60 Hz.
q 208V
q 480V (4 wire wye).
q 600V (dual point connection).
8 1/2"
(216)
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES
DRAWING NO.
8 - 13 - 19
3700
7 - 18 - 17
37SST-2
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
FN3 REMOTE LINE VOLTAGE CONTROLS ENCLOSURE
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT OPTION
MODEL SERIES: 33SZ, 35S(ST), 37S(ST), 38F AND 38S
W
MOUNTING
ANGLES - 2
(SHIP LOOSE)
W
MOUNTING
ANGLES - 2
(SHIP LOOSE)
H
TOGGLE DISCONNECT
OR DOOR INTERLOCK
DISCONNECT SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
ACCESS DOOR
HINGED PANEL
1 1/4" (32) DIA.
STEEL
FLEXIBLE
CONDUIT
(LENGTH 48")
TO
TERMINAL
UNIT
H
TOGGLE DISCONNECT
OR DOOR INTERLOCK
DISCONNECT SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
1 1/4" (32) DIA. STEEL
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
(LENGTH 48")
LOW VOLTAGE DDC
ENCLOSURE
(38F ONLY)
ACCESS DOOR
HINGED PANEL
TO
TERMINAL
UNIT
2 1/2" (64)
D
D
33SZ / 35S(ST) / 37S(ST) DESIGN
(Ceiling Mounted Terminal Unit)
38F / 38S DESIGN
(Underfloor Terminal Unit)
Dimensional Data
Model
Series
Unit
Size
33SZ
10
30, 35
W
H
D
8 1/2 (216)
11 (279)
14 (356)
13 (330)
17 (432)
6 3/4 (171)
6 3/4 (171)
5 3/4 (146)
5 3/4 (146)
5 3/4 (146)
35S(ST)
1, 2
3, 4, 5, 6, 7
15 (381)
15 (406)
17 (432)
14 (356)
14 (356)
37S(ST)
1, 2, 3, 4
15 (381)
11 (279)
6 3/4 (171)
38F
1, 3, 5, 6, 33, 3S, 3H, 6H, 33H
15 (381)
11 (279)
6 3/4 (171)
38S
1, 3, 5
15 (381)
11 (279)
6 3/4 (171)
40, 50, 55
NOTES:
1. The FN3 line voltage enclosure is an ETL listed option.
The FN3 was developed for Nailor fan powered terminal
units in order to help meet NEC clearance requirements.
Standard enclosures are mounted on the side of the
unit and effectively add 42" (1067) to the terminals
width footprint. Very often there is insufficient clearance
in the ceiling plenum due to physical obstructions to
accommodate this. The FN3 provides flexibility in that it
may be field positioned in any orientation that provides the
NEC clearance requirement.
2. The FN3 Line voltage enclosure ships loose with a 48"
(1219) flexible conduit connection to the terminal unit. The
enclosure should be field mounted either on or remote
from the terminal unit in a position that meets (NEC)
clearance requirements.
The controls enclosure is supplied with mounting angles,
which ship loose for field attachment.
SCHEDULE TYPE:
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES
DRAWING NO.
1 - 12 - 22
FN
8 - 3 - 21
FN3
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
TERMINAL UNITS
LINER OPTIONS
TYPE: FIBERGLASS DUAL DENSITY INSULATION
DESCRIPTION
Tuf-Skin® dual-density fiberglass insulation is the most widely-used insulation for HVAC equipment applications. The
combination of high-density skin and low-density core provides high acoustical values in the high and low frequency
ranges normally encountered in HVAC equipment.
Application. Tuf-Skin® provides effective thermal and acoustical control in air conditioning and heating equipment.
Advantage. The porosity and inherent structure of the flame-attenuated glass fiber blankets are highly effective in
reducing thermal transfer.
Tuf-Skin® readily withstands damage from mechanical abrasion during assembly and from air erosion in service.
INSULATION CHARACTERISTICS
Material:
Dual density fiberglass, surface treated to prevent erosion (Tuf-Skin® II)
Available Thicknesses:
1/2" (13), 3/4" (19), 1" (25) (Consult individual model submittal for thickness used).
Density:
4.0 lb/cu.ft. (64 kg/m3) skin, 1.5 lb/cu.ft. (24 kg/m3) core
Thermal Conductance:
1/2" (13) - 0.52 BTU / hr-ft2 -°F @ 75°F (2.95 W / m2-°C @ 24°C),
3/4" (19) - 0.36 BTU / hr-ft2 -°F @ 75°F (2.04 W / m2-°C @ 24°C),
1" (25) - 0.26 BTU / hr-ft2-°F @ 75°F (1.47 W / m2-°C @ 24°C)
Thermal Resistance:
(Effective R-Value)
1/2" (13) - 1.9 hr-ft2-°F / BTU (0.34 m2 -°C / W),
3/4" (19) - 2.8 hr-ft2-°F / BTU (0.49 m2 -°C / W),
1" (25) - 3.8 hr-ft2-°F / BTU (0.68 m2-°C / W)
Flame Spread Index:
25
Smoke Developed Index: 50
MAXIMUM AIR VELOCITY
3,600 FPM (1,097 mpm). Tested at two and one-half times (9,000 fpm) (2,743 mpm) the maximum recommended
service velocity. Meets the erosion requirements of UL 181.
TEMPERATURE LIMIT
250ºF (121ºC).
STANDARD AND CODE COMPLIANCE
• ASTM E84, UL 723 and CAN/ULC S102 Flame/Smoke (25/50)
• NFPA 90A and 90B
• ASTM C 1071
Tuf-Skin® is a registered trademark of Johns Manville.
SCHEDULE TYPE:
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES
DRAWING NO.
5 - 12 - 22
VAV.ACC.
3 - 30 - 22
VAV-FDD
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
TERMINAL UNITS
LINER OPTIONS
SOUND POWER LEVEL CORRECTION FACTORS
TYPE: FIBER-FREE
INSULATION CHARACTERISTICS
Material:
Engineered Polymer Foam Insulation (EPFI). Closed cell.
Zero permeability and water absorption.
Available Thicknesses: 1/2" (13), 3/4" (19), 1" (25) (Consult individual model submittal for thickness used).
Density:
1.5 lb/cu.ft. (24 kg/m3).
o
o
o
o
Thermal Conductivity:
0.27 BTU-in / hr-ft2- F @ 75 F (0.039 W / m- K @ 24 C).
(K-Factor)
o
o
Thermal Resistance:
1/2" (13): 1.9 hr-ft2 - F / BTU (0.33 m2- C / W).
o
o
2
2
(R-Value)
3/4" (19): 2.8 hr-ft - F / BTU (0.49 m - C / W).
o
o
2
2
1" (25): 3.7 hr-ft - F / BTU (0.65 m - C / W).
Flame Spread Index:
25
Smoke Developed Index: 50
Mold Growth:
None
Erosion:
None
STANDARD AND CODE COMPLIANCE
• UL 181 Class I
• ASTM E84 and UL 723 Flame/Smoke (25/50)
• NFPA 90A (Heating and Cooling Equipment)
• ASTM C 209
• ASTM C 665
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Correction factors to cataloged sound power level data (standard liner) are shown below.
Single Duct Terminal Units • 3000 Series Basic Unit • All sizes.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
Center Frequency (Hz) 125
250
500
1000
Discharge Sound
0
0
0
0
Radiated Sound
-1
-2
-2
-3
6
2000
0
-3
7
4000
0
-3
NC Impact
(Average)
0
-2
Single Duct Terminal Units with Integral Attenuator • 3000 Series • All Sizes.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
Center Frequency (Hz) 125
250
500
1000
2000
Discharge Sound
+1
+1
+3
+4
+7
Radiated Sound
-1
-2
-2
-3
-3
7
4000
+8
-3
NC Impact
(Average)
+3
-2
Fan Powered Terminal Units • 33SZ, 35N, 35S, 37N and 37S Series • All sizes.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
Center Frequency (Hz) 125
250
500
1000
2000
Discharge Sound
0
0
0
0
0
Radiated Sound
+2
+2
+4
+2
+2
7
4000
0
+2
NC Impact
(Average)
0
+3
Fan Powered Terminal Units • 35SST and 37SST "Stealth" Series • All sizes.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
Center Frequency (Hz) 125
250
500
1000
2000
Discharge Sound
0
0
0
0
0
Radiated Sound
+2
+2
+4
+2
+2
7
4000
0
+2
NC Impact
(Average)
0
+3
SCHEDULE TYPE:
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES
DRAWING NO.
5 - 12 - 22
VAV.ACC.
4 - 17 - 20
VAV-FF
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
TERMINAL UNITS
LINER OPTIONS
SOUND POWER LEVEL CORRECTION FACTORS
TYPE: STERI-LINER
INSULATION CHARACTERISTICS
Material:
Rigid board form fiberglass with a thermosetting resin. Fire resistant reinforced aluminum
foil-scrim-kraft (FSK) facing.
Available Thicknesses: 1/2" (13), 13/16" (21), 1" (25) (Consult individual model submittal for thickness used).
Density:
4.1 lb/cu.ft. (66 kg/m3).
o
o
o
o
Thermal Conductivity:
0.23 BTU-in / hr-ft2- F @ 75 F (0.033 W / m- K @ 24 C).
(K-Factor)
o
o
Thermal Resistance:
1/2" (13) - 2.2 hr-ft2- F / BTU (0.48 m2- C / W).
o
o
2
(R-Value)
13/16" (21) - 3.5 hr-ft - F / BTU (0.76 m2- C / W).
o
o
2
2
1" (25) - 4.3 hr-ft - F / BTU (0.96 m - C / W).
Flame Spread Index:
25
Smoke Developed Index: 50
Mold Growth:
None
STANDARD AND CODE COMPLIANCE
• UL 181 Class I
• ASTM E84 and UL 723 Flame/Smoke (25/50)
• NFPA 90A and 90B
• ASTM C 1071 Air Velocity (2000 fpm max.)
• ASTM C 665
• ASTM C 1338, G21 and G22 Fungi and Bacteria Resistance
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Correction factors to cataloged sound power level data (standard liner) are shown below.
Single Duct Terminal Units • 3000 Series Basic Unit • All sizes.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
Center Frequency (Hz) 125
250
500
1000
Discharge Sound
0
0
0
0
Radiated Sound
-1
-2
-2
-3
6
2000
0
-3
7
4000
0
-3
NC Impact
(Average)
0
-2
Single Duct Terminal Units with Integral Attenuator • 3000 Series • All Sizes.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
Center Frequency (Hz) 125
250
500
1000
2000
Discharge Sound
+1
+1
+3
+4
+7
Radiated Sound
-1
-2
-2
-3
-3
7
4000
+8
-3
NC Impact
(Average)
+3
-2
Fan Powered Terminal Units • 33SZ, 35N, 35S, 37N and 37S Series • All sizes.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
Center Frequency (Hz) 125
250
500
1000
2000
Discharge Sound
0
0
0
0
0
Radiated Sound
+2
+3
+6
+11
+10
7
4000
0
+3
NC Impact
(Average)
0
+3
Fan Powered Terminal Units • 35SST and 37SST "Stealth" Series • All sizes.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
Center Frequency (Hz) 125
250
500
1000
2000
Discharge Sound
0
0
0
0
0
Radiated Sound
-5
-4
-4
0
+3
7
4000
0
+5
NC Impact
(Average)
0
-4
SCHEDULE TYPE:
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES
DRAWING NO.
5 - 17 - 22
VAV.ACC.
1 - 12 - 21
VAV-SL
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
VAV TERMINAL UNITS
LINER OPTIONS
TYPE: SOLID METAL LINER
(DOUBLE WALL CONSTRUCTION)
A Solid metal liner completely isolates the standard insulation and its raw edges from the airstream within the terminal.
The solid metal liner option, also referred to as double wall construction, offers excellent protection against exposure of
fiberglass particles to the airstream. This option is ideal for applications where Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) is a concern and
where terminals will be wiped down and cleaned on a regular basis. This option is also resistant to moisture.
ISOLATED INSULATION
Material:
Thickness:
Density:
Dual Density flame attenuated glass fiber.
3/4" (19). (37N, 37S, 37SST and 33SZ Size 30 Low Profile Fan Powered Terminal Units use
1/2" (13) material).
4.0 lb/cu. ft. (64 kg/m3) skin.
1.5 lb/cu. ft. (24 kg/m3) core.
Thermal Conductance: 0.36 BTU / hr-ft2-°F @ 75°F (2.04 W / m2-°C @ 24°C).
(C)
For 1/2" (13) material: 0.52 BTU / hr-ft2-°F @ 75°F (2.95 W / m2-°C @ 24°C).
STANDARD AND CODE COMPLIANCE
• UL 181 Class I
• ASTM E84 and UL 723 Flame/Smoke (25/50)
• NFPA 90A and 90B
• ASTM C 1071 Air Velocity (2000 fpm max.)
• ASTM C 665
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Correction factors to cataloged sound power level data (standard dual density insulation) are shown below.
Single Duct Terminal Units • 3000 Series Basic Unit • All sizes.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
7
NC Impact
Center Frequency (Hz) 125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
(Average)
Discharge Sound
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Radiated Sound
-1
-2
-2
-3
-3
-3
-2
Fan Powered Terminal Units • 33SZ, 35N, 35S, 37N and 37S Series • All sizes.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
Center Frequency (Hz) 125
250
500
1000
2000
Discharge Sound
0
0
0
0
0
Radiated Sound
+2
+1
+2
+6
+13
7
4000
0
+14
NC Impact
(Average)
0
+3
Fan Powered Terminal Units • 35SST and 37SST "Stealth" Series • All sizes.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
Center Frequency (Hz) 125
250
500
1000
2000
Discharge Sound
0
0
0
0
0
Radiated Sound
-5
-4
-4
0
+3
7
4000
0
+5
NC Impact
(Average)
0
-4
Dual Duct Terminal Units • 3230 and 3240 "Blendmaster" Series • All sizes.
Nailor has independently tested and cataloged their dual duct sound data based upon the use of Steri-Liner (high
density foil back insulation) rather than standard dual density fiberglass insulation as used in the above terminal units.
This is because it is the most popular specification for dual duct terminals, where IAQ is frequently a concern. Solid
metal liner is acoustically reflective in a manner similar to Steri-Liner. The cataloged data may therefore be used
without correction when a solid metal liner is required.
SCHEDULE TYPE
PROJECT
ENGINEER
CONTRACTOR
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
8 - 19 - 16
VAV.ACC.
11 - 19 - 12
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
VAV - SML
PNEUMATIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST 1P3
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LINE
VOLTAGE
NORMALLY OPEN
DAMPER
N
AIRFLOW
H
MCP-8030
ACTUATOR
(8 – 10 PSI)
HI LO
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
BALANCING
TEES
RESET START POINT
FACTORY SET
@ 8 PSI
SPEED
CONTROLLER
T
B H
L
NC
SETTING
MUST BE
N. O.
NO
M DAMPER
KREUTER
G
RESET SPAN
FACTORY SET
CSC-3011
@ 5 PSI
RESET CONTROLLER
M
MAIN AIR
20 PSI
MB
FACTORY WIRING/ PIPING
FIELD PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
DIRECT ACTING
2-PIPE THERMOSTAT
(OPTIONAL OR BY OTHERS)
CONTROL SEQUENCE 1P3 • VAV COOLING (CONTINUOUS
OPERATION) • DA/NO • 3000 CONTROLLER
Sequence of Operation:
Options:
The unit fan will deliver a constant volume to the space at all times. With space
temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum
induced plenum air.
On a rise in space temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller to
increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less
warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the space temperature is warm, the primary air damper is controlling at
the maximum airflow setting (usually the same as the fan volume setting and
no plenum air is induced).
As the space temperature decreases, the damper modulates back towards
the minimum airflow setting and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section,
more warm air is induced. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any
changes in volume due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and
compensated for, resulting in pressure independent control.
Two Pipe Thermostat (Vertical Mount.
Includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
❑ CTC-1621-103 °F scale plate
❑ CTC-1621-113 °C scale plate
RY
AIR
CLG.
IM
A
PR
40
MIN.
ED
20
AIR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
60
0
0
3
8
13
15
THERMOSTAT OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI
SPACE TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
MAX.
UC
Constant volume series terminal fans should be electrically or pneumatically
field interlocked with the central fan system, to prevent backflow of primary
air into the ceiling plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the
terminal fan.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
80
IND
Note:
100
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
DATE
B SERIES
10 - 18 - 07
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SCD-1P3
PNEUMATIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST 2P3
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LINE
VOLTAGE
NORMALLY OPEN
DAMPER
N
AIRFLOW
H
MCP-8030
ACTUATOR
(8 – 10 PSI)
HI LO
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
BALANCING
TEES
RESET START POINT
FACTORY SET
@ 3 PSI
SPEED
CONTROLLER
LOW STAT P = MAX.
HIGH STAT P = MIN.
T
B H
L
NC
SETTING
MUST BE
N. O.
NO
M DAMPER
KREUTER
G
RESET SPAN
FACTORY SET
CSC-3011
@ 5 PSI
RESET CONTROLLER
M
MAIN AIR
20 PSI
MB
Constant volume series terminal fans should be electrically or pneumatically
field interlocked with the central fan system, to prevent backflow of primary
air into the ceiling plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the
terminal fan.
CLG.
60
D
AIR
40
20
MIN.
0
0
3
8
13
15
THERMOSTAT OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI
SPACE TEMPERATURE DECREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
TOTAL AIRFLOW
MAX.
80
AIR
Note:
100
Y
AR
IM
PR
The unit fan will deliver a constant volume to the space at all times. With space
temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum
induced plenum air.
On a rise in space temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller to
increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less
warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the space temperature is warm, the primary air damper is controlling at
the maximum airflow setting (usually the same as the fan volume setting and
no plenum air is induced).
As the space temperature decreases, the damper modulates back towards
the minimum airflow setting and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section,
more warm air is induced. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any
changes in volume due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and
compensated for, resulting in pressure independent control.
Two Pipe Thermostat (Vertical Mount.
Includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
❑ CTC-1622-103 °F scale plate
❑ CTC-1622-113 °C scale plate
CE
Sequence of Operation:
Options:
DU
CONTROL SEQUENCE 2P3 • VAV COOLING (CONTINUOUS
OPERATION) • REVERSE ACTING/NORMALLY OPEN
• 3000 CONTROLLER
IN
FIELD PIPING
REVERSE ACTING
2-PIPE THERMOSTAT
(OPTIONAL OR BY OTHERS)
AIRFLOW INCREASE
FACTORY WIRING/ PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
DATE
B SERIES
10 - 17 - 07
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
NEW
35SCD-2P3
PNEUMATIC CONTROL
Nailor
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
Industries Inc.
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST 3P3
*
OPTIONAL
HOT WATER
VALVE
(BY OTHERS)
OR P. E.
SWITCHES FOR
ELECTRIC HEAT
NORMALLY CLOSED
DAMPER
AIRFLOW
HI LO
MCP-8030
ACTUATOR
(8 – 10 PSI)
BALANCING
TEES
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
H
P. E.
SWITCH
P. E.
SWITCH
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
P. E.
SWITCH
RESET START POINT
FACTORY SET
@ 8 PSI
SPEED
CONTROLLER
T
B H
L
NO
SETTING
MUST BE
N. C.
NC
M DAMPER
KREUTER
G
RESET SPAN
FACTORY SET
CSC-3011
@ 5 PSI
RESET CONTROLLER
M
MAIN AIR
20 PSI
MB
FACTORY WIRING/ PIPING
FIELD PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
DIRECT ACTING
2-PIPE THERMOSTAT
(OPTIONAL OR BY OTHERS)
CONTROL SEQUENCE 3P3 • VAV COOLING (CONTINUOUS
OPERATION) • DA/NC • 3000 CONTROLLER
Sequence of Operation:
Options:
The unit fan will deliver a constant volume to the space at all times. With space
temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum
induced plenum air.
On a rise in space temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller to
increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less
warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the space temperature is warm, the primary air damper is controlling at
the maximum airflow setting (usually the same as the fan volume setting and
no plenum air is induced).
As the space temperature decreases, the damper modulates back towards
the minimum airflow setting and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section,
more warm air is induced. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any
changes in volume due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and
compensated for, resulting in pressure independent control.
Two Pipe Thermostat (Vertical Mount.
Includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
❑ CTC-1621-103 °F scale plate
❑ CTC-1621-113 °C scale plate
MAX.
40
AIR
AR
Y
PR
IM
ED
MIN.
AIR
20
CLG.
UC
AIRFLOW INCREASE
60
IND
Constant volume series terminal fans should be electrically or pneumatically
field interlocked with the central fan system, to prevent backflow of primary
air into the ceiling plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the
terminal fan.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
80
OR
W
LO
AT
R F IC HE
ATE
R
T W LECT
HO
DE
GE
STA
Note:
100
0
0
3
8
13
15
THERMOSTAT OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI
SPACE TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
12 - 2 - 02
3500
7 - 12 - 99R 35SCD-3P3
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST A1
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5101 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA)
SINGLE TEMP. SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V1 T3 R1 T1 + V A
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
–
H
–
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
LED
M
I
N
SPEED
CONTROLLER
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
CAPACITOR
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
FAN
MOTOR
FIELD WIRING
CONTROL SEQUENCE A1 • COOLING (CONTINUOUS
OPERATION)
Sequence of Operation:
Options:
Fan runs continuously, providing constant volume to the space. With room
temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum
induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied
to the fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more,
primary airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is
usually the same as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the
controller/actuator to decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to
the fan section, more warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum. If room
temperature continues to drop, minimum primary airflow is maintained.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any
changes in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and
compensated for, resulting in pressure independent control.
Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the
thermostat cover.
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
MAXIMUM
COOLING
AIRFLOW INCREASE
PR
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
MINIMUM
AIR
Constant volume series terminal fans should be interlocked to be energized
ahead of or when the central system fan starts, to prevent backflow of primary
air into the ceiling plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the
terminal fan.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
Note:
(Thermostat includes backing plate for
2" x 4" electrical box).
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
SETPOINT
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SCD-A1
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST A2
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5101 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA)
SINGLE TEMP. SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V1 T3 R1 T1 + V A
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
–
H
–
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
LED
M
I
N
SPEED
CONTROLLER
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
REE-1005 COOLING/HEATING
CHANGEOVER RELAY MODULE
5
STE-1002
NC C NO
4
FACTORY
INSTALLED
JUMPER
A
X Y
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
DUCT TEMP. SENSOR
FIELD WIRING
TOTAL AIRFLOW
AIR
AR
Y
IM
AIR
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
MORNING WARM-UP CYCLE
(Central System On).
MAXIMUM FLOW WITH WARM-UP ACTIVATED
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
AIRFLOW INCREASE
Options:
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
A duct mounted sensor is used to measure primary air temperature. Upon sensing a
central system supply air temperature above 77°F +/– 4 (25°C +/– 2.2), the primary air
damper will drive fully open regardless of flow limit settings. The terminal fan must be
energized. Central warm air is delivered to the space.
Constant volume series terminal fans should be interlocked to be energized ahead of or
when the central system fan starts, to prevent backflow of primary air into the ceiling
plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the terminal fan.
COOLING
PR
MINIMUM
Morning Warm-up Cycle.
Note:
MAXIMUM
MIXING
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
Fan runs continuously, providing constant volume to the space. With room temperature at set
point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in
room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow.
As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes in
duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover.
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
AIRFLOW INCREASE
CONTROL SEQUENCE A2 • COOLING WITH MORNING WARM-UP
(CONTINUOUS OPERATION)
Sequence of Operation:
SETPOINT
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SCD-A2
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST A5
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5101 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA)
SINGLE TEMP. SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T3
N
12
V A
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
H
–
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
–
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
C
AIRFLOW SWITCH
NC
T
I
N
C
R
FIELD WIRING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
X
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
NO
NO
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
C
FAN
RELAY
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
CONTROL SEQUENCE A5
COOLING WITH NIGHT CYCLE
Sequence of Operation:
Day/Occupied Cycle:
TOTAL AIRFLOW
MAXIMUM
COOLING
AIRFLOW INCREASE
PR
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
MINIMUM
AIR
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air
is induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained. An increase in room temperature reverses the sequence.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes
in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Cycle.
INDUCED PLENUM AIR
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air.
Upon a call for heat, the thermostat will override the airflow switch and will cycle the
unit fan intermittently to maintain setpoint temperature.
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or
❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
AIRFLOW INCREASE
Night/Unoccupied Cycle.
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SCD-A5
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST B13
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5103 ROOM THERMOSTAT
DA COOLING/RA HEATING
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V1 T3 R1 T1 + V A
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
– T2 R2 T4 V2
–
H
T2
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
LED
M
I
N
SPEED
CONTROLLER
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
REE-1005 CHANGEOVER
RELAY MODULE
5
STE-1002
NC C NO
4
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
A
X Y
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
DUCT TEMP. SENSOR
FIELD WIRING
R
AI
IM
AR
Y
CO
LD
PR
60
40
DU
IN
D
R
AI
0
– 2°F
COOLING
SET POINT
+ 2°F
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
HEATING MODE
RESET SPAN
FIXED 2°F
100
80
TOTAL AIR
MAX.
HTG.
60
R
AI
0
DU
MIN.
IN
20
CE
D
AI
R
40
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
CE
MIN.
20
Y
AR
M
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
CLG.
I
PR
Options:
MAX.
M
(Min. and max. flow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
TOTAL AIR
80
AR
W
The heating/cooling thermostat features separate temperature set points and separate min./max. velocity limits.
The automatic changeover relay (REE-1005) energizes either the cooling or heating mode of the thermostat in
response to duct temperature. Any changes in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and
compensated for, resulting in pressure independent control. The sequence of operation is as follows:
1. With electric power on, and with a duct temperature below 77°F (25°C), the cooling side (T1 output) of the
thermostat is energized. As room temperature increases above thermostat cooling set point, the controller
increases the primary airflow, modulating to the maximum set point.
2. During full cooling demand, the controller maintains maximum primary airflow. As room temperature drops,
the primary airflow decreases, modulating to the minimum set point. When the thermostat is satisfied, the
controller maintains the primary airflow associated with that set point.
3. The terminal fan provides a constant volume discharge airflow to the space, consisting of cool primary air
and the balance made up from warm induced ceiling plenum air.
4. At a duct temperature above 77°F (25°C), the heating side (T2 output) of the thermostat is energized and
primary air throttling action is reversed. The warm primary airflow modulates between the heating maximum and
minimum flow set points, as required by the room thermostat to maintain the heating set point.
5. The terminal fan provides a constant volume discharge airflow to the space, consisting of warm primary air
and the balance made up from warm induced ceiling plenum air.
6. When electric power is off, the primary air damper stops at its current position and the terminal fan goes off.
RESET SPAN
FIXED 2°F
100
AIRFLOW, % OF TOTAL CAPACITY
Sequence of Operation:
COOLING MODE
AIRFLOW, % OF TOTAL CAPACITY
VARIABLE PRIMARY AIR VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
• COOLING WITH AUTOMATIC HEATING CHANGE-OVER
• CONTINUOUS FAN OPERATION
– 2°F
HEATING
SET POINT
+ 2°F
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SCD-B13
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST B15
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5103 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA/RA)
DUAL TEMP. SET POINT
FIELD WIRING
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
12
V A
LINE
VOLTAGE
GROUND
N
H
– T2 R2 T4 V2
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
V1
T1
+
–
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
T2
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
REE-1005 COOLING/HEATING
CHANGEOVER RELAY MODULE
NC
A
R
AI
AR
Y
IM
PR
LD
CO
CE
DU
D
R
AI
– 2°F
COOLING
SET POINT
+ 2°F
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
HEATING MODE
RESET SPAN
FIXED 2°F
80
TOTAL AIR
MAX.
HTG.
60
R
AI
AI
R
40
D
AIRFLOW, % OF TOTAL CAPACITY
100
Y
AR
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
MIN.
20
IM
Options:
40
PR
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air.
Note: Cooling and heating setpoints can be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) from each other.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
CLG.
M
AR
W
Night/Unoccupied Cycle (Night Shut Down).
60
0
Heating Mode:
Supply air system in heating mode (above 77°F (25°C)). The heating side of the thermostat is
energized and primary air throttling action is reversed. The warm primary airflow modulates between
heating maximum and minimum set points as required by the room thermostat to maintain the
heating set point. The fan terminal delivers a constant volume discharge to the occupied space,
consisting of warm primary air and the balance made up from warm induced ceiling plenum air.
MAX.
IN
Supply air system in cooling mode (below 77°F (25°C)). With room temperature at set point, unit
delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room
temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As
more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary airflow is
maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same as the total fan
volume setting. On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the
controller/actuator to decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more
warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained. An increase in room temperature reverses the sequence.
TOTAL AIR
80
20
0
CE
Cooling Mode:
RESET SPAN
FIXED 2°F
100
AIRFLOW, % OF TOTAL CAPACITY
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
COOLING MODE
MIN.
DU
X Y
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
This arrangement is for use where a single duct central system is used for both cooling and heating
(eg. summer/winter). The heating/cooling thermostat features seperate temperature set points and
seperate min./max. airflow limits. The auto change-over relay/duct temp. sensor energizes either
the cooling or heating mode of the thermostat in response to the duct temperature.
Sequence of Operation:
Day/Occupied Cycle
NO
IN
5
CONTROL SEQUENCE B15
DUCT TEMP. SENSOR
COOLING/HEATING WITH
AUTOMATIC CHANGE-OVER AND NIGHT SHUT DOWN
AIRFLOW
SWITCH
NC C NO
4
STE-1002
C
– 2°F
HEATING
SET POINT
+ 2°F
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SCD-B15
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST B2
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5101 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA)
SINGLE TEMP. SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V A
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
H
–
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
–
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
C
FAN
RELAY
REE-1005
RELAY MODULE
AIRFLOW SWITCH
C
5
NC
FIELD WIRING
CAPACITOR
FACTORY
INSTALLED
JUMPER
A
X Y
STE-1002
NO
NC C NO
4
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
NO
FAN
MOTOR
DUCT TEMP. SENSOR
CONTROL SEQUENCE A5
COOLING WITH MORNING WARM-UP AND NIGHT SHUTDOWN
Sequence of Operation:
Day/Occupied Cycle:
TOTAL AIRFLOW
MAXIMUM
COOLING
AIRFLOW INCREASE
PR
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
MINIMUM
AIR
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air
is induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained. An increase in room temperature reverses the sequence.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes
in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
SETPOINT
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
MORNING WARM-UP CYCLE
(Central System On).
MAXIMUM FLOW WITH WARM-UP ACTIVATED
Unoccupied Cycle (Night Shutdown).
Morning Warm-up Cycle.
A duct mounted sensor is used to measure primary air temperature. Upon sensing a
central system supply air temperature above 77°F +/– 4 (25°C +/– 2.2), the primary air
damper will drive fully open regardless of flow limit settings. Central warm air is
delivered to the space.
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
AIRFLOW INCREASE
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air.
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
SETPOINT
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SCD-B2
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST B5
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5105 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA/DA) NIGHT/DAY DUAL SET POINT
DPDT
RELAY
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V A
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
LINE
VOLTAGE
– T2 R2 T4 V2
N
BALANCING
TEES
V1
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
T3
T1
+
–
T4
TERMINAL
BLOCK
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
GROUND
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
C
NC
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
I
N
C
R
FIELD WIRING
NO
T
NO
X
C
FAN
RELAY
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
AIRFLOW SWITCH
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
CONTROL SEQUENCE B5
COOLING WITH NIGHT TEMPERATURE SET-BACK CYCLE
Sequence of Operation:
Day/Occupied Cycle
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
MAXIMUM
COOLING
PR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
MINIMUM
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
DAY
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Cycle.
INDUCED PLENUM AIR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air and activates the night side
of the thermostat through DPDT relay. Primary air damper cycles closed.
Upon a call for heat, the thermostat will override the airflow switch and will cycle the
unit fan intermittently to maintain night set-back setpoint temperature.
Note:Room thermostat has individually adjustable night and day setpoints. They can
be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) of each other.
Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
AIR
Night/Unoccupied Cycle.
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes
in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
H
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
NIGHT
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SCD-B5
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST B6
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
CTE-5105 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA/DA) NIGHT/DAY DUAL SET POINT
DPDT
RELAY
FIELD WIRING
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
12
V A
LINE
VOLTAGE
– T2 R2 T4 V2
N
H
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
BALANCING
TEES
V1
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
T3
T1
+
–
T4
TERMINAL
BLOCK
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
GROUND
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
C
FAN
RELAY
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
NO
REE-1005 COOLING/HEATING
CHANGEOVER RELAY MODULE
5
STE-1002
NC C NO
4
NC
T
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
X
NO
I
N
C
R
C
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
AIRFLOW SWITCH
A
X Y
FACTORY
INSTALLED
JUMPER
DUCT TEMP. SENSOR
CONTROL SEQUENCE B6
COOLING WITH MORNING WARM-UP AND NIGHT TEMPERATURE
SET-BACK CYCLE
Sequence of Operation:
Day/Occupied Cycle
AIR
AR
Y
IM
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
DAY
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Cycle.
INDUCED PLENUM AIR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air and activates the
night side of the thermostat through DPDT relay. Primary air damper cycles closed.
Upon a call for heat, the thermostat will override the airflow switch and will cycle the
unit fan intermittently to maintain night set-back setpoint temperature.
Note:Room thermostat has individually adjustable night and day setpoints. They can
be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) of each other.
Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover.
COOLING
PR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
MINIMUM
A duct mounted temperature sensor is used to measure primary air temperature. Upon
sensing a supply air temperature above 77°F +/-4 (25°C +/-2.2), the primary air damper will
drive fully open regardless of flow limit settings. Central warm air is delivered to the space.
Night/Unoccupied Cycle.
MAXIMUM
MIXING
AIR
Morning Warm-up.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary
airflow is maintained.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes
in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
NIGHT
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SCD-B6
PNEUMATIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S AND 37SST OPTION: QK
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LINE VOLTAGE
N
H
AIRFLOW
MCP-8030
ACTUATOR
(8 – 10 PSI)
HI LO
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
BALANCING
TEES
SPEED
CONTROLLER
T
L
NC
B H
NO
M DAMPER
KREUTER
NORMALLY
OPEN
AIRFLOW
SWITCH
NO
C
G
CSC-3011
RESET CONTROLLER
NC
M
MAIN AIR
20 PSI
MB
FACTORY WIRING/ PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
2-PIPE THERMOSTAT
(OPTIONAL OR BY OTHERS)
FIELD PIPING
CONTROL SUBSEQUENCE QK
NIGHT SHUT DOWN WITH AIRFLOW SWITCH
(See main control sequence for daytime operation).
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Shut Down.
Sequence of Operation:
100
80
AIRFLOW INCREASE
A positive pressure airflow switch, piped to the high side of the primary inlet
Diamond Flow Sensor, de-energizes the terminal fan upon loss of primary
(central) air.
The terminal fan will remain off until the primary air is restored.
60
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
FAN
SHUT
DOWN
40
20
0
DA 0
RA
3
13
8
8
13
3
15
1
THERMOSTAT OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI
SPACE TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
DATE
B SERIES
10 - 18 - 07
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SCD-QK
PNEUMATIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S, 35SST, 37S OPTION:QN
*
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
AIRFLOW
MCP-8030
ACTUATOR
(8 – 10 PSI)
HI LO
OPTIONAL
HOT WATER
VALVE
(BY OTHERS)
OR P. E.
SWITCHES FOR
ELECTRIC HEAT
LINE VOLTAGE
N
H
P. E.
SWITCH
P. E.
SWITCH
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
P. E.
SWITCH
BALANCING
TEES
SPEED
CONTROLLER
T
L
NC
B H
NO
M DAMPER
KREUTER
P. E.
SWITCH
G
CSC-3011
RESET CONTROLLER
M
MAIN AIR
20 PSI
FACTORY WIRING/ PIPING
MB
NIGHT
SETBACK
SIGNAL
NORMALLY
OPEN
FAN P.E.
SWITCH
P. E.
SWITCH
WIRED
N. C. FOR
DA STAT.
N. O. FOR
RA STAT.
2-PIPE THERMOSTAT
(OPTIONAL OR BY OTHERS)
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
* Hot water valve (by others): 3 – 8 psi N. O. for DA stat. 8 – 13 psi N. C. for RA stat.
P. E. switches (included in electric heater). Wired N. C. for DA stat. N. O. for RA stat.
CONTROL SUBSEQUENCE QN
NIGHT SETBACK WITH P.E. SWITCHES.
(See main control sequence for daytime operation).
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Setback.
Sequence of Operation:
100
INDUCED PLENUM AIR
LVE
VA
TER EAT
WA
H
OT
IC
T. H ECTR
EL
OR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
80
OP
A P. E. Switch de-energizes fan upon loss of main air.
Primary air fan must be shut down. A second P.E. switch
provides an override upon a call for heating and will cycle
the unit fan and supplementary heat in response to a
separate pneumatic signal or night setback thermostat.
60
40
20
0
DA 0
RA
3
13
NIGHT SETBACK
SETPOINT
13
3
15
1
THERMOSTAT OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI
SPACE TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
Dimensions are in inches (mm).
DATE
B SERIES
10 - 18 - 07
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
NEW
35SCD-QN
PNEUMATIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SE, 35SEST, 37SE AND 37SEST 1P3
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
ELECTRIC
HEAT
COIL
NORMALLY OPEN
DAMPER
AIRFLOW
MCP-8030
ACTUATOR
(8 – 10 PSI)
HI LO
BALANCING
TEES
STAGE 3
(OPTIONAL)
P. E.
SWITCH
STAGE 2
(OPTIONAL)
P. E.
SWITCH
STAGE 1
P. E.
SWITCH
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
H
NORMALLY
CLOSED
P. E. SWITCH
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
RESET START POINT
FACTORY SET
@ 8 PSI
SPEED
CONTROLLER
T
B H
L
NC
SETTING
MUST BE
N. O.
NO
M DAMPER
KREUTER
G
RESET SPAN
FACTORY SET
CSC-3011
@ 5 PSI
RESET CONTROLLER
M
MAIN AIR
20 PSI
MB
FACTORY WIRING/ PIPING
FIELD PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
DIRECT ACTING
2-PIPE THERMOSTAT
(OPTIONAL OR BY OTHERS)
CONTROL SEQUENCE 1P3 • VAV COOLING WITH ELECTRIC
HEAT (CONTINUOUS OPERATION) • DA/NO • 3000 CONTROLLER
Sequence of Operation:
Options:
The unit fan will deliver a constant volume to the space at all times. With space
temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum
induced plenum air.
On a rise in space temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller to
increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less
warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the space temperature is warm, the primary air damper is controlling at
the maximum airflow setting (usually the same as the fan volume setting and
no plenum air is induced).
As the space temperature decreases, the damper modulates back towards
the minimum airflow setting and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section,
more warm air is induced. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained and staged electric heat is energized.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any
changes in volume due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and
compensated for, resulting in pressure independent control.
Two Pipe Thermostat (Vertical Mount.
Includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
❑ CTC-1621-103 °F scale plate
❑ CTC-1621-113 °C scale plate
MAX.
AR
Y
AIR
CLG.
PR
IM
STAGE
3
STAGE
2
STAGE
40
MIN.
1
AIR
20
ED
AIRFLOW INCREASE
60
UC
Constant volume series terminal fans should be electrically or pneumatically
field interlocked with the central fan system, to prevent backflow of primary
air into the ceiling plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the
terminal fan.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
80
IND
Note:
100
0
0
3
8
13
15
THERMOSTAT OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI
SPACE TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
10 - 18 - 07
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SECD-1P3
PNEUMATIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SE, 35SEST, 37SE AND 37SEST 2P3
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
ELECTRIC
HEAT
COIL
NORMALLY OPEN
DAMPER
AIRFLOW
MCP-8030
ACTUATOR
(8 – 10 PSI)
HI LO
BALANCING
TEES
STAGE 3
(OPTIONAL)
P. E.
SWITCH
STAGE 2
(OPTIONAL)
P. E.
SWITCH
STAGE 1
P. E.
SWITCH
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
H
NORMALLY
OPEN
P. E. SWITCH(ES)
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
RESET START POINT
FACTORY SET
@ 3 PSI
SPEED
CONTROLLER
LOW STAT P = MAX.
HIGH STAT P = MIN.
T
B H
L
NC
SETTING
MUST BE
N. O.
NO
M DAMPER
KREUTER
G
RESET SPAN
FACTORY SET
CSC-3011
@ 5 PSI
RESET CONTROLLER
M
MAIN AIR
20 PSI
MB
FACTORY WIRING/ PIPING
FIELD PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
REVERSE ACTING
2-PIPE THERMOSTAT
(OPTIONAL OR BY OTHERS)
CONTROL SEQUENCE 2P3 • VAV COOLING WITH ELECTRIC HEAT
(CONTINUOUS OPERATION) • REVERSE ACTING/NORMALLY OPEN
• 3000 CONTROLLER
Options:
Two Pipe Thermostat (Vertical Mount.
The unit fan will deliver a constant volume to the space at all times. With space Includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum ❑ CTC-1622-103 °F scale plate
induced plenum air.
❑ CTC-1622-113 °C scale plate
On a rise in space temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller to increase
primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the space temperature is warm, the primary air damper is controlling at
the maximum airflow setting (usually the same as the fan volume setting and no
100
plenum air is induced).
As the space temperature decreases, the damper modulates back towards the
TOTAL AIRFLOW
MAX.
80
minimum airflow setting and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more
CLG.
warm air is induced. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary
60
STAGE
airflow is maintained and staged electric heat is energized.
3
STAGE
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any
40
2
STAGE
changes in volume due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and
MIN.
1
20
compensated for, resulting in pressure independent control.
Sequence of Operation:
RY
IN
DU
CE
D
AIR
AIR
Constant volume series terminal fans should be electrically or pneumatically field
interlocked with the central fan system, to prevent backflow of primary air into
the ceiling plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the terminal fan.
A
IM
AIRFLOW INCREASE
PR
Note:
0
0
3
8
13
15
THERMOSTAT OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI
SPACE TEMPERATURE DECREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
10 - 17 - 07
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
NEW
35SECD-2P3
PNEUMATIC CONTROL
Nailor
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
Industries Inc.
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
MODELS: 35SE, 35SEST, 37SE AND 37SEST 3P3
ELECTRIC
HEAT
COIL
NORMALLY CLOSED
DAMPER
AIRFLOW
MCP-8030
ACTUATOR
(8 – 10 PSI)
HI LO
BALANCING
TEES
STAGE 3
(OPTIONAL)
P. E.
SWITCH
STAGE 2
(OPTIONAL)
P. E.
SWITCH
STAGE 1
P. E.
SWITCH
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
H
NORMALLY
CLOSED
P. E. SWITCH
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
RESET START POINT
FACTORY SET
@ 8 PSI
SPEED
CONTROLLER
T
B H
L
NO
SETTING
MUST BE
N. C.
NC
M DAMPER
KREUTER
G
RESET SPAN
FACTORY SET
CSC-3011
@ 5 PSI
RESET CONTROLLER
M
MAIN AIR
20 PSI
MB
FACTORY WIRING/ PIPING
FIELD PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
DIRECT ACTING
2-PIPE THERMOSTAT
(OPTIONAL OR BY OTHERS)
CONTROL SEQUENCE 3P3 • VAV COOLING WITH ELECTRIC
HEAT (CONTINUOUS OPERATION) • DA/NC • 3000 CONTROLLER
Sequence of Operation:
Options:
The unit fan will deliver a constant volume to the space at all times. With space
temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum
induced plenum air.
On a rise in space temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller to
increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less
warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the space temperature is warm, the primary air damper is controlling at
the maximum airflow setting (usually the same as the fan volume setting and
no plenum air is induced).
As the space temperature decreases, the damper modulates back towards
the minimum airflow setting and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section,
more warm air is induced. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained and staged electric heat is energized.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any
changes in volume due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and
compensated for, resulting in pressure independent control.
Two Pipe Thermostat (Vertical Mount.
Includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
❑ CTC-1621-103 °F scale plate
❑ CTC-1621-113 °C scale plate
MAX.
AR
Y
AIR
CLG.
PR
IM
STAGE
3
STAGE
2
STAGE
40
MIN.
1
AIR
20
ED
AIRFLOW INCREASE
60
UC
Constant volume series terminal fans should be electrically or pneumatically
field interlocked with the central fan system, to prevent backflow of primary
air into the ceiling plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the
terminal fan.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
80
IND
Note:
100
0
0
3
8
13
15
THERMOSTAT OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI
SPACE TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
12 - 2 - 02
3500
9 - 12 - 99RR 35SECD-3P3
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SE, 35SEST, 37SE AND 37SEST A3
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5101 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA)
SINGLE TEMP. SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V1 T3 R1 T1 + V A
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T3
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
–
H
–
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
LED
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
SPEED
CONTROLLER
ELECTRIC HEAT CONTACTORS
24 VAC – 10 VA MAX. PER STAGE
1
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
2
T
I
N
C
R
FIELD WIRING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
X
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
CONTROL SEQUENCE A3
COOLING WITH ELECTRIC HEAT (CONTINUOUS OPERATION)
Sequence of Operation:
NOTE:
Fan runs continuously, providing constant volume to the space. With room
temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum
induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the
controller/actuator to increase primary airflow.
As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less warm air is induced from the
ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the
same as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the
controller/actuator to decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the
fan section, more warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum. If room
temperature continues to drop, minimum primary airflow is maintained and at
0.8°F (0.4°C) below setpoint, the first stage of electric heat is energized. The
optional second heat stage is energized at 1.6°F (0.9°C) below setpoint.
An increase in room temperature de-activates the heat stages at 1.2°F and 0.4°F
(0.7°C and 0.2°C) below setpoint.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any
changes in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and
compensated for, resulting in pressure independent control.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the
thermostat cover).
Constant volume series terminal fans should
be interlocked to be energized ahead of or
when the central system fan starts, to prevent
backflow of primary air into the ceiling plenum
and to prevent possible backward rotation of
the terminal fan.
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or
❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4"
electrical box).
TOTAL AIRFLOW
MAXIMUM
COOLING
PR
STAGE
TWO
MINIMUM
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
STAGE
ONE
AIR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
COLD
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
SETPOINT
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SECD-A3
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SE, 35SEST, 37SE AND 37SEST A4
CTE-5103 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA/RA)
DUAL TEMP. SET POINT
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V1 T3 R1 T1 + V A
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
– T2 R2 T4 V2
–
N
H
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
T2
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
0 – 10 VDC
SIGNAL TO
SCR PROPORTIONAL
ELECTRIC HEAT
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
SCR
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
FIELD WIRING
CONTROL SEQUENCE A4
COOLING WITH PROPORTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT
(CONTINUOUS OPERATION)
Sequence of Operation:
TOTAL AIRFLOW
MAXIMUM
COOLING
AIRFLOW INCREASE
PR
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
PL
AT
ED
HE
UC
IC
TR
IND
EC
EL
MINIMUM
UM
EN
AIR
Fan runs continuously, providing constant volume to the space.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary
airflow is maintained. When room temperature falls below heating setpoint, a 0 - 10 VDC
proportional thermostat output signal begins to energize the SCR controlled electric heat.
The electric heat is fully on at 2°F (1.1°C) below heating setpoint. An increase in room
temperature reverses the sequence.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes
in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
COLD
HOT
- 2F
(-1.1C)
HEATING COOLING
SETPOINT SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
+ 2F
(+1.1C)
Notes:
1. Cooling and heating setpoints can be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) from each other.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
2. Constant volume series terminal fans should be interlocked to be energized ahead
of or when the central system fan starts, to prevent backflow of primary air into the
ceiling plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the terminal fan.
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
2 - 7 - 11
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
NEW
35SECD-A4
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SE, 35SEST, 37SE AND 37SEST A7
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5101 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA)
SINGLE TEMP. SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V A
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T3
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
H
–
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
–
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
ELECTRIC HEAT CONTACTORS
24 VAC – 10 VA MAX. PER STAGE
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
1
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
2
NC
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
I
N
C
R
FIELD WIRING
NO
T
NO
FAN
RELAY
X
C
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
AIRFLOW SWITCH
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
C
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
CONTROL SEQUENCE A7
COOLING WITH ELECTRIC HEAT AND NIGHT CYCLE
Sequence of Operation:
Day/Occupied Cycle:
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
COOLING
PR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
STAGE
TWO
MINIMUM
STAGE
ONE
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Cycle.
INDUCED PLENUM AIR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air.
Upon a call for heat, the thermostat will override the airflow switch and will cycle the unit
fan followed by the supplementary heat intermittently to maintain setpoint temperature.
MAXIMUM
AIR
Night/Unoccupied Cycle.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary
airflow is maintained and at 0.8°F (0.4°C) below setpoint, the first stage of electric heat is
energized. The optional second heat stage is energized at 1.6°F (0.9°C) below setpoint.
An increase in room temperature de-activates the heat stages at 1.2°F and 0.4°F
(0.7°C and 0.2°C) below setpoint.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes
in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
STAGE
TWO
STAGE
ONE
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SECD-A7
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SE, 35SEST, 37SE AND 37SEST B3
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5101 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA)
SINGLE TEMP. SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V A
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T3
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
H
–
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
–
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
ELECTRIC HEAT CONTACTORS
24 VAC – 10 VA MAX. PER STAGE
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
1
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
2
FAN
RELAY
NC
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
I
N
C
R
FIELD WIRING
NO
T
NO
X
C
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
AIRFLOW SWITCH
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
C
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
CONTROL SEQUENCE B3
COOLING WITH ELECTRIC HEAT AND NIGHT SHUT DOWN
Sequence of Operation:
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or
❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
COOLING
PR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
STAGE
TWO
STAGE
ONE
MINIMUM
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Shut Down.
AIRFLOW INCREASE
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air.
Night shut down automatically locks out electric heat.
MAXIMUM
AIR
Unoccupied Cycle (Night Shut Down).
TOTAL AIRFLOW
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary
airflow is maintained and at 0.8°F (0.4°C) below setpoint, the first stage of electric heat is
energized. The optional second heat stage is energized at 1.6°F (0.9°C) below setpoint.
An increase in room temperature de-activates the heat stages at 1.2°F and 0.4°F
(0.7°C and 0.2°C) below setpoint.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes
in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
FAN AND
HEAT
SHUTDOWN
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
COLD
HOT
SETPOINT
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SECD-B3
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SE, 35SEST, 37SE AND 37SEST B7
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5105 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA/DA) NIGHT/DAY DUAL SET POINT
DPDT
RELAY
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V A
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
LINE
VOLTAGE
– T2 R2 T4 V2
N
BALANCING
TEES
V1
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
T3
T1
+
–
T4
TERMINAL
BLOCK
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
GROUND
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
ELECTRIC HEAT CONTACTORS
24 VAC – 10 VA MAX. PER STAGE
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
1
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
2
NC
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
I
N
C
R
FIELD WIRING
NO
T
NO
FAN
RELAY
X
C
C
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
AIRFLOW SWITCH
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
H
CONTROL SEQUENCE B7
COOLING WITH ELECTRIC HEAT AND NIGHT TEMPERATURE
SET-BACK CYCLE
Sequence of Operation:
Day/Occupied Cycle
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
TOTAL AIRFLOW
MAXIMUM
COOLING
PR
STAGE
TWO
MINIMUM
STAGE
ONE
AIR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary
airflow is maintained and at 0.8°F (0.4°C) below setpoint, the first stage of electric heat is
energized. The optional second heat stage is energized at 1.6°F (0.9°C) below setpoint.
An increase in room temperature de-activates the heat stages at 1.2°F and 0.4°F
(0.7°C and 0.2°C) below setpoint.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes
in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
DAY
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Cycle.
Night/Unoccupied Cycle.
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
INDUCED PLENUM AIR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air and activates the night side
of the thermostat through DPDT relay. Primary air damper cycles closed.
Upon a call for heat, the thermostat will override the airflow switch and will cycle the unit fan
followed by the supplementary heat intermittently to maintain night set-back setpoint temperature.
Note:Room thermostat has individually adjustable night and day setpoints. They can
be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) of each other.
Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover.
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
STAGE
TWO
STAGE
ONE
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
NIGHT
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SECD-B7
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SE, 35SEST, 37SE AND 37SEST B9
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
CTE-5105 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA/DA) NIGHT/DAY DUAL SET POINT
DPDT
RELAY
FIELD WIRING
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
12
V A
LINE
VOLTAGE
– T2 R2 T4 V2
N
H
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
BALANCING
TEES
V1
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
T3
T1
+
–
TERMINAL
BLOCK
T4
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
GROUND
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
ELECTRIC HEAT CONTACTORS
24 VAC – 10 VA MAX. PER STAGE
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
1
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
2
C
FAN
RELAY
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
NO
NO
T
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
I
N
C
R
NC
X
C
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
AIRFLOW SWITCH
REE-1005 COOLING/HEATING
CHANGEOVER RELAY MODULE
NC C NO
4
5
A
X Y
CONTROL SEQUENCE B9
COOLING WITH ELECTRIC HEAT, MORNING WARM-UP AND
NIGHT TEMPERATURE SET-BACK CYCLE
Sequence of Operation:
Day/Occupied Cycle
Morning Warm-up.
A duct mounted temperature sensor is used to measure primary air temperature. Upon
sensing a supply air temperature above 77°F +/-4 (25°C +/-2.2), the primary air damper
will drive fully open regardless of flow limit settings. Central warm air is delivered to the
space. (The terminal electric heat is locked out).
Note:Room thermostat has individually adjustable night and day setpoints. They can
be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) of each other.
Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover.
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
MAXIMUM
COOLING
AIRFLOW INCREASE
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
STAGE
TWO
MINIMUM
STAGE
ONE
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
DAY
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Cycle.
INDUCED PLENUM AIR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air and activates the night side
of the thermostat through DPDT relay. Primary air damper cycles closed.
Upon a call for heat, the thermostat will override the airflow switch and will cycle the unit fan
followed by the supplementary heat intermittently to maintain night set-back setpoint temperature.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
AIR
Night/Unoccupied Cycle.
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary
airflow is maintained and at 0.8°F (0.4°C) below setpoint, the first stage of electric heat is
energized. The optional second heat stage is energized at 1.6°F (0.9°C) below setpoint.
An increase in room temperature de-activates the heat stages at 1.2°F and 0.4°F
(0.7°C and 0.2°C) below setpoint.
FACTORY
INSTALLED
JUMPER
A
FACTORY
INSTALLED
JUMPER
X Y
DUCT TEMP. SENSOR
PR
5
NC C NO
4
STE-1002
REE-1005 COOLING/HEATING
CHANGEOVER RELAY MODULE
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
STAGE
TWO
STAGE
ONE
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
NIGHT
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SECD-B9
PNEUMATIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SW, 35SWST, 37SW AND 37SWST 1P3
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
NORMALLY
OPEN HOT
WATER
VALVE
3 – 8 PSI
(BY OTHERS)
NORMALLY OPEN
DAMPER
AIRFLOW
MCP-8030
ACTUATOR
(8 – 10 PSI)
HI LO
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
H
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
BALANCING
TEES
RESET START POINT
FACTORY SET
@ 8 PSI
SPEED
CONTROLLER
T
B H
L
NC
SETTING
MUST BE
N. O.
NO
M DAMPER
KREUTER
G
RESET SPAN
FACTORY SET
CSC-3011
@ 5 PSI
RESET CONTROLLER
M
MAIN AIR
20 PSI
MB
FACTORY WIRING/ PIPING
FIELD PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
DIRECT ACTING
2-PIPE THERMOSTAT
(OPTIONAL OR BY OTHERS)
CONTROL SEQUENCE 1P3 • VAV COOLING WITH PROPORTIONAL
HOT WATER HEAT (CONTINUOUS OPERATION) • DA/NO • 3000
CONTROLLER
Sequence of Operation:
Options:
The unit fan will deliver a constant volume to the space at all times. With space
temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum
induced plenum air.
On a rise in space temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller to
increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less
warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the space temperature is warm, the primary air damper is controlling at
the maximum airflow setting (usually the same as the fan volume setting and
no plenum air is induced).
As the space temperature decreases, the damper modulates back towards
the minimum airflow setting and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section,
more warm air is induced. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained and the hot water valve modulates open.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any
changes in volume due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and
compensated for, resulting in pressure independent control.
Two Pipe Thermostat (Vertical Mount.
Includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
❑ CTC-1621-103 °F scale plate
❑ CTC-1621-113 °C scale plate
MAX.
RY
AIR
CLG.
PR
IM
A
40
IND
R
AIR
20
ED
OW
MIN.
UC
FL
AIRFLOW INCREASE
60
E
AT
TW
Constant volume series terminal fans should be electrically or pneumatically
field interlocked with the central fan system, to prevent backflow of primary
air into the ceiling plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the
terminal fan.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
80
HO
Note:
100
0
0
3
8
13
15
THERMOSTAT OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI
SPACE TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
10 - 18 - 07
3500
12 - 2 - 02 35SWCD-1P3
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
PNEUMATIC CONTROL
Nailor
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SW, 35SWST, 37SW AND 37SWST 3P3
Industries Inc.
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
NORMALLY
OPEN HOT
WATER
VALVE
3 – 8 PSI
(BY OTHERS)
NORMALLY CLOSED
DAMPER
AIRFLOW
HI LO
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
H
MCP-8030
ACTUATOR
(8 – 10 PSI)
BALANCING
TEES
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
RESET START POINT
FACTORY SET
@ 8 PSI
SPEED
CONTROLLER
T
B H
L
NO
SETTING
MUST BE
N. C.
NC
M DAMPER
KREUTER
G
RESET SPAN
FACTORY SET
CSC-3011
@ 5 PSI
RESET CONTROLLER
M
MAIN AIR
20 PSI
MB
FACTORY WIRING/ PIPING
FIELD PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
DIRECT ACTING
2-PIPE THERMOSTAT
(OPTIONAL OR BY OTHERS)
CONTROL SEQUENCE 3P3 • VAV COOLING WITH PROPORTIONAL
HOT WATER HEAT (CONTINUOUS OPERATION) • DA/NC • 3000
CONTROLLER
Sequence of Operation:
Options:
The unit fan will deliver a constant volume to the space at all times. With space
temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum
induced plenum air.
On a rise in space temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller to
increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less
warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the space temperature is warm, the primary air damper is controlling at
the maximum airflow setting (usually the same as the fan volume setting and
no plenum air is induced).
As the space temperature decreases, the damper modulates back towards
the minimum airflow setting and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section,
more warm air is induced. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained and the hot water valve modulates open.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any
changes in volume due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and
compensated for, resulting in pressure independent control.
Two Pipe Thermostat (Vertical Mount.
Includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
❑ CTC-1621-103 °F scale plate
❑ CTC-1621-113 °C scale plate
MAX.
AIR
CLG.
AR
Y
40
PR
IM
IND
R
AIR
20
ED
OW
MIN.
UC
FL
AIRFLOW INCREASE
60
E
AT
TW
Constant volume series terminal fans should be electrically or pneumatically
field interlocked with the central fan system, to prevent backflow of primary
air into the ceiling plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the
terminal fan.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
80
HO
Note:
100
0
0
3
8
13
15
THERMOSTAT OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI
SPACE TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
12 - 2 - 02
3500
7 - 12 - 99R 35SWCD-3P3
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SW, 35SWST, 37SW AND 37SWST A3
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5101 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA)
SINGLE TEMP. SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T3
12
V A
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
H
–
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
–
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
TERMINAL
BLOCK
–
+
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
TO ON/OFF
HOT WATER VALVE
24 VAC 10 VA MAX.
(BY OTHERS)
T
CAPACITOR
X
FAN
MOTOR
I
N
C
R
FIELD WIRING
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
CONTROL SEQUENCE A3
COOLING WITH ON/OFF HOT WATER HEAT (CONTINUOUS
OPERATION)
Sequence of Operation:
TOTAL AIRFLOW
MAXIMUM
COOLING
PR
HOT WATER HEAT
MINIMUM
AIR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
Fan runs continuously, providing constant volume to the space.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum
induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the
controller/actuator to increase primary airflow.
As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained and at 0.8°F (0.4°C) below setpoint, the on/off hot water
valve is energized.
An increase in room temperature de-activates the heat at 0.4°F (0.2°C) below setpoint.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes in
duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
SETPOINT
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
Notes:
1. Cooling and heating setpoints can be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) from each other.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
2. Constant volume series terminal fans should be interlocked to be energized ahead of
or when the central system fan starts, to prevent backflow of primary air into the ceiling
plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the terminal fan.
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SWCD-A3
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SW, 35SWST, 37SW AND 37SWST A4
CTE-5103 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA/RA)
DUAL TEMP. SET POINT
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V1 T3 R1 T1 + V A
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
– T2 R2 T4 V2
–
N
H
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
T2
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
TERMINAL BLOCK
+
–
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
0 – 10 VDC SIGNAL
TO PROPORTIONAL
HOT WATER VALVE
CLOSED AT 0 VDC
OPEN AT 10 VDC
(BY OTHERS)
10 mA MAX.
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
FIELD WIRING
CONTROL SEQUENCE A4
COOLING WITH PROPORTIONAL HOT WATER HEAT
(CONTINUOUS OPERATION)
Sequence of Operation:
TOTAL AIRFLOW
MAXIMUM
AIR
COOLING
AIRFLOW INCREASE
PR
IM
AR
Y
MIXING
VE
AL
RV
MINIMUM
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
E
AT
TW
HO
AIR
Fan runs continuously, providing constant volume to the space.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary
airflow is maintained. When room temperature falls below heating setpoint, a 0 - 10 VDC
proportional hot water valve begins to open. The water valve is fully open at 2°F (1.1°C)
below heating setpoint. An increase in room temperature reverses the sequence.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes
in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
HEATING COOLING
SETPOINT SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
Notes:
1. Cooling and heating setpoints can be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) from each other.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
2. Constant volume series terminal fans should be interlocked to be energized ahead
of or when the central system fan starts, to prevent backflow of primary air into the
ceiling plenum and to prevent possible backward rotation of the terminal fan.
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SWCD-A4
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SW, 35SWST, 37SW AND 37SWST A7
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5101 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA)
SINGLE TEMP. SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T3
12
V A
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
H
–
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
–
GROUND
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
TERMINAL
BLOCK
–
+
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
TO ON/OFF
HOT WATER VALVE
24 VAC 10 VA MAX.
(BY OTHERS)
NC
NO
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
I
N
C
R
FIELD WIRING
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
T
NO
FAN
RELAY
X
C
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
AIRFLOW SWITCH
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
C
CONTROL SEQUENCE A7
COOLING WITH ON/OFF HOT WATER HEAT AND NIGHT CYCLE
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
Sequence of Operation:
TOTAL AIRFLOW
Day/Occupied Cycle.
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
AIR
AR
Y
IM
PR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
MINIMUM
COLD
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Cycle.
INDUCED PLENUM AIR
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
HOT WATER HEAT
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
AIRFLOW INCREASE
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air.
Upon a call for heat, the thermostat will override the airflow switch and will cycle the unit
fan followed by the supplementary heat intermittently to maintain setpoint temperature.
HOT WATER HEAT
AIR
Night/Unoccupied Cycle.
COOLING
MIXING
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and maximum
induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the
controller/actuator to increase primary airflow.
As more cold air is supplied to the fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to decrease
the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is induced from the
ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary airflow is maintained
and at 0.8°F (0.4°C) below setpoint, the on/off hot water valve is energized.
An increase in room temperature de-activates the heat at 0.4°F (0.2°C) below setpoint.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes in
duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover.
MAXIMUM
SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SWCD-A7
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SW, 35SWST, 37SW AND 37SWST A8
CTE-5103 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA/RA)
DUAL TEMP. SET POINT
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
12
V1 T3 R1 T1 + V A
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
V1
T3
T1
+
LINE
VOLTAGE
– T2 R2 T4 V2
–
N
H
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
T2
GROUND
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
TERMINAL BLOCK
+
AIRFLOW SWITCH
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
C
NO
NC
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
C
FAN
RELAY
NO
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
I
N
C
R
FIELD WIRING
–
0 – 10 VDC SIGNAL
TO PROPORTIONAL
HOT WATER VALVE
CLOSED AT 0 VDC
OPEN AT 10 VDC
REE-5002
(BY OTHERS)
REHEAT RELAY MODULE 10 mA MAX.
T
–
X
O
U
T
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
16 I
V N
DC
CONTROL SEQUENCE A8
COOLING WITH PROPORTIONAL HOT WATER HEAT AND
NIGHT CYCLE
Sequence of Operation:
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
TOTAL AIRFLOW
PR
IM
AR
Y
AIRFLOW INCREASE
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
VE
AL
RV
MINIMUM
AIR
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Cycle.
AIRFLOW INCREASE
INDUCED PLENUM AIR
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
VE
AL
RV
E
AT
TW
COLD
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
HEATING COOLING
SETPOINT SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
HO
Options:
E
AT
TW
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air. Upon a call for heat,
the thermostat will override the airflow switch an cycle the unit fan followed by the
supplementary heat intermittently to maintain set point temperature.
Note: Cooling and heating setpoints can be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) from each other.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
HO
Night/Unoccupied Cycle
COOLING
AIR
MIXING
Day/Occupied Cycle
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary
airflow is maintained. When room temperature falls below heating setpoint, a 0 - 10 VDC
proportional hot water valve begins to open. The water valve is fully open at 2°F (1.1°C)
below heating setpoint. An increase in room temperature reverses the sequence.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes
in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
MAXIMUM
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
HEATING COOLING
SETPOINT SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SWCD-A8
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SW, 35SWST, 37SW AND 37SWST B10
CSP-5002 CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
DPDT RELAY
FIELD WIRING
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
GROUND
12
V A
N
H
– T2 R2 T4 V2
41.2 k OHM
SET-BACK
RESISTOR
BALANCING
TEES
V1 T3
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
TERMINAL
BLOCK
0 – 10 VDC SIGNAL
TO PROPORTIONAL HOT
WATER VALVE (BY OTHERS)
CLOSED AT 0 VDC
OPEN AT 10 VDC
10 mA MAX.
NC C NO
A
X Y
DUCT TEMP. SENSOR
–
+
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
C
FAN
RELAY
NO
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
REE-1005 COOLING/HEATING
CHANGEOVER RELAY MODULE
5
STE-1002
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
TERMINAL
BLOCK
T2
SPEED
CONTROLLER
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
4
NC
–
M
I
N
AIRFLOW SWITCH
NO
A
FACTORY
INSTALLED
JUMPER
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
CONTROL SEQUENCE B10
COOLING WITH PROPORTIONAL HOT WATER HEAT, MORNING
WARM-UP AND NIGHT TEMPERATURE SET-BACK CYCLE
Sequence of Operation:
Day/Occupied Cycle
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
TOTAL AIRFLOW
MAXIMUM
COOLING
IM
AR
Y
AIR
MIXING
AIRFLOW INCREASE
VE
AL
RV
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
E
AT
TW
HO
MINIMUM
AIR
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at cooling set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum
primary airflow is maintained. When room temperature falls below heating setpoint, a 0 10 VDC proportional hot water valve begins to open. The water valve is fully open at 2°F
(1.1°C) below heating setpoint. An increase in room temperature reverses the sequence.
PR
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
12V
T
–
24V
AC
+
X
–
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
O
U
T
T1
I
N
C
R
16 I
V N
DC
C
LINE
VOLTAGE
CTE-5103 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA/RA)
DUAL TEMPERATURE SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
HEATING COOLING
SETPOINT SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
Morning Warm-up.
A duct mounted temperature sensor is used to measure primary air temperature. Upon
sensing a supply air temperature above 77°F +/-4 (25°C +/-2.2), the primary air damper will
drive fully open regardless of flow limit settings. Central warm air is delivered to the space.
The terminal hot water heat will also cycle until day setpoint temperature is reached.
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Cycle.
Night/Unoccupied Cycle.
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
VE
AL
RV
E
AT
TW
HO
AIRFLOW INCREASE
INDUCED PLENUM AIR
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air and activates the night
temperature set-back of the thermostat through a DPDT relay. Primary air damper cycles
closed. Upon a call for heat, the thermostat will override the airflow switch and through a setback resistor in the output circuit, cycle the unit fan followed by the hot water heat intermittently
to maintain a night set-back temperature of 10°F (5.6°C) below the thermostat setting.
Note: Cooling and heating setpoints can be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) from each other.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
COLD
Options:
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
Other Night Set-Back Temp.: ❑ 5°F (90.9 k OHM resistor)
HOT
HEATING COOLING
SETPOINT SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
❑ Specify ________ .
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SWCD-B10
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SW, 35SWST, 37SW AND 37SWST B4
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
CTE-5103 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA/RA)
DUAL TEMP. SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
V1 T3 R1 T1 +
LINE
VOLTAGE
GROUND
12
V A
N
H
– T2 R2 T4 V2
BALANCING
TEES
TERMINAL
BLOCK
16 I
V N
DC
O
U
T
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
V1
T1
+
–
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
TERMINAL
BLOCK
+
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
–
C
NO
NC
FIELD WIRING
NO
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
CONTROL SEQUENCE B4
COOLING WITH PROPORTIONAL HOT WATER HEAT AND
NIGHT SHUT DOWN
Sequence of Operation:
Day/Occupied Cycle
AIRFLOW INCREASE
AIR
COLD
HOT
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
HEATING COOLING
SETPOINT SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
AIRFLOW INCREASE
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Shut Down.
FAN AND
HEAT
SHUTDOWN
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
COLD
HOT
HEATING COOLING
SETPOINT SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
COOLING
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
MINIMUM
VE
AL
RV
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air.
Night shut down automatically locks out hot water heat.
MAXIMUM
MIXING
E
AT
TW
Night/Unoccupied Cycle (Night Shut Down).
TOTAL AIRFLOW
HO
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is
induced from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary
airflow is maintained. When room temperature falls below heating setpoint, a 0 - 10 VDC
proportional hot water valve (normally closed) begins to open. The water valve is fully open at
2°F (1.1°C) below heating setpoint. An increase in room temperature reverses the sequence.
Primary airflow is held constant in accordance with thermostat demand. Any changes
in duct air velocity due to static pressure fluctuations are sensed and compensated for,
resulting in pressure independent control.
Note: Cooling and heating setpoints can be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) from each other.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
AIR
C
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
FAN
RELAY
0 – 10 VDC SIGNAL
TO PROPORTIONAL
HOT WATER VALVE
CLOSED AT 0 VDC
OPEN AT 10 VDC
(BY OTHERS)
10 mA MAX.
PR
IM
AR
Y
AIRFLOW SWITCH
Options:
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
T2
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SWCD-B4
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT • SERIES FLOW
CONSTANT VOLUME • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SW, 35SWST, 37SW AND 37SWST B8
CSP-5002
CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
DPDT
RELAY
CTE-5103 ROOM THERMOSTAT (DA/RA)
DUAL TEMPERATURE SET POINT
DAMPER
CW TO
CLOSE
LINE
VOLTAGE
GROUND
12
V1 T3 R1 T1 + V A
N
H
– T2 R2 T4 V2
41.2 k OHM
SET-BACK
RESISTOR
BALANCING
TEES
V1 T3
–
–
24V
AC
N MM
O A I
R X N
V
N
O
M
METER
M
A
X
%
RED-CLS
GRN-OPN
24" (610)
LENGTH
1/4" (6) O. D.
TUBING TO
DIAMOND
FLOW
SENSOR
LED
A
–
TOGGLE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
TERMINAL
BLOCK
T2
SPEED
CONTROLLER
M
I
N
C
L
CCW CW O
S
E
TERMINAL
BLOCK
0 – 10 VDC SIGNAL
TO PROPORTIONAL HOT
WATER VALVE (BY OTHERS)
CLOSED AT 0 VDC
OPEN AT 10 VDC
10 mA MAX.
AIRFLOW SWITCH
FACTORY
WIRING/PIPING
12V
C
–
+
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
C
FAN
RELAY
NO
REE-5002
REHEAT RELAY MODULE
NO
– FAN 1 2
24VAC STAGES
NC
CAPACITOR
FAN
MOTOR
I
N
C
R
FIELD WIRING
T
O
U
T
+
X
16 I
V N
DC
T1
CONTROL SEQUENCE B8
COOLING WITH PROPORTIONAL HOT WATER HEAT
AND NIGHT TEMPERATURE SET-BACK CYCLE
Sequence of Operation:
Day/Occupied Cycle
AIR
AR
Y
IM
PR
AIRFLOW INCREASE
AIR
- 2°F
(-1.1°C)
+ 2°F
(+1.1°C)
HEATING COOLING
SETPOINT SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
UNOCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System Off).
Night Cycle.
AIRFLOW INCREASE
INDUCED PLENUM AIR
NO
PRIMARY
AIR
COLD
HOT
HEATING COOLING
SETPOINT SETPOINT
ROOM TEMPERATURE INCREASE
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
UM
EN
PL
ED
UC
IND
HOT
VE
AL
RV
❑ Specify ________ .
COOLING
COLD
E
AT
TW
Thermostat Scale Plate: ❑ °F or ❑ °C
(Thermostat includes backing plate for 2" x 4" electrical box).
Other Night Set-Back Temp.: ❑ 5°F (90.9 k OHM resistor)
MINIMUM
HO
Options:
VE
AL
RV
Airflow switch de-energizes fan upon loss of primary (central) air and activates the
night temperature set-back of the thermostat through a DPDT relay. Primary air
damper cycles closed. Upon a call for heat, the thermostat will override the airflow
switch and through a set-back resistor in the output circuit, cycle the unit fan followed
by the hot water heat intermittently to maintain a night set-back temperature of 10°F
(5.6°C) below the thermostat setting.
Note: Cooling and heating setpoints can be adjusted to be within 1°F (0.55°C) from each other.
(Minimum and maximum primary airflow limits are adjusted underneath the thermostat cover).
MAXIMUM
MIXING
E
AT
TW
Night/Unoccupied Cycle.
TOTAL AIRFLOW
HO
The terminal fan is interlocked by way of a positive pressure airflow switch, which
automatically energizes the fan upon sensing central system start up.
With room temperature at cooling set point, unit delivers minimum cooling airflow and
maximum induced plenum air. On a rise in room temperature, the thermostat regulates
the controller/actuator to increase primary airflow. As more cold air is supplied to the
fan section, less warm air is induced from the ceiling plenum.
When the room temperature exceeds the setpoint by 2°F (1.1°C) or more, primary
airflow is maintained at the maximum setting. The maximum setting is usually the same
as the total fan volume setting.
On a decrease in room temperature, the thermostat regulates the controller/actuator to
decrease the airflow and as less cold air is supplied to the fan section, more warm air is induced
from the ceiling plenum. If room temperature continues to drop, minimum primary airflow is
maintained. When room temperature falls below heating setpoint, a 0 - 10 VDC proportional hot
water valve begins to open. The water valve is fully open at 2°F (1.1°C) below heating setpoint.
An increase in room temperature reverses the sequence.
OCCUPIED CYCLE (Central System On).
DATE
B SERIES
8 - 6 - 08
3500
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 02
35SWCD-B8
EZVAV DIGITAL CONTROLS
SERIES FAN POWERED (CAV) TERMINAL UNIT
COOLING (PLENUM HEAT ONLY)
PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35S(ST) AND 37S(ST) N300
BAC-8005-36 CONTROLLER
IF CONTROLLERS ARE TO BE
NETWORKED TOGETHER, TURN ON
EOL DIP SWITCHES ON THE
CONTROLLERS AT BOTH PHYSICAL
ENDS OF THE NETWORK. CONNECT
SHIELD TO EARTH GROUND
AT ONLY ONE POINT.
EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS:
AI1 = DAT SENSOR
A04 = FAN SPEED
B05 = FAN ENABLE
FROM
PREVIOUS
CONTROLLER
BLK
RED
SHLD
EOL
TO
NEXT
CONTROLLER
BLK
RED
SHLD
–A
+B
S
BACnet MS/TP
1/4" (6) O.D. TUBING
TO FLOW SENSOR
H L
NOTES:
1. CONTROLLER SETTINGS MUST BE
INITIALLY SET USING A STE-8XXX.
AIRFLOW SENSOR
TOTAL
(HIGH)
STATIC
(LOW)
STE-6014W36
H
LINE
VOLTAGE
EPIC ECM
MOTOR ONLY
N
FAN
START
24 VAC
~
24VAC
SC
B05
T
COMM
READY
AI1
GND
A03
A04
T-STAT/
SENSOR
RJ-45, 25 FT.
ETHERNET CABLE
FAN
SPEED
MIN. -100%
0 – 10 VDC
24 VAC
+
COM ~
–
STE-8001W36/8201W36
FACTORY
WIRING
Room Temperature Sensor Option:
❑ TSD Digital Display (STE-8001W36)
❑ TSDO Digital Display w/Occupancy
Motion Sensor (STE-8201W36)
❑ TSR Rotary Dial (STE-6014W36)
CONTROL SEQUENCE N300
Sequence of Operation:
FAN OPERATION
MAX. FAN
SPEED
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
TOTAL AIR FLOW
MAX. COOLING CFM
INDUCED AIR
OCCUPIED
MIN. FAN
SPEED
MINIMUM COOLING CFM
UNOCCUPIED
STANDBY
STANDBY
FAN OFF
CLG. SPAN ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG.
SP
HTG.
SP
CFM INCREASE
1. Changeover/Morning Warm-up (Central AHU Heat/Cool): If supply air as measured by the discharge
air temperature (DAT) sensor is below 72°F (22.2°C), cool air is said to be available. If supply air is above
76°F (24.4°C), warm air is said to be available.
2. Cool Air Available: As space temperature rises above the cooling setpoint, the controller increases
primary airflow. At a space temperature of 2°F (1.1°C) above the cooling setpoint, maximum cooling
airflow is maintained. On a decrease in space temperature, the controller reduces airflow. Below cooling
setpoint, minimum airflow is maintained.
3. The fan is started during occupied and standby modes and runs continuously at maximum fan speed.
The fan induces warm ceiling plenum air as the primary airflow varies and maintains a constant volume to
the space. During unoccupied mode, the fan starts on a call for heating only. The fan stops only during
unoccupied mode when there is no call for heat. EPIC ECM Motor Only: During standby and unoccupied
modes, the fan runs at minimum fan speed.
4. As the space temperature drops below the heating setpoint, the fan continues to recirculate warm
ceiling plenum air.
5. Warm Air Available: As space temperature drops below the heating setpoint, the controller increases
primary airflow. At a space temperature of 2°F (1.1°C) below the heating setpoint, maximum heating
airflow is maintained. On an increase in space temperature, airflow decreases. As space temperature
rises above the heating setpoint, minimum heating airflow is maintained.
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
FIELD
WIRING
COLD AIR AVAILABLE SEQUENCE
CFM INCREASE
STE-1401 DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
10 KΩ, TYPE 3 (FACTORY WIRED AND FIELD INSTALLED)
CLG.
SP
+2°F
(+1.1°C)
WARM AIR AVAILABLE SEQUENCE
MAX. HTG. CFM
TOTAL AIR
INDUCED AIR
MINIMUM HEATING CFM
HTG. SPAN
-2°F
(-1.1°C)
DATE
B SERIES
10 - 20 - 16
3500
ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG.
SP
CLG.
SP
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 15
D35N300
EZVAV DIGITAL CONTROLS
SERIES FAN POWERED (CAV) TERMINAL UNIT
COOLING WITH MODULATING HEAT
PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SE(ST), 35SW(ST), 37SE(ST) & 37SW(ST) N302
BAC-8005-36 CONTROLLER
IF CONTROLLERS ARE TO BE
NETWORKED TOGETHER, TURN ON
EOL DIP SWITCHES ON THE
CONTROLLERS AT BOTH PHYSICAL
ENDS OF THE NETWORK. CONNECT
SHIELD TO EARTH GROUND
AT ONLY ONE POINT.
NOTES:
1. CONTROLLER SETTINGS MUST BE
INITIALLY SET USING A STE-8XXX.
EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS:
AI1 = DAT SENSOR
A03 = MOD REHEAT
A04 = FAN SPEED
B05 = FAN ENABLE
BLK
RED
SHLD
EOL
TO
NEXT
CONTROLLER
BLK
RED
SHLD
–A
+B
S
BACnet MS/TP
1/4" (6) O.D. TUBING
TO FLOW SENSOR
H L
FROM
PREVIOUS
CONTROLLER
ANALOG PROPORTIONAL
OUTPUT. SCR CONTROLLED
ELECTRIC HEAT
(FACTORY SUPPLIED
AND MOUNTED) OR
LINE
MODULATING HOT WATER
VOLTAGE
VALVE (FIELD SUPPLIED
N
H
AND WIRED BY OTHERS)
AIRFLOW SENSOR
TOTAL
(HIGH)
STATIC
(LOW)
STE-6014W36
EPIC ECM
MOTOR ONLY
MODULATING
HEAT
0 – 10 VDC
~
24VAC
SC
B05
T
COMM
READY
AI1
GND
A03
A04
T-STAT/
SENSOR
RJ-45, 25 FT.
ETHERNET CABLE
FAN
START
24 VAC
FAN
SPEED
MIN. -100%
0 – 10 VDC
24 VAC
+
–
+
COM ~
–
STE-8001W36
FACTORY
WIRING
CONTROL SEQUENCE N302
Sequence of Operation:
FAN OPERATION
MAX. FAN
SPEED
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
MAX. COOLING CFM
INDUCED AIR
OCCUPIED
MIN. FAN
SPEED
MINIMUM COOLING CFM
UNOCCUPIED
STANDBY
STANDBY
FAN OFF
HTG. SPAN
ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG.
SP
-2°F
(-1.1°C)
1. Changeover/Morning Warm-up (Central AHU Heat/Cool): If supply air as measured by the discharge air
temperature (DAT) sensor is below 72°F (22.2°C), cool air is said to be available. If supply air is above 76°F
(24.4°C), warm air is said to be available. Any time warm air is available, auxiliary heat is locked out.
2. Cool Air Available: As space temperature rises above the cooling setpoint, the controller increases primary
airflow. At a space temperature of 2°F (1.1°C) above the cooling setpoint, maximum cooling airflow is
maintained. On a decrease in space temperature, the controller reduces airflow. Below cooling setpoint,
minimum airflow is maintained.
3. The fan is started during occupied and standby modes and runs continuously at maximum fan speed. The
fan induces warm ceiling plenum air as the primary airflow varies and maintains a constant volume to the
space. During unoccupied mode, the fan starts on a call for heating only. The fan stops only during
unoccupied mode when there is no call for heat. EPIC ECM Motor Only: During standby and unoccupied
modes, the fan runs at minimum fan speed.
4. Supplemental Heat: As the space temperature drops below the heating setpoint, the heating output
modulates open. As the space temperature rises towards the heating setpoint, the heating modulates closed.
If the heating loop is less than 10%, the heating output remains at 0%.
5. If DAT limiting is enabled and a DAT sensor is detected, the discharge air heating setpoint is determined
based on the heating loop. The discharge temperature is limited to 15°F (8.3°C) above space temperature up
to a maximum of 90°F (32.2°C).
6. Warm Air Available: As space temperature drops below the heating setpoint, the controller increases
primary airflow. At a space temperature of 2°F (1.1°C) below the heating setpoint, maximum heating airflow is
maintained. On an increase in space temperature, airflow decreases. As space temperature rises above the
heating setpoint, minimum heating airflow is maintained.
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
TOTAL AIR FLOW
HEAT
LOOP %
❑ TSD Digital Display (STE-8001W36)
❑ TSDO Digital Display w/Occupancy
Motion Sensor (STE-8201W36)
❑ TSR Rotary Dial (STE-6014W36)
100
CLG. SPAN ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG.
SP
CLG.
SP
+2°F
(+1.1°C)
MODULATING HEAT OPERATION
HTG. %
10
0
HTG. SPAN
-2°F
(-1.1°C)
CFM INCREASE
Room Temperature Sensor Option:
FIELD
WIRING
COLD AIR AVAILABLE SEQUENCE
CFM INCREASE
STE-1401 DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
10 KΩ, TYPE 3 (FACTORY WIRED AND FIELD INSTALLED)
ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG.
SP
WARM AIR AVAILABLE SEQUENCE
MAX. HTG. CFM
TOTAL AIR
INDUCED AIR
MINIMUM HEATING CFM
HTG. SPAN
-2°F
(-1.1°C)
ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG.
SP
DATE
B SERIES
10 - 14 - 16
3500
CLG.
SP
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 15
D35N302
EZVAV DIGITAL CONTROLS
SERIES FAN POWERED (CAV) TERMINAL UNIT
COOLING WITH FLOATING HEAT
PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SW(ST) AND 37SW(ST) N303
BAC-8005-36 CONTROLLER
IF CONTROLLERS ARE TO BE
NETWORKED TOGETHER, TURN ON
EOL DIP SWITCHES ON THE
CONTROLLERS AT BOTH PHYSICAL
ENDS OF THE NETWORK. CONNECT
SHIELD TO EARTH GROUND
AT ONLY ONE POINT.
EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS:
AI1 = DAT SENSOR
A04 = FAN SPEED
B05 = FAN ENABLE
B06 = OPEN VALVE
B07 = CLOSE VALVE
BLK
RED
SHLD
EOL
TO
NEXT
CONTROLLER
BLK
RED
SHLD
–A
+B
S
BACnet MS/TP
1/4" (6) O.D. TUBING
TO FLOW SENSOR
H L
FROM
PREVIOUS
CONTROLLER
AIRFLOW SENSOR
TOTAL
(HIGH)
STATIC
(LOW)
STE-6014W36
H
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
24 VAC
TRI-STATE (3-WIRE)
HOT WATER VALVE
(FIELD SUPPLIED
AND WIRED
BY OTHERS)
EPIC ECM
MOTOR ONLY
FLOATING
HEAT
CCM
OPEN
CLOSE
RJ-45, 25 FT.
ETHERNET CABLE
FAN
SPEED
MIN. -100%
0 – 10 VDC
FAN
START
24 VAC
~
24VAC
B06
B07
SC
SC
B05
T
A04
T-STAT/
SENSOR
COMM
READY
AI1
GND
NOTES:
1. CONTROLLER SETTINGS MUST BE
INITIALLY SET USING A STE-8XXX.
24 VAC
+
COM ~
–
STE-8001W36
FACTORY
WIRING
FIELD
WIRING
STE-1401 DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
10 KΩ, TYPE 3 (FACTORY WIRED AND FIELD INSTALLED)
CONTROL SEQUENCE N303
Sequence of Operation:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
CFM INCREASE
MAX. COOLING CFM
INDUCED AIR
OCCUPIED
MIN. FAN
SPEED
MINIMUM COOLING CFM
UNOCCUPIED
STANDBY
STANDBY
FAN OFF
HTG. SPAN
ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG.
SP
-2°F
(-1.1°C)
1. Changeover/Morning Warm-up (Central AHU Heat/Cool): If supply air as measured by the discharge air
temperature (DAT) sensor is below 72°F (22.2°C), cool air is said to be available. If supply air is above 76°F
(24.4°C), warm air is said to be available. Any time warm air is available, auxiliary heat is locked out.
2. Cool Air Available: As space temperature rises above the cooling setpoint, the controller increases primary
airflow. At a space temperature of 2°F (1.1°C) above the cooling setpoint, maximum cooling airflow is
maintained. On a decrease in space temperature, the controller reduces airflow. Below cooling setpoint,
minimum airflow is maintained.
3. The fan is started during occupied and standby modes and runs continuously at maximum fan speed. The
fan induces warm ceiling plenum air as the primary airflow varies and maintains a constant volume to the
space. During unoccupied mode, the fan starts on a call for heating only. The fan stops only during unoccupied
mode when there is no call for heat. EPIC ECM Motor Only: During standby and unoccupied modes, the fan
runs at minimum fan speed.
4. Supplemental Heat: As the space temperature drops below the heating setpoint (heating loop is greater
than 70%), the valve is driven open. As the space temperature rises back toward the heating setpoint (heating
loop is less than 30%), the valve is driven closed. If the loop is in between, there is no valve action.
5. If DAT limiting is enabled and a DAT sensor is detected, the discharge air heating setpoint is determined
based on the heating loop. The discharge temperature is limited to 15°F (8.3°C) above space temperature up
to a maximum of 90°F (32.2°C).
6. Warm Air Available: As space temperature drops below the heating setpoint, the controller increases
primary airflow. At a space temperature of 2°F (1.1°C) below the heating setpoint, maximum heating airflow is
maintained. On an increase in space temperature, airflow decreases. As space temperature rises above the
heating setpoint, minimum heating airflow is maintained.
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
COLD AIR AVAILABLE SEQUENCE
TOTAL AIR FLOW
HEATING
LOOP %
❑ TSD Digital Display (STE-8001W36)
❑ TSDO Digital Display w/Occupancy
Motion Sensor (STE-8201W36)
❑ TSR Rotary Dial (STE-6014W36)
MAX. FAN
SPEED
100
CLG. SPAN ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG.
SP
CLG.
SP
+2°F
(+1.1°C)
FLOATING HEAT OPERATION
HTG. %
DRIVE
OPEN
70
NO
ACTION
30
DRIVE
CLOSED
0
HTG. SPAN
-2°F
(-1.1°C)
CFM INCREASE
Room Temperature Sensor Option:
FAN OPERATION
ROOM TEMP INCREASE
HTG.
SP
WARM AIR AVAILABLE SEQUENCE
MAX. HTG. CFM
TOTAL AIR
INDUCED AIR
MINIMUM HEATING CFM
HTG. SPAN
-2°F
(-1.1°C)
DATE
B SERIES
10 - 14 - 16
3500
ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG.
SP
CLG.
SP
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 15
D35N303
EZVAV DIGITAL CONTROLS
SERIES FAN POWERED (CAV) TERMINAL UNIT
COOLING WITH BINARY HEAT (STAGED ELECTRIC OR
ON/OFF HOT WATER) • PRESSURE INDEPENDENT
MODELS: 35SE(ST), 35SW(ST), 37SE(ST) & 37SW(ST) N304
BAC-8005-36 CONTROLLER
IF CONTROLLERS ARE TO BE
NETWORKED TOGETHER, TURN ON
EOL DIP SWITCHES ON THE
CONTROLLERS AT BOTH PHYSICAL
ENDS OF THE NETWORK. CONNECT
SHIELD TO EARTH GROUND
AT ONLY ONE POINT.
NOTES:
1. CONTROLLER SETTINGS
MUST BE INITIALLY SET
USING A STE-8XXX.
EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS:
AI1 = DAT SENSOR
A04 = FAN SPEED
B05 = FAN ENABLE
B06 = REHEAT #1
B07 = REHEAT #2
B08 = REHEAT #3
BLK
RED
SHLD
EOL
TO
NEXT
CONTROLLER
BLK
RED
SHLD
–A
+B
S
BACnet MS/TP
1/4" (6) O.D. TUBING
TO FLOW SENSOR
H L
FROM
PREVIOUS
CONTROLLER
AIRFLOW SENSOR
TOTAL
(HIGH)
STATIC
(LOW)
STE-6014W36
H
LINE
VOLTAGE
N
UP TO 3 STAGES
ELECTRIC HEAT
(FACTORY SUPPLIED
AND MOUNTED) OR
24 VAC ON/OFF
HOT WATER VALVE
(FIELD SUPPLIED AND
WIRED BY OTHERS)
RJ-45, 25 FT.
ETHERNET CABLE
NOTE: ENSURE
WIRING TO
CONTROLLER
IS 24 VAC ONLY!
24 VAC
COM 1
2
FAN
SPEED
MIN. -100%
0 – 10 VDC
FAN
START
24 VAC
ELECTRIC
HEAT
~
24VAC
B06
B07
SC
B08
SC
B05
A04
T
COMM
READY
AI1
GND
T-STAT/
SENSOR
EPIC ECM
MOTOR ONLY
+
COM ~
3
–
STE-8001W36
FACTORY
WIRING
Room Temperature Sensor Option:
❑ TSD Digital Display (STE-8001W36)
❑ TSDO Digital Display w/Occupancy
Motion Sensor (STE-8201W36)
❑ TSR Rotary Dial (STE-6014W36)
CONTROL SEQUENCE N304
Sequence of Operation:
FAN OPERATION
MAX. FAN
SPEED
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
MAX. COOLING CFM
TOTAL AIR FLOW
INDUCED AIR
OCCUPIED
MIN. FAN
SPEED
MINIMUM COOLING CFM
UNOCCUPIED
STANDBY
STANDBY
FAN OFF
CLG. SPAN ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG. SPAN
ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG.
SP
HTG.
SP
-2°F
(-1.1°C)
1. Changeover/Morning Warm-up (Central AHU Heat/Cool): If supply air as measured by the discharge air
temperature (DAT) sensor is below 72°F (22.2°C), cool air is said to be available. If supply air is above 76°F
(24.4°C), warm air is said to be available. Any time warm air is available, auxiliary heat is locked out.
2. Cool Air Available: As space temperature rises above the cooling setpoint, the controller increases primary
airflow. At a space temperature of 2°F (1.1°C) above the cooling setpoint, maximum cooling airflow is
maintained. On a decrease in space temperature, the controller reduces airflow. Below cooling setpoint,
minimum airflow is maintained.
3. The fan is started during occupied and standby modes and runs continuously at maximum fan speed. The
fan induces warm ceiling plenum air as the primary airflow varies and maintains a constant volume to the
space. During unoccupied mode, the fan starts on a call for heating only. The fan stops only during unoccupied
mode when there is no call for heat. EPIC ECM Motor Only: During standby and unoccupied modes, the fan
runs at minimum fan speed.
4. Supplemental Heat: As the space temperature drops below the heating setpoint, up to 3 stages of electric heat
are energized respectively. As the space temperature rises back toward the heating setpoint, heating stages 3, 2
and 1 turn off respectively (Alternatively, an on/off two position spring return hot water valve can be controlled).
5. Warm Air Available: At a space temperature of 2°F (1.1°C) below the heating setpoint, maximum heating
airflow is maintained. On an increase in space temperature, airflow decreases. As space temperature rises
above the heating setpoint, minimum heating airflow is maintained.
Note: DO NOT enable the DAT Discharge Air Temperature limiting feature for binary staged or on/off reheat
as short cycling will occur.
SCHEDULE TYPE:
PROJECT:
FIELD
WIRING
COLD AIR AVAILABLE SEQUENCE
CFM INCREASE
STE-1401 DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
10 KΩ, TYPE 3 (FACTORY WIRED AND FIELD INSTALLED)
CLG.
SP
+2°F
(+1.1°C)
HEATING STAGES OPERATION
STAGE 3
STAGE 1
CAN BE AN
ON/OFF HOT
WATER VALVE (NC)
STAGE 2
STAGE 1
ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
CFM INCREASE
1.9°F 1.3°F 7°F HTG.
(-16.7°C) (-17°C) (-13°C) SP
WARM AIR AVAILABLE SEQUENCE
MAX. HTG. CFM
TOTAL AIR
INDUCED AIR
MINIMUM HEATING CFM
HTG. SPAN
-2°F
(-1.1°C)
DATE
B SERIES
10 - 20 - 16
3500
ROOM TEMP. INCREASE
HTG.
SP
CLG.
SP
SUPERSEDES DRAWING NO.
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or pricing without notice.
12 - 2 - 15
D35N304
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
Recommended Primary Valve Airflow Ranges For All Fan Powered Terminal Units
The recommended airflow ranges below are for fan powered
terminal units with pressure independent controls and are presented
as ranges for total and controller specific minimum and maximum
airflow. Airflow ranges are based upon maintaining reasonable
sound levels and controller limits using Nailor's Diamond Flow
Sensor as the airflow measuring device. For a given unit size, the
minimum, auxiliary and the maximum flow setting must be within the
range limits to ensure pressure independent operation, accuracy
and repeatability.
Minimum airflow limits are based upon .02" w.g. (5 Pa) differential
pressure signal from Diamond Flow Sensor on analog/digital
controls and .03" (7.5) for pneumatic controllers. This is a realistic
low limit for many transducers used in the digital controls industry.
Check your controls supplier for minimum limits. Setting airflow
minimums lower, may cause hunting and failure to meet minimum
ventilation requirements.
The high end of the tabulated Total Airflow Range on pneumatic
and analog electronic controls represents the Diamond Flow
Sensor's differential pressure reading at 1" w.g. (249 Pa). The high
end airflow range for digital controls is represented by the indicated
transducer differential pressure.
ASHRAE 130 "Performance Rating of Air Terminals" is the method
of test for the certification program. The "standard rating condition"
(certification rating point) airflow volumes for each terminal unit size
are tabulated below per AHRI Standard 880. These air volumes
equate to an approximate inlet velocity of 2000 fpm (10.2 m/s).
When digital or other controls are mounted by Nailor, but supplied
by others, these values are guidelines only, based upon experience
with the majority of controls currently available. Controls supplied
by others for factory mounting are configured and calibrated in the
field. Airflow settings on pneumatic and analog controls supplied by
Nailor are factory preset when provided.
Imperial Units, Cubic Feet per Minute
Inlet
Size
Round
Flat
Oval
Rect.
Total
Airflow
Range,
cfm
0 – 225
0 – 400
0 – 550
0 – 800
0 – 1100
0 – 1400
0 – 1840
0 – 2500
0 – 3370
0 – 4510
0 – 2500
0 – 3125
0 – 3725
0 – 5265
0 – 2450
0 – 2950
150
250
400
550
700
900
1100
1600
2100
2800
1600
2100
2800
3500
1560
1900
Range of Minimum and Maximum Settings, cfm
Pneumatic 3000
Analog
Digital
Controller
Electronic Controls
Controls
Transducer Differential Pressure ( w.g.)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
.03
1.0
.02
1.0
.02
1.0
1.25
Ů
30
55
80
115
155
200
260
355
475
640
355
440
525
750
350
420
225
400
550
800
1100
1400
1840
2500
3370
4510
2500
3125
3725
5265
2450
2950
180
325
450
650
900
1150
1500
2050
2750
3700
2050
2550
3040
4300
2000
2400
25
45
65
95
125
165
215
290
390
520
290
360
430
610
290
340
180
325
450
650
900
1150
1500
2050
2750
3700
2050
2550
3040
4300
2000
2400
25
45
65
95
125
165
215
290
390
520
290
360
430
610
290
340
180
325
450
650
900
1150
1500
2050
2750
3700
2050
2550
3040
4300
2000
2400
200
360
500
725
1000
1285
1675
2290
3075
4120
2300
2850
3400
4800
2240
2700
C
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
12
14
16
18
14 x 8
14 x 10
Inlet
Type
Airflow at
2000 fpm
Inlet
Velocity
(nom.), cfm
Metric Units, Liters per Second
Range of Minimum and Maximum Settings, l/s
Inlet
Size
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
12
14
16
18
14 x 8
14 x 10
Inlet
Type
Round
Flat
Oval
Rect.
Total
Airflow
Range,
l/s
0 – 106
0 – 189
0 – 260
0 – 378
0 – 519
0 – 661
0 – 868
0 – 1180
0 – 1590
0 – 2128
0 – 1180
0 – 1475
0 – 1758
0 – 2485
0 – 1156
0 – 1392
Airflow at
10.2 m/s
Inlet
Velocity
(nom.), l/s
71
118
189
260
330
425
519
755
991
1321
755
991
1321
1652
736
897
Pneumatic 3000
Controller
Analog
Electronic Controls
Digital
Controls
Transducer Differential Pressure ( Pa )
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
7.5
249
5
249
5
249
311
Ů
14
26
38
54
73
94
123
168
224
302
168
208
248
354
165
198
85
153
212
307
425
543
708
967
1298
1746
967
1203
1435
2029
944
1133
12
21
31
45
59
78
101
137
184
245
137
170
203
288
137
160
85
153
212
307
425
543
708
967
1298
1746
967
1203
1435
2029
944
1133
12
21
31
45
59
78
101
137
184
245
137
170
203
288
137
160
85
153
212
307
425
543
708
967
1298
1746
967
1203
1435
2029
944
1133
94
170
236
342
472
606
790
1081
1451
1944
1085
1345
1604
2265
1057
1274
106
189
260
378
579
661
868
1080
1590
2128
1180
1475
1758
2485
1156
1392
Max.
C13
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
Performance Data Explanation
Sound Power Levels vs. NC Levels
Discharge Sound
The Nailor Model Series: 35S, 35SST, 37S, 37SST, 35N and
37N fan powered terminal unit performance data is presented in
two forms.
The laboratory obtained discharge and radiated sound power
levels in octave bands 2 through 7 (125 through 4000 Hz) center
frequency for each unit size at various flow rates and inlet static
pressures is presented. This data is derived in accordance with
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 130 and AHRI Standard 880. This data is
raw with no attenuation deductions and includes AHRI Certification
standard rating points.
C
Nailor also provides an "NC Level" table as an application aid
in terminal selection, which include attenuation allowances as
explained below. The suggested attenuation allowances are typical
and are not representative of specific job site conditions. It is
recommended that the sound power level data be used and a
detailed NC calculation be performed using the procedures outlined
in AHRI Standard 885, Appendix E for accurate space sound levels.
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
Explanation of NC Levels
Tabulated NC levels are based on attenuation values as outlined
in AHRI Standard 885 Procedure for Estimating Occupied Space
Sound Levels in the Application of Air Terminals and Air Outlets".
AHRI Standard 885, Appendix E provides typical sound attenuation
values for air terminal discharge sound and air terminal radiated
sound.
As stated in AHRI Standard 885, Appendix E, These values can
be used as a quick method of estimating space sound levels when
a detailed evaluation is not available. The attenuation values are
required for use by manufacturers to catalog application sound
levels. In product catalogs, the end user environments are not
known and the following factors are provided as typical attenuation
values. Use of these values will allow better comparison between
manufacturers and give the end user a value which will be expected
to be applicable for many types of space.
These attenuation values have been used to tabulate Discharge NC
levels applied against the terminal airflow volume and not terminal
unit size.
The following tables provide the calculation method for the discharge
sound total attenuation values based on AHRI Standard 885.
Small Box
<300 cfm
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
7
Environmental Effect
2
5 ft. (1.5 m) 1" (25) Duct Lining
2
Branch Power Division (1 outlet)
0
5 ft. (1.5 m), 8 in. dia. (203) Flex Duct 5
End Reflection
10
Space Effect
5
1
6
0
10
5
6
0
12
0
18
2
7
0
25
0
19
1
8
0
29
0
21
0
9
0
18
0
12
0
10
Total Attenuation Deduction
28
39
53
59
40
24
Medium Box
300 – 700 cfm
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
7
Environmental Effect
2
5 ft. (1.5 m) 1" (25) Duct Lining
2
Branch Power Division (2 outlets)
3
5 ft. (1.5 m), 8 in. dia. (203) Flex Duct 5
End Reflection
10
Space Effect
5
1
4
3
10
5
6
0
10
3
18
2
7
0
20
3
19
1
8
0
20
3
21
0
9
0
14
3
12
0
10
Total Attenuation Deduction
27
29
40
51
53
39
2
3
4
5
6
7
Environmental Effect
2
5 ft. (1.5 m) 1" (25) Duct Lining
2
Branch Power Division (3 outlets)
5
5 ft. (1.5 m), 8 in. dia. (203) Flex Duct 5
End Reflection
10
Space Effect
5
1
3
5
10
5
6
0
9
5
18
2
7
0
18
5
19
1
8
0
17
5
21
0
9
0
12
5
12
0
10
Total Attenuation Deduction
30
41
51
52
39
Large Box
Radiated Sound
Table E1 of Appendix E provides typical radiated sound attenuation
values for three types of ceiling: Type 1 – Glass Fiber; Type 2 –
Mineral Fiber; Type 3 – Solid Gypsum Board.
Since Mineral Fiber tile ceilings are the most common construction
used in commercial buildings, these values have been used to
tabulate Radiated NC levels.
The following table provides the calculation method for the radiated
sound total attenuation values based on AHRI Standard 885.
Octave Band
2
3
4
5
6
7
Environmental Effect
Ceiling/Space Effect
2
16
1
18
0
20
0
26
0
31
0
36
Total Attenuation Deduction
18
19
20
26
31
36
The ceiling/space effect assumes the following conditions:
1. 5/8" (16) tile, 20 lb/ft3 (320 kg/m3) density.
2. The plenum is at least 3 feet (914) deep.
3. The plenum space is either wide [over 30 feet (9 m)] or lined with
insulation.
7KHFHLOLQJKDVQRVLJQLÀFDQWSHQHWUDWLRQGLUHFWO\XQGHUWKHXQLW
C132
Table E1 of Appendix E provides typical discharge sound attenuation
values for three sizes of terminal unit.
1. Small box;
Less than 300 cfm (142 l/s)
[Discharge Duct 8" x 8" (203 x 203)].
2. Medium box; 300 – 700 cfm (142 - 330 l/s)
[Discharge Duct 12" x 12" (305 x 305)].
3. Large box;
Greater than 700 cfm (330 l/s)
[Discharge Duct 15" x 15" (381 x 381)].
>700 cfm
Octave Band
29
1. Flexible duct is non-metallic with 1" (25) insulation.
2. Space effect (room size and receiver location) 2500 ft.3
(69 m3) and 5 ft. (1.5 m) distance from source.
For a complete explanation of the attenuation factors and the
procedures for calculating room NC levels, please refer to the
acoustical engineering guidelines at the back of this catalog and
AHRI Standard 885.
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37S SERIES
Performance Data
ECM Motor Fan Curves – Airflow vs. Downstream Static Pressure
37S Series • Low Profile • Series Flow
l/s CFM
260 550
Unit Size 1
Unit Size 2
l/s CFM
448 950
450
189
400
165
350
142
300
118
250
C
94
200
71
150
47
100
24
50
MAXIMUM
MAX. COOLING
1 ROW HW COIL
2 ROW HW COIL
3 ROW HW COIL
AIRFLOW
212
AIRFLOW
500
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
MAXIMUM
236
401
850
354
750
307
650
260
550
212
450
165
350
118
250
71
150
MINIMUM
0.0
0
MINIMUM
0.1 0.2
0.3 0.4 0.5
0.6 0.7 0.75 "w.g.
25
50
75 100 125 149 174 187 Pa
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
Unit Size 3
l/s CFM
613 1300
0.0
0
0.1 0.2
0.3 0.4 0.5
0.6 0.7 0.75 "w.g.
25
50
75 100 125 149 174 187 Pa
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
Unit Size 4
l/s CFM
991 2100
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
897 1900
566 1200
519 1100
MAX. COOLING
1 ROW HW COIL
802 1700
472 1000
2 ROW HW COIL
3 ROW HW COIL
708 1500
900
378
800
330
700
425
900
283
600
330
700
236
500
236
500
189
400
142
300
142
300
47
100
MINIMUM
0.0
0
MAX. COOLING
1 ROW HW COIL
2 ROW HW COIL
3 ROW HW COIL
613 1300
425
AIRFLOW
AIRFLOW
MAX. & 1 ROW HW COIL
2 ROW HW COIL
3 ROW HW COIL
519 1100
MINIMUM
0.1 0.2
0.3 0.4 0.5
0.6 0.7 0.75 "w.g.
25
50
75 100 125 149 174 187 Pa
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
0.0
0
0.1 0.2
0.3 0.4 0.5
0.6 0.7 0.75 "w.g.
25
50
75 100 125 149 174 187 Pa
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
Electrical Data
NOTES:
EPIC ECM Motor FLA
Unit
Size Motor HP 120V 208V 240V
1
1.9
1.3
1.3
*
2
3.3
2.2
2.2
*
3
6.9
4.7
4.4
*
4
8.2
5.5
5.3
*
• The ECM is pressure independent and
constant volume in operation at factory
or field set point within the shaded area.
Airflow does not vary with changing
static pressure conditions. The motor
compensates for any changes in external
static pressure or induced air conditions
such as filter loading.
277V
1.3
2.2
4.4
5.3
EPIC ECM is a variable horsepower motor.
*­ The
Refer to Selectworks schedule for actual power consumption.
• Airflow can be set to operate on
horizontal performance line at any point
within shaded area using the solid state
volume controller provided.
• Fan curves shown are applicable to 120,
208, 240 and 277 volt, single phase
ECM's. ECM's, although DC in operation,
include a built-in inverter.
FLA = Full load amperage. All motors are single phase/60 Hz.
C94
11-11-20
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37S SERIES
Performance Data
PSC Motor Fan Curves – Airflow vs. Downstream Static Pressure
37S Series • Low Profile • Series Flow
Unit Size 2
l/s CFM
Unit Size 3
l/s CFM
519 1100
425 900
MAXIMUM
330 700
425 900
ELECTRIC HEAT OR
1 OR 2 ROW HW COIL
ELECTRIC HEAT OR
1 OR 2 ROW HW COIL
378 800
AIRFLOW
283 600
AIRFLOW
MAXIMUM
472 1000
378 800
236 500
330 700
283 600
189 400
C
236 500
142 300
MINIMUM
189 400
94 200
142 300
0.0
0
l/s CFM
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
25
50
75
100
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
0.5 "w.g.
125 Pa
0.0
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
25
50
75
100
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
0.5 "w.g.
125 Pa
Unit Size 4
1038 2200
991 2100
MAXIMUM
• Fan Curves shown are applicable to
120, 208, 240 and 277 volt, single
phase PSC motors.
944 2000
897 1900
849 1800
AIRFLOW
802 1700
ELECTRIC HEAT OR
1 ROW HW COIL
755 1600
2 ROW HW COIL
708 1500
613 1300
566 1200
519 1100
900
378
800
277V
1.5
1.8
3.7
FLA = Full load amperage.
All motors are single phase/60 Hz.
472 1000
425
Electrical Data
PSC Motor FLA
Unit
Size Motor HP 120V 208V 240V
2
1/6
4.8
1.8
1.8
3
1/4
5.3
3.6
3.6
4
2@1/4
10.6
7.2
7.2
661 1400
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
47 100
MINIMUM
MINIMUM
0.0
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
25
50
75
100
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
0.5 "w.g.
125 Pa
C85
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37S SERIES
Performance Data • AHRI Certification and Performance Notes
Model Series 37S • Low Profile • Series Flow • Basic Unit • AHRI Certification Rating Points
Fiberglass Liner
Unit Inlet
Size Size
1
2
3
4
¦
Fan Airflow
cfm
400
8
800
10
1100
10
14 x 10 1800
l/s
189
378
519
849
Fan ¦
Watts
140
170
400
600
Fan + 100% Primary @ 1.5" w.g. (375 Pa)
'Ps w/ .25" w.g. (62 Pa) Discharge 'Ps
Discharge
Radiated
'Ps
Radiated
2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 cfm l/s "w.g. Pa
2
3
4
5
6
7
73 68 63 60 57 54 65 59 54 52 44 37 400 189 0.02 4
64
60
53
52
52
52
71 69 66 63 60 58 67 60 56 56 48 40 800 378 0.03 7
66
62
57
58
54
57
78 75 70 70 68 65 70 63 59 59 52 44 1100 519 0.05 12
72
66
61
61
55
58
77 73 72 72 70 67 74 67 64 61 52 44 1800 849 0.12 30
74
70
67
64
59
58
Fan Only* @ .25" w.g. (62 Pa) 'Ps
Primary
Airflow
Min. Inlet
Motor = ECM.
* Primary air valve is closed and therefore primary cfm is zero.
5DWLQJV DUH FHUWLÀHG LQ
accordance with AHRI
Standards.
C
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
Performance Notes for Sound Power Levels:
C90
1. Discharge (external) static pressure is 0.25" w.g. (63 Pa) in
all cases, which is the difference ('Ps) in static pressure
from terminal discharge to the room.
Discharge Sound Power Levels (SWL) now include
duct end reflection energy as part of the standard
rating. Including the duct end correction provides sound
power levels that would normally be transmitted into an
acoustically, non-reflective duct. The effect of including
the energy correction to the discharge SWL, is higher
sound power levels when compared to previous AHRI
certified data. For more information on duct end reflection
calculations see AHRI Standard 880.
2. Radiated sound power is the breakout noise transmitted
through the unit casing walls.3. Sound power levels are in
decibels, dB re 10-12 watts.
4. All sound data listed by octave bands is raw data without
any corrections for room absorption or duct attenuation.
Dash (-) in space indicates sound power level is less than
20 dB or equal to background.
5. Min. inlet 'Ps is the minimum operating pressure of the
primary air valve section.
6. Asterisk (*) in space indicates that the minimum inlet static
pressure requirement is greater than 0.5" w.g. (125 Pa) at
rated airflow.
7. Data derived from independent tests conducted in
accordance with ANSI / ASHRAE Standard 130 and AHRI
Standard 880.
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37S SERIES
Performance Data • Discharge Sound Power Levels
Model Series 37S • Low Profile • Series Flow • Basic Unit
Fiberglass Liner
Unit Inlet
Size Size
6
1
8
6
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
C
8
2
10
6
8
3
10
10
4
14
x
10
Airflow
cfm
400
300
200
100
400
300
200
100
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
550
400
1100
900
650
400
1150
1100
900
650
400
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
l/s
189
142
94
47
189
142
94
47
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
260
189
519
425
307
189
543
519
425
307
189
920
849
684
519
378
920
849
684
519
378
Min. inlet
'Ps
"w.g. Pa
0.15 37
0.07 17
0.02 5
0.01 1
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.21 52
0.08 20
0.01 2
0.11 27
0.08 19
0.04 10
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.03 7
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.22 55
0.09 22
0.15 37
0.09 22
0.04 10
0.01 2
0.05 12
0.05 12
0.04 9
0.02 4
0.01 1
0.20 50
0.17 42
0.12 29
0.08 19
0.05 11
0.13 32
0.12 30
0.08 20
0.05 11
0.03 7
Fan and 100% Primary Air – Sound Power Octave Bands @ Inlet pressure ('Ps) shown
Minimum 'Ps 0.5" w.g. (125Pa) 'Ps 1.0" w.g. (249Pa) 'Ps 1.5" w.g. (375Pa) 'Ps 2.0" w.g. (500Pa) 'Ps
2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7
73 68 63 60 57 54 69 63 58 51 47 45 72 66 60 54 51 48 71 65 57 50 46 43 73 68 60 54 51 47 74 70 63 55 52 48
69 63 58 54 50 46 65 57 52 44 39 36 69 61 55 49 44 39 69 61 52 44 38 34 69 64 56 47 41 36 70 66 59 49 43 38
62 54 50 44 38 30 64 52 44 36 30 25 66 54 45 36 29 23 66 58 48 36 26 21 66 59 52 37 27 21 66 60 54 39 29 23
56 48 44 37 29 - 60 46 37 29 22 - 62 49 37 28 - - 63 55 43 28 - - 61 55 47 29 - - 62 55 50 32 - 73 68 63 60 57 54 69 63 57 51 47 45 71 65 60 54 51 48 71 64 57 50 46 43 72 68 60 54 51 47 73 69 62 55 52 48
69 63 58 54 50 46 64 56 51 44 39 36 68 61 55 48 44 39 67 60 52 44 38 34 68 63 55 46 41 36 69 65 58 48 43 38
62 54 50 44 38 30 62 51 43 36 30 25 64 53 44 36 29 23 64 57 47 35 26 21 64 58 51 37 27 21 64 59 53 39 29 23
56 48 44 37 29 - 58 45 37 29 22 - 61 47 36 28 - - 61 54 43 28 - - 60 54 46 28 - - 60 53 49 31 - 63 61 58 56 52 47 65 60 58 54 49 43 63 58 57 52 47 41 66 60 58 53 48 41 67 62 58 53 48 41 69 62 59 53 48 41
59 56 54 51 47 39 62 57 56 51 45 36 62 56 55 49 43 34 63 58 55 49 43 34 65 59 56 49 43 34 65 59 56 49 43 34
56 51 50 46 40 30 61 53 51 46 40 29 60 53 50 44 37 26 60 54 51 44 37 24 63 56 52 44 37 25 62 56 52 44 37 26
71 69 66 63 60 58 68 66 62 58 55 51 67 65 61 57 53 50 68 64 61 57 53 49 70 66 61 57 53 50 70 66 62 58 54 50
67 65 62 60 56 53 67 64 61 57 53 48 66 62 59 55 51 47 67 63 60 56 51 47 69 64 60 56 51 47 71 65 61 56 52 47
63 61 58 56 52 47 64 60 58 54 49 43 62 58 56 52 47 41 64 60 57 53 48 41 66 61 58 53 48 41 68 62 58 53 48 41
59 56 54 51 47 39 60 55 55 50 45 36 60 55 54 49 43 34 61 56 54 49 43 34 63 58 55 48 43 34 63 58 55 49 43 34
56 51 50 46 40 30 59 52 50 45 39 28 58 52 49 44 37 25 58 53 50 43 36 24 62 54 51 43 36 25 60 54 51 44 36 25
71 69 66 63 60 58 68 66 61 58 55 51 67 64 60 57 53 50 67 64 60 57 53 49 69 65 61 57 53 50 70 66 61 58 54 50
67 65 62 60 56 53 66 63 60 57 53 48 65 61 59 55 51 47 66 62 59 55 51 47 68 64 60 56 51 47 69 64 60 56 52 47
63 61 58 56 52 47 62 59 57 53 49 43 61 57 56 51 47 41 63 59 57 52 48 41 65 61 57 52 48 41 67 61 57 52 48 41
59 56 54 51 47 39 59 54 54 50 45 36 58 54 53 48 43 34 60 55 53 48 43 34 61 56 54 48 43 34 61 57 54 48 43 34
56 51 50 46 40 30 57 50 49 45 39 28 56 50 48 43 37 25 56 51 49 43 36 24 60 52 50 43 36 24 58 52 50 43 36 25
69 63 60 59 55 51 71 65 61 58 53 49 73 66 62 59 54 50 74 67 62 59 54 50 76 68 63 59 55 50 76 68 63 59 55 50
62 57 55 52 47 42 64 59 57 52 48 42 63 59 56 52 47 41 66 61 56 52 47 41 69 63 57 52 48 42 70 63 58 52 48 42
78 75 70 70 68 65 78 75 69 68 66 63 78 75 69 68 66 63 79 76 70 68 66 63 80 75 70 68 66 63 80 76 70 68 66 63
75 72 68 67 64 61 76 72 67 66 63 60 76 72 66 66 63 60 77 73 67 66 63 60 79 73 67 66 63 60 79 73 68 66 63 60
69 63 60 59 55 51 69 64 60 58 53 49 71 65 61 58 54 50 72 65 61 58 54 50 73 67 61 58 55 50 74 67 62 59 55 50
62 57 55 52 47 42 62 58 56 52 47 41 62 58 55 51 47 40 64 59 55 51 47 40 67 61 56 51 47 41 68 62 57 52 48 42
78 76 71 70 68 65 77 75 69 68 66 64 78 75 69 68 66 63 78 75 69 68 66 64 79 75 70 68 66 63 79 75 70 68 66 63
78 75 70 70 68 65 77 75 69 68 66 63 77 74 68 68 66 63 78 75 69 68 66 63 79 75 69 68 66 63 79 75 69 68 66 63
75 72 68 67 64 61 74 72 66 65 63 60 75 71 66 65 63 60 76 72 66 65 63 60 77 72 67 65 63 60 77 73 67 65 63 60
69 63 60 59 55 51 67 63 59 57 53 49 69 63 59 57 54 50 70 64 60 57 54 50 71 65 60 58 55 50 72 66 61 58 55 50
62 57 55 52 47 42 60 56 54 51 47 41 60 56 54 51 46 40 62 57 54 51 46 40 65 59 55 51 47 41 66 60 56 51 47 41
79 74 73 74 71 69 77 74 73 72 70 67 77 74 73 73 71 68 79 76 75 74 72 69 80 77 76 75 72 70 81 78 76 75 73 70
77 73 72 72 70 67 76 72 71 71 68 66 76 73 72 72 69 67 78 75 73 73 70 68 79 76 75 73 71 69 80 77 75 74 71 69
73 68 68 68 65 62 73 68 68 68 64 61 74 69 69 69 65 62 76 72 70 70 66 64 77 73 72 71 67 64 77 74 72 71 68 65
67 63 64 62 59 55 67 63 64 62 58 55 71 66 66 65 61 57 73 69 68 66 62 59 74 70 69 67 63 60 74 70 69 67 63 60
62 57 59 57 54 48 62 57 60 57 53 47 65 60 61 59 55 49 66 62 62 60 56 51 68 63 63 61 56 51 68 63 63 61 57 52
79 74 73 74 71 69 76 73 72 72 70 67 77 73 73 73 71 68 78 75 74 74 72 69 80 76 75 75 72 70 80 77 76 75 73 70
77 73 72 72 70 67 75 72 71 71 68 66 76 72 72 72 69 67 77 74 73 73 70 68 78 75 74 73 71 69 79 76 74 74 71 69
73 68 68 68 65 62 71 67 67 67 64 61 73 68 68 68 65 62 74 71 70 69 66 64 75 72 71 70 67 64 76 73 71 70 68 65
67 63 64 62 59 55 65 62 63 62 58 55 69 65 65 64 61 57 71 67 66 65 62 59 72 68 67 66 63 60 72 69 68 66 63 60
62 57 59 57 54 48 60 56 58 57 53 47 63 59 60 59 55 49 65 60 61 60 56 51 66 62 62 60 56 51 66 62 62 60 57 52
Fan Only
For performance table notes, see page C90; highlighted numbers indicate embedded AHRI certification points.
C88
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37S SERIES
Performance Data • NC Level Application Guide
Model Series 37S • Low Profile • Series Flow
Fiberglass Liner
Unit Inlet
Size Size
6
1
8
6
8
2
6
8
3
10
10
4
14
x
10
NC Levels @ Inlet Pressure ('Ps) shown
Min. inlet
'Ps
cfm
l/s
"w.g.
Pa
400
300
200
100
400
300
200
100
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
550
400
1100
900
650
400
1150
1100
900
650
400
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
189
142
94
47
189
142
94
47
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
260
189
519
425
307
189
543
519
425
307
189
920
849
684
519
378
920
849
684
519
378
0.15
0.07
0.02
0.01
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.21
0.08
0.01
0.11
0.08
0.04
0.02
0.01
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.22
0.09
0.15
0.09
0.04
0.01
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.02
0.01
0.20
0.17
0.12
0.08
0.05
0.13
0.12
0.08
0.05
0.03
37
17
5
1
4
2
2
2
52
20
2
27
19
10
4
2
7
4
2
2
2
55
22
37
22
10
2
12
12
9
4
1
50
42
29
19
11
32
30
20
11
7
DISCHARGE
Fan
Only
28
23
28
23
28
24
28
24
23
35
31
23
36
35
31
23
34
33
26
20
34
33
26
20
-
Min.
'Ps
23
20
23
24
23
24
21
25
35
31
23
35
35
31
21
34
31
26
20
33
31
25
-
0.5" w.g. 1.0" w.g. 1.5" w.g. 2.0" w.g.
(125 Pa) (250 Pa) (375 Pa) (500 Pa)
26
25
28
30
23
23
23
25
23
23
23
23
25
25
28
29
21
20
21
24
20
20
20
20
20
23
23
21
24
24
20
21
23
25
21
21
21
23
24
20
23
23
20
31
31
28
29
23
24
35
36
35
36
31
33
33
33
25
26
28
29
20
21
35
35
35
35
34
35
35
35
30
31
31
33
23
24
25
26
34
36
37
38
33
35
36
37
28
31
33
34
24
28
29
29
20
20
33
35
36
37
31
34
35
36
26
30
31
33
23
25
26
28
-
RADIATED
Fan
Only
29
20
29
20
25
22
31
29
25
22
31
29
25
22
28
22
35
31
28
22
36
35
31
28
22
43
40
36
31
28
43
40
36
31
28
Min.
'Ps
25
23
25
22
25
22
20
30
28
24
22
20
30
28
24
21
28
21
38
34
26
21
38
38
34
26
20
39
38
35
31
26
39
38
34
31
26
0.5" w.g. 1.0" w.g. 1.5" w.g. 2.0" w.g.
(125 Pa) (250 Pa) (375 Pa) (500 Pa)
26
28
30
31
23
24
26
28
21
22
26
28
30
31
23
24
26
28
20
21
26
28
30
31
23
24
26
29
21
22
25
29
30
31
33
34
28
30
31
34
25
28
29
30
23
24
25
28
21
22
24
28
30
31
33
34
28
29
31
34
25
26
29
30
22
23
25
27
20
21
22
26
28
30
31
34
22
24
25
28
36
38
38
38
34
34
34
35
28
29
31
34
21
23
25
28
38
38
38
38
36
38
38
38
34
34
34
35
26
29
31
34
21
23
24
26
40
41
44
45
39
40
43
44
37
39
40
43
33
35
37
39
29
32
34
36
40
41
44
45
39
40
43
44
36
38
40
41
32
34
37
38
29
31
34
36
C
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
10
Airflow
Performance Notes:
1. NC Levels are calculated based on procedures as outlined on page C132.
2. Dash (-) in space indicates a NC less than 20.
C87
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37S SERIES
Performance Data • Radiated Sound Power Levels
Model Series 37S • Low Profile • Series Flow • Basic Unit
Fiberglass Liner
Unit Inlet
Size Size
6
1
8
6
8
2
6
8
3
10
10
4
14
x
10
cfm
400
300
200
100
400
300
200
100
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
550
400
1100
900
650
400
1150
1100
900
650
400
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
l/s
189
142
94
47
189
142
94
47
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
260
189
519
425
307
189
543
519
425
307
189
920
849
684
519
378
920
849
684
519
378
Min. inlet
'Ps
"w.g. Pa
0.15 37
0.07 17
0.02 5
0.01 1
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.21 52
0.08 20
0.01 2
0.11 27
0.08 19
0.04 10
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.03 7
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.22 55
0.09 22
0.15 37
0.09 22
0.04 10
0.01 2
0.05 12
0.05 12
0.04 9
0.02 4
0.01 1
0.20 50
0.17 42
0.12 29
0.08 19
0.05 11
0.13 32
0.12 30
0.08 20
0.05 11
0.03 7
Fan and 100% Primary Air – Sound Power Octave Bands @ Inlet pressure ('Ps) shown
Minimum 'Ps 0.5" w.g. (125Pa) 'Ps 1.0" w.g. (249Pa) 'Ps 1.5" w.g. (375Pa) 'Ps 2.0" w.g. (500Pa) 'Ps
2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7
65 59 54 52 44 37 62 56 51 49 41 33 62 57 51 49 45 42 63 58 52 51 49 47 64 60 53 53 52 53 65 61 54 54 54 56
56 50 46 43 34 26 58 53 49 45 37 30 59 53 49 46 43 40 60 55 50 48 46 44 60 57 51 50 49 49 61 58 52 51 51 52
49 45 43 39 29 20 50 44 42 39 28 19 51 46 42 41 37 34 52 49 44 44 40 39 53 51 47 46 44 44 54 53 48 48 46 47
- 41 39 35 24 - - 39 38 35 24 - - 42 39 37 29 26 - 43 40 39 33 31 - 43 40 41 38 37 - 43 41 42 41 40
65 59 54 52 44 37 62 56 51 48 40 33 62 57 51 49 45 41 63 58 52 51 48 47 64 60 53 52 52 52 65 61 54 53 54 56
56 50 46 43 34 26 58 53 48 45 36 29 59 53 49 46 42 39 60 55 50 48 45 44 60 57 51 49 48 48 61 58 52 50 51 51
49 45 43 39 29 20 50 44 42 38 28 19 51 46 42 41 36 33 52 49 44 43 40 38 53 51 46 45 43 43 54 53 47 47 45 46
- 41 39 35 24 - - 39 38 34 23 - - 42 39 36 29 25 - 42 39 38 33 30 - 43 40 40 37 36 - 43 41 41 39 39
59 52 51 51 41 32 56 51 51 51 40 33 57 52 52 51 45 46 59 55 53 53 49 51 62 58 55 55 54 56 63 60 56 57 57 60
53 49 48 47 36 26 51 49 48 48 36 28 54 49 49 50 44 45 56 52 50 52 49 50 58 54 52 54 55 55 59 56 53 56 59 59
49 47 45 44 33 22 49 47 46 44 33 22 52 48 47 48 43 39 53 50 48 49 49 47 54 52 49 51 55 55 55 54 50 52 59 61
67 60 56 56 48 40 63 58 55 56 46 38 64 58 55 56 48 47 65 60 56 57 52 53 66 62 57 59 55 58 66 63 58 60 60 61
64 57 54 54 45 37 60 55 53 54 43 36 61 56 53 55 46 47 62 59 55 56 51 52 64 61 56 57 55 57 65 63 57 57 57 61
59 52 51 51 41 32 56 51 50 51 39 33 57 52 51 51 44 45 59 55 53 53 49 50 62 58 54 55 54 55 63 60 55 56 57 59
53 49 48 47 36 26 51 49 48 47 36 27 54 49 49 49 43 43 56 52 50 51 48 48 58 54 51 53 54 54 59 56 53 54 58 57
49 47 45 44 33 22 49 46 46 43 32 22 52 48 47 47 42 38 53 50 48 48 48 46 54 52 49 50 54 54 54 53 49 51 58 59
67 60 56 56 48 40 63 58 55 55 46 38 64 58 55 55 48 47 65 60 56 57 51 52 66 62 57 58 54 57 66 63 58 59 59 61
64 57 54 54 45 37 60 55 53 53 43 35 61 56 53 54 46 46 62 59 54 55 50 51 64 61 56 56 54 56 65 63 57 57 57 60
59 52 51 51 41 32 56 51 50 50 39 32 57 52 51 50 44 44 59 55 52 52 49 49 62 58 54 54 53 54 63 60 55 55 56 58
53 49 48 47 36 26 51 49 47 46 35 26 54 49 48 48 42 42 56 52 49 50 48 47 58 54 51 52 53 52 59 56 52 53 57 56
49 47 45 44 33 22 48 46 45 42 31 21 51 48 46 46 41 37 52 49 47 48 47 45 53 51 48 49 52 52 54 53 49 50 56 57
63 54 53 52 43 34 62 54 53 53 43 34 62 55 53 53 46 48 63 58 55 55 50 53 65 61 56 56 54 58 65 63 57 57 57 62
54 49 48 46 37 27 53 48 47 45 35 23 55 50 48 47 43 43 57 53 50 49 48 48 60 56 51 51 52 54 61 58 53 52 55 58
70 63 59 59 52 44 72 65 59 61 54 50 71 65 60 60 54 50 72 65 60 61 55 54 72 66 61 62 56 59 72 67 62 63 57 62
67 59 56 56 49 40 69 61 57 57 48 39 69 61 57 57 50 49 69 62 58 58 52 53 69 63 59 59 54 58 70 64 60 59 55 62
63 54 53 52 43 34 62 54 52 52 42 33 62 55 53 52 45 46 63 58 54 54 49 51 65 61 55 55 53 57 65 63 56 56 56 60
54 49 48 46 37 27 53 47 47 45 34 22 54 49 47 46 42 41 57 52 49 48 46 47 59 56 51 50 51 52 61 58 52 51 54 56
71 64 60 60 53 45 72 65 60 61 54 46 72 65 60 57 51 47 72 66 61 61 54 54 72 66 61 62 56 58 72 67 62 62 56 61
70 63 59 59 52 44 72 65 59 60 53 50 71 65 60 60 53 49 72 65 60 61 54 54 72 66 61 61 55 58 72 67 62 62 56 61
67 59 56 56 49 40 69 61 56 56 48 39 69 61 57 57 49 48 69 62 58 57 51 52 69 63 59 58 53 57 70 64 59 59 55 60
63 54 53 52 43 34 62 54 52 51 41 32 62 55 52 51 45 45 63 58 54 53 48 50 65 61 55 54 52 55 65 63 56 55 55 58
54 49 48 46 37 27 52 47 46 44 33 22 54 49 47 45 41 40 56 52 49 47 45 45 58 55 50 49 49 51 60 57 52 50 52 54
76 69 65 63 54 46 73 68 64 62 53 45 73 68 65 63 54 48 74 70 66 64 57 53 75 71 68 66 60 58 76 72 69 67 62 62
74 67 64 61 52 44 72 66 63 60 51 43 72 67 64 61 53 47 73 69 65 63 56 53 74 70 67 65 60 58 75 72 68 66 62 62
71 63 61 57 47 39 68 62 60 57 46 38 69 64 62 58 50 45 70 66 64 60 54 52 71 67 65 62 59 59 72 69 67 64 62 64
64 58 56 52 41 32 64 58 56 52 41 32 63 59 58 55 48 44 65 62 60 57 54 51 67 65 62 60 59 59 69 66 64 62 63 65
60 54 53 48 36 26 56 53 52 47 35 24 59 55 54 51 48 42 61 58 57 54 54 51 63 61 59 57 60 59 65 63 61 59 64 65
76 69 65 63 54 46 73 68 64 61 52 44 73 68 65 62 54 48 74 70 66 64 57 53 75 71 68 65 59 58 76 72 69 66 61 61
74 67 64 61 52 44 72 66 63 60 50 42 72 67 64 61 53 47 73 69 65 62 56 52 74 70 67 64 59 58 75 72 68 65 61 62
71 63 61 57 47 39 68 62 59 56 46 37 69 64 61 58 50 44 70 66 63 60 54 51 71 67 65 62 58 58 72 69 66 63 61 62
64 58 56 52 41 32 64 58 56 51 40 31 63 59 57 54 47 42 65 62 59 56 53 50 67 65 62 59 58 57 69 66 63 60 62 63
60 54 53 48 36 26 56 53 52 47 34 23 59 55 54 50 47 41 61 58 56 53 53 49 63 61 59 56 59 57 65 63 61 58 63 63
Fan Only
C
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
10
Airflow
For performance table notes, see page C90; highlighted numbers indicate embedded AHRI certification points.
C89
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37SST SERIES
Performance Data
ECM Motor Fan Curves – Airflow vs. Downstream Static Pressure
37SST "StealthTM" Series • Low Profile • Series Flow
Unit Size 1
l/s CFM
260 550
Unit Size 2
l/s CFM
448 950
212
450
189
400
165
350
142
300
118
250
94
200
71
150
47
100
24
50
MAXIMUM
MAX. COOLING
1 ROW HW COIL
2 ROW HW COIL
3 ROW HW COIL
401
850
354
750
307
650
260
550
212
450
165
350
118
250
71
150
C
MINIMUM
0.0
0
MINIMUM
0.1 0.2
0.3 0.4 0.5
0.6 0.7 0.75 "w.g.
25
50
75 100 125 149 174 187 Pa
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
Unit Size 3
l/s CFM
613 1300
0.0
0
0.1 0.2
0.3 0.4 0.5
0.6 0.7 0.75 "w.g.
25
50
75 100 125 149 174 187 Pa
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
Unit Size 4
l/s CFM
991 2100
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
897 1900
566 1200
519 1100
MAX. COOLING
1 ROW HW COIL
802 1700
472 1000
2 ROW HW COIL
3 ROW HW COIL
708 1500
900
378
800
330
700
425
900
283
600
330
700
236
500
236
500
189
400
142
300
142
300
47
100
MINIMUM
0.0
0
MAX. COOLING
1 ROW HW COIL
2 ROW HW COIL
3 ROW HW COIL
613 1300
425
AIRFLOW
AIRFLOW
MAX. & 1 ROW HW COIL
2 ROW HW COIL
3 ROW HW COIL
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
500
AIRFLOW
AIRFLOW
MAXIMUM
236
519 1100
MINIMUM
0.1 0.2
0.3 0.4 0.5
0.6 0.7 0.75 "w.g.
25
50
75 100 125 149 174 187 Pa
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
0.0
0
0.1 0.2
0.3 0.4 0.5
0.6 0.7 0.75 "w.g.
25
50
75 100 125 149 174 187 Pa
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
Electrical Data
NOTES:
EPIC ECM Motor FLA
Unit
Size Motor HP 120V 208V 240V
1
1.9
1.3
1.3
*
2
3.3
2.2
2.2
*
3
6.9
4.7
4.4
*
4
8.2
5.5
5.3
*
• The ECM is pressure independent and
constant volume in operation at factory
or field set point within the shaded area.
Airflow does not vary with changing
static pressure conditions. The motor
compensates for any changes in external
static pressure or induced air conditions
such as filter loading.
277V
1.3
2.2
4.4
5.3
EPIC ECM is a variable horsepower motor.
*­ The
Refer to Selectworks schedule for actual power consumption.
• Airflow can be set to operate on
horizontal performance line at any point
within shaded area using the solid state
volume controller provided.
• Fan curves shown are applicable to 120,
208, 240 and 277 volt, single phase
ECM's. ECM's, although DC in operation,
include a built-in inverter.
FLA = Full load amperage. All motors are single phase/60 Hz.
11-11-20
C105
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37SST SERIES
Performance Data
PSC Motor Fan Curves – Airflow vs. Downstream Static Pressure
37SST "StealthTM" Series • Low Profile • Series Flow
Unit Size 2
l/s CFM
Unit Size 3
l/s CFM
519 1100
425 900
MAXIMUM
330 700
425 900
ELECTRIC HEAT OR
1 OR 2 ROW HW COIL
AIRFLOW
AIRFLOW
236 500
236 500
142 300
MINIMUM
189 400
94 200
MINIMUM
142 300
47 100
0.0
0
l/s CFM
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
25
50
75
100
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
0.5 "w.g.
125 Pa
0.0
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
25
50
75
100
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
0.5 "w.g.
125 Pa
Unit Size 4
1038 2200
MAXIMUM
991 2100
944 2000
• Fan curves shown are applicable to 120,
208, 240 and 277 volt, single phase
PSC motors.
897 1900
849 1800
802 1700
AIRFLOW
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
330 700
283 600
189 400
ELECTRIC HEAT OR
1 ROW HW COIL
755 1600
2 ROW HW COIL
708 1500
Electrical Data
661 1400
PSC Motor FLA
Unit
Size Motor HP 120V 208V 240V
2
1/6
4.8
1.8
1.8
3
1/4
5.3
3.6
3.6
4
2@1/4
10.6
7.2
7.2
613 1300
566 1200
519 1100
472 1000
C96
ELECTRIC HEAT OR
1 OR 2 ROW HW COIL
378 800
283 600
C
MAXIMUM
472 1000
378 800
425
900
378
800
FLA = Full load amperage.
All motors are single phase/60 Hz.
MINIMUM
0.0
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
25
50
75
100
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE
0.5 "w.g.
125 Pa
277V
1.5
1.8
3.7
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37SST SERIES
Performance Data • AHRI Certification and Performance Notes
Model Series 37SST "StealthTM" • Low Profile • Series Flow • AHRI Certification Rating Points
Fiberglass Liner
Unit
Size
1
2
3
4
¦
Inlet
Size
8
10
10
14 x 10
Fan Airflow
cfm
400
800
1100
1800
l/s
189
378
519
849
Fan Only* @ .25" w.g. (62 Pa) 'Ps
Fan¦
Watts
140
170
400
600
2
72
70
76
77
3
67
69
74
73
Discharge
4 5 6
62 58 54
66 64 61
68 68 66
72 72 70
7
50
58
63
67
2
63
65
67
70
3
58
58
61
62
Radiated
4 5 6
52 47 42
54 51 42
57 57 48
56 52 47
Primary
Airflow
7 cfm
36 400
36 800
39 1100
42 1800
Min. Inlet
'Ps
l/s "w.g. Pa
189 0.02
4
378 0.03
7
519 0.05 12
849 0.12 30
Fan + 100% Primary @ 1.5" w.g. (375 Pa)
'Ps w/ .25" w.g. (62 Pa) Discharge 'Ps
Radiated
2
3
4
5
6
7
62
59
50
46
43
40
66
61
55
53
50
47
70
64
58
54
47
45
74
67
59
55
53
53
Motor = ECM.
* Primary air valve is closed and therefore primary cfm is zero.
5DWLQJV DUH FHUWLÀHG LQ
accordance with AHRI
Standards.
1. Discharge (external) static pressure is 0.25" w.g. (63
3D LQ DOO FDVHV ZKLFK LV WKH GLIIHUHQFH ¨3V LQ VWDWLF
pressure from terminal discharge to the room.
Discharge Sound Power Levels (SWL) now include
duct end reflection energy as part of the standard
rating. Including the duct end correction provides sound
power levels that would normally be transmitted into an
acoustically, non-reflective duct. The effect of including
the energy correction to the discharge SWL, is higher
sound power levels when compared to previous AHRI
certified data. For more information on duct end reflection
calculations see AHRI Standard 880.
2. Radiated sound power is the breakout noise transmitted
through the unit casing walls.
3. Sound power levels are in decibels, dB re 10-12 watts.
4. All sound data listed by octave bands is raw data without
any corrections for room absorption or duct attenuation.
Dash (-) in space indicates sound power level is less than
20 dB or equal to background.
5. Min. inlet 'Ps is the minimum operating pressure of the
primary air valve section.
6. Asterisk (*) in space indicates that the minimum inlet static
pressure requirement is greater than 0.5" w.g. (125 Pa) at
rated airflow.
7. Data derived from independent tests conducted in
accordance with ANSI / ASHRAE Standard 130 and AHRI
Standard 880.
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
Performance Notes for Sound Power Levels:
C
C101
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37SST SERIES
Performance Data • Discharge Sound Power Levels
Model Series 37SST "StealthTM" • Low Profile • Series Flow
Fiberglass Liner
Unit Inlet
Size Size
6
1
8
6
8
2
6
8
3
10
10
4
14
x
10
cfm
400
300
200
100
400
300
200
100
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
550
400
1100
900
650
400
1150
1100
900
650
400
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
l/s
189
142
94
47
189
142
94
47
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
260
189
519
425
307
189
543
519
425
307
189
920
849
684
519
378
920
849
684
519
378
Min. inlet
'Ps
"w.g. Pa
0.15 37
0.07 17
0.02 5
0.01 1
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.21 52
0.08 20
0.01 2
0.11 27
0.08 19
0.04 10
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.03 7
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.22 55
0.09 22
0.15 37
0.09 22
0.04 10
0.01 2
0.05 12
0.05 12
0.04 9
0.02 4
0.01 1
0.20 50
0.17 42
0.12 29
0.08 19
0.05 11
0.13 32
0.12 30
0.08 20
0.05 11
0.03 7
Fan and 100% Primary Air – Sound Power Octave Bands @ Inlet pressure ('Ps) shown
Minimum 'Ps 0.5" w.g. (125Pa) 'Ps 1.0" w.g. (249Pa) 'Ps 1.5" w.g. (375Pa) 'Ps 2.0" w.g. (500Pa) 'Ps
2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7
72 67 62 58 54 50 70 64 59 51 47 41 71 64 58 51 47 42 71 66 59 52 49 44 71 65 57 46 39 31 70 66 58 46 40 32
68 62 57 52 47 41 66 58 53 45 39 33 67 59 53 45 39 33 67 63 55 46 41 36 68 62 54 40 31 22 68 63 56 42 33 24
67 60 54 49 43 36 64 52 45 37 30 22 65 54 45 36 29 20 65 58 48 33 24 - 67 62 56 42 34 28 67 63 57 44 35 28
63 56 50 44 37 29 60 47 38 30 23 - 61 49 39 29 - - 62 54 43 25 - - 65 61 55 39 31 24 64 61 56 41 32 24
72 67 62 58 54 50 69 63 58 51 47 41 70 64 58 51 47 42 70 66 58 52 49 44 70 65 56 46 39 31 70 65 58 46 40 32
68 62 57 52 47 41 65 57 52 44 39 33 66 58 52 45 39 33 66 62 54 46 41 36 67 62 53 40 31 22 67 63 55 42 33 24
67 60 54 49 43 36 62 51 44 37 30 22 63 53 44 36 29 20 64 57 47 33 24 - 65 61 55 42 34 28 65 61 56 43 35 28
63 56 50 44 37 29 58 45 37 29 22 - 59 48 38 29 - - 60 52 42 24 - - 63 60 54 39 30 24 62 59 55 41 32 24
63 62 59 56 53 48 65 60 58 54 49 43 67 58 57 52 47 41 65 60 58 53 47 41 67 61 58 53 47 41 67 62 58 53 47 41
61 57 55 51 47 40 64 58 56 51 45 36 64 57 55 48 43 34 64 57 55 48 42 34 65 58 56 49 43 34 67 59 56 49 43 35
59 52 50 46 40 30 62 58 51 46 40 29 64 53 49 43 36 24 63 55 51 43 36 25 64 56 52 44 37 26 66 56 53 45 38 28
70 69 66 64 61 58 68 66 62 59 55 51 67 64 61 57 53 50 68 64 61 56 52 49 69 65 61 57 53 49 70 65 61 57 53 49
67 66 63 60 57 54 67 64 61 57 53 48 67 62 59 55 51 47 67 63 60 55 51 46 68 63 60 55 51 46 69 64 60 56 51 46
63 62 59 56 53 48 64 60 58 54 49 43 65 58 56 52 47 41 64 60 57 52 47 41 65 60 57 52 47 41 66 61 58 52 47 41
61 57 55 51 47 40 62 57 55 50 45 36 62 55 54 48 43 34 62 56 54 48 42 34 64 57 55 49 43 34 65 58 55 49 43 35
59 52 50 46 40 30 60 56 50 45 39 28 62 52 49 43 36 24 61 53 50 43 36 25 62 54 51 44 37 26 64 55 52 44 37 28
70 69 66 64 61 58 68 66 61 59 55 51 66 63 60 57 53 50 67 63 61 56 52 49 68 64 60 57 53 49 69 64 61 57 53 49
67 66 63 60 57 54 66 63 60 57 53 48 66 61 59 55 51 47 66 62 59 55 51 46 67 63 59 55 51 46 68 63 59 55 51 46
63 62 59 56 53 48 63 59 57 53 49 43 64 57 56 51 47 41 63 59 57 52 47 41 64 60 57 51 47 41 65 61 57 52 47 41
61 57 55 51 47 40 60 56 54 50 45 36 61 54 53 48 43 34 60 55 53 48 42 34 62 56 54 48 43 34 63 57 54 48 43 35
59 52 50 46 40 30 58 54 49 45 39 28 60 50 48 42 35 24 60 51 49 43 36 24 60 53 50 44 36 26 62 53 51 44 37 27
68 63 60 59 55 51 71 65 61 58 53 49 72 66 61 58 53 49 73 66 61 58 53 49 74 67 62 58 54 49 75 68 62 59 54 49
63 58 56 53 49 44 62 59 56 51 47 41 64 59 56 52 47 41 65 61 56 52 47 41 67 62 57 52 47 40 68 63 57 52 47 41
76 74 68 68 66 63 78 75 70 70 67 65 77 74 69 68 65 63 79 75 70 68 66 63 79 75 70 68 65 63 80 75 70 68 65 62
74 71 66 66 63 60 76 72 67 67 63 60 77 72 66 65 62 59 77 72 67 66 62 59 78 72 67 66 62 59 79 73 67 66 62 59
68 63 60 59 55 51 69 64 60 57 53 49 70 64 60 57 53 49 71 64 60 57 53 49 72 66 61 58 54 49 73 67 61 58 54 49
63 58 56 53 49 44 60 57 55 51 46 40 62 58 55 51 47 40 64 59 55 51 47 40 65 60 56 51 46 40 66 61 56 51 46 40
77 75 69 68 66 64 77 75 70 70 68 65 77 74 69 68 66 63 78 75 69 68 66 63 79 75 69 68 66 63 80 75 69 68 66 63
76 74 68 68 66 63 77 74 70 70 67 65 77 73 68 68 65 63 78 74 69 68 66 63 78 74 69 68 65 63 79 75 69 68 65 62
74 71 66 66 63 60 75 71 66 66 63 60 76 71 65 65 62 59 76 71 66 65 62 59 77 72 66 65 62 59 77 72 67 65 62 59
68 63 60 59 55 51 67 63 59 57 53 49 68 63 59 57 53 49 69 63 59 57 53 49 70 65 60 57 54 49 71 66 60 57 54 49
63 58 56 53 49 44 58 56 54 50 46 40 60 56 53 51 46 40 62 57 54 51 46 40 63 59 55 50 46 40 64 59 55 51 46 40
79 75 74 74 72 69 77 74 72 72 70 67 78 75 73 73 71 68 79 76 74 74 71 69 81 77 76 75 72 70 81 78 76 75 72 70
77 73 72 72 70 67 75 72 71 71 68 65 76 73 72 71 69 66 78 74 73 72 70 67 79 76 74 73 71 68 80 77 75 73 71 68
71 68 67 67 64 61 71 67 67 67 63 60 73 69 68 68 64 62 75 71 70 69 66 63 77 72 71 70 66 64 77 73 71 71 67 64
64 60 62 61 58 54 65 61 63 60 56 52 68 64 64 62 59 55 70 66 66 64 60 56 72 68 67 65 61 57 73 68 68 65 61 58
59 57 59 58 54 48 59 56 59 56 52 45 63 58 60 58 54 48 64 60 61 58 55 49 66 62 62 59 56 50 67 63 63 60 56 51
79 75 74 74 72 69 76 73 72 72 70 67 77 74 73 73 71 68 78 75 74 74 71 69 80 76 75 75 72 70 80 77 75 75 72 70
77 73 72 72 70 67 74 71 70 71 68 65 76 73 71 71 69 66 77 73 72 72 70 67 79 75 73 73 71 68 79 76 74 73 71 68
71 68 67 67 64 61 70 67 66 66 63 60 72 68 68 67 64 62 74 70 69 69 66 63 75 71 70 69 66 64 76 72 71 70 67 64
64 60 62 61 58 54 63 60 61 60 56 52 66 62 63 62 59 55 68 64 64 63 60 56 70 67 66 64 61 57 71 67 66 65 61 58
59 57 59 58 54 48 58 54 57 55 51 45 61 57 59 57 53 47 62 59 60 58 54 49 65 61 61 59 55 50 65 61 61 59 56 50
Fan Only
C
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
10
Airflow
For performance table notes, see page C101; highlighted numbersLQGLFDWHHPEHGGHG$+5,FHUWLÀFDWLRQSRLQWV
C99
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37SST SERIES
Performance Data • NC Level Application Guide
Model Series 37SST "StealthTM" • Low Profile • Series Flow
Fiberglass Liner
Unit Inlet
Size Size
6
1
8
6
C
8
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
2
10
6
8
3
10
10
4
14
x
10
Airflow
NC Levels @ Inlet Pressure ('Ps) shown
Min. inlet
'Ps
cfm
l/s
"w.g.
Pa
400
300
200
100
400
300
200
100
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
550
400
1100
900
650
400
1150
1100
900
650
400
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
189
142
94
47
189
142
94
47
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
260
189
519
425
307
189
543
519
425
307
189
920
849
684
519
378
920
849
684
519
378
0.15
0.07
0.02
0.01
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.21
0.08
0.01
0.11
0.08
0.04
0.02
0.01
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.22
0.09
0.15
0.09
0.04
0.01
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.02
0.01
0.20
0.17
0.12
0.08
0.05
0.13
0.12
0.08
0.05
0.03
37
17
5
1
4
2
2
2
52
20
2
27
19
10
4
2
7
4
2
2
2
55
22
37
22
10
2
12
12
9
4
1
50
42
29
19
11
32
30
20
11
7
DISCHARGE
Fan
Only
26
21
24
26
21
24
20
28
25
20
28
25
20
21
34
30
21
35
34
30
21
35
33
26
35
33
26
-
Min.
'Ps
24
20
23
24
23
24
21
25
35
31
23
35
34
30
21
34
31
25
33
30
25
-
0.5" w.g. 1.0" w.g. 1.5" w.g. 2.0" w.g.
(125 Pa) (250 Pa) (375 Pa) (500 Pa)
25
25
25
25
20
21
21
21
21
21
24
24
21
20
24
25
24
24
20
20
21
20
21
21
20
20
20
20
20
20
23
21
21
23
23
20
21
21
23
20
20
20
21
21
20
21
21
29
30
26
28
20
21
34
35
35
35
31
31
31
33
24
25
26
28
34
35
35
35
33
34
34
35
30
30
31
31
21
23
24
25
35
36
37
38
33
34
36
37
28
30
31
33
21
24
26
26
20
34
35
36
37
33
33
35
36
26
29
30
31
21
25
25
-
Performance Notes:
1. NC Levels are calculated based on procedures as outlined on page C132.
2. Dash (-) in space indicates a NC less than 20.
C98
RADIATED
Fan
Only
28
28
22
29
26
22
29
26
22
24
32
30
24
33
32
30
24
38
35
31
25
20
38
35
31
25
20
Min.
'Ps
25
20
25
20
22
28
25
21
28
24
21
23
34
31
23
34
34
31
23
39
38
33
28
39
38
33
28
-
0.5" w.g. 1.0" w.g. 1.5" w.g. 2.0" w.g.
(125 Pa) (250 Pa) (375 Pa) (500 Pa)
25
28
29
30
21
23
25
26
25
28
29
30
21
23
25
26
23
24
26
29
20
22
24
28
24
28
26
29
31
34
26
28
30
33
22
24
26
29
21
23
26
23
27
26
29
31
34
25
28
30
33
22
24
26
29
21
23
25
21
25
23
24
28
30
23
25
34
35
35
35
31
31
33
33
23
24
28
30
21
24
34
34
35
36
34
35
35
35
31
31
33
33
23
24
28
30
21
24
39
40
41
43
38
39
40
41
34
35
36
38
26
29
31
34
21
25
28
30
39
40
41
43
38
39
40
41
34
35
36
38
26
29
31
34
21
24
28
30
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37SST SERIES
Performance Data • Radiated Sound Power Levels
Model Series 37SST "StealthTM" • Low Profile • Series Flow
Fiberglass Liner
Unit Inlet
Size Size
6
1
8
6
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
C
8
2
10
6
8
3
10
10
4
14
x
10
Airflow
cfm
400
300
200
100
400
300
200
100
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
800
700
550
400
275
550
400
1100
900
650
400
1150
1100
900
650
400
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
1950
1800
1450
1100
800
l/s
189
142
94
47
189
142
94
47
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
378
330
260
189
130
260
189
519
425
307
189
543
519
425
307
189
920
849
684
519
378
920
849
684
519
378
Min. inlet
'Ps
"w.g. Pa
0.15 37
0.07 17
0.02 5
0.01 1
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.21 52
0.08 20
0.01 2
0.11 27
0.08 19
0.04 10
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.03 7
0.02 4
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.01 2
0.22 55
0.09 22
0.15 37
0.09 22
0.04 10
0.01 2
0.05 12
0.05 12
0.04 9
0.02 4
0.01 1
0.20 50
0.17 42
0.12 29
0.08 19
0.05 11
0.13 32
0.12 30
0.08 20
0.05 11
0.03 7
Fan and 100% Primary Air – Sound Power Octave Bands @ Inlet pressure ('Ps) shown
Minimum 'Ps 0.5" w.g. (125Pa) 'Ps 1.0" w.g. (249Pa) 'Ps 1.5" w.g. (375Pa) 'Ps 2.0" w.g. (500Pa) 'Ps
2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7
63 58 52 47 42 36 60 56 49 44 39 33 60 56 49 45 40 34 61 58 50 46 42 37 62 59 50 46 44 40 63 60 51 47 45 43
55 51 44 38 33 26 56 52 46 41 35 29 58 53 47 41 36 30 58 54 47 42 38 34 58 56 48 43 40 37 59 57 49 43 41 40
50 45 41 34 27 19 - 43 39 33 25 - 49 45 40 34 28 21 50 47 41 36 32 28 51 50 43 38 36 34 51 51 44 40 39 39
- 40 36 30 22 - - 40 36 29 21 - - 41 36 30 23 18 - 41 37 32 27 25 - 42 37 34 31 31 - 42 37 35 34 36
63 58 52 47 42 36 60 56 49 44 39 32 60 56 49 45 39 33 61 58 50 45 41 37 62 59 50 46 43 40 63 60 51 46 45 42
55 51 44 38 33 26 56 52 46 40 35 28 58 53 46 41 36 30 58 54 47 42 38 33 58 56 48 42 40 37 59 57 48 43 41 39
50 45 41 34 27 19 - 43 39 32 25 - 49 45 39 34 27 20 50 47 41 35 31 27 51 50 42 37 35 33 51 51 43 39 38 38
- 40 36 30 22 - - 39 36 29 21 - - 41 36 30 23 18 - 41 36 31 26 24 - 41 37 33 30 30 - 42 37 34 33 35
57 51 48 43 35 28 56 50 48 43 34 27 57 51 49 45 37 32 60 54 50 48 43 40 62 57 52 51 50 48 64 59 53 53 55 53
53 48 45 40 32 26 51 47 45 40 30 22 55 48 46 44 38 32 57 51 48 48 45 41 59 54 50 52 52 50 60 56 51 55 57 56
49 45 43 38 30 23 49 45 43 36 28 20 53 47 44 44 42 33 55 49 45 46 48 43 56 51 47 49 54 54 57 52 48 51 58 62
65 58 54 51 42 36 64 56 52 48 41 35 63 56 52 48 42 37 65 59 54 51 46 42 66 61 55 54 51 47 67 63 56 55 53 51
62 55 52 48 39 33 61 54 51 46 38 33 61 54 52 47 40 36 63 57 53 50 45 41 65 60 55 53 49 47 66 62 56 54 53 51
57 51 48 43 35 28 56 50 47 42 33 27 57 51 48 44 36 32 60 54 50 47 43 39 62 57 52 51 49 47 64 59 53 53 54 52
53 48 45 40 32 26 51 47 44 39 30 22 55 48 45 43 38 31 57 51 47 47 44 40 59 54 49 51 51 48 60 56 51 54 56 55
49 45 43 38 30 23 48 44 42 36 27 20 53 46 43 43 41 32 54 48 45 45 47 42 56 51 46 48 53 53 57 52 48 50 57 60
65 58 54 51 42 36 64 56 52 48 41 35 63 56 52 48 42 37 65 59 54 51 46 42 66 61 55 53 50 47 67 63 56 55 53 51
62 55 52 48 39 33 61 54 50 46 38 32 61 54 51 47 40 35 63 57 53 50 45 41 65 60 54 52 49 46 66 62 55 54 52 50
57 51 48 43 35 28 56 50 47 42 33 26 57 51 48 44 36 31 60 54 50 47 43 39 62 57 51 50 49 46 64 59 52 52 54 51
53 48 45 40 32 26 51 47 44 38 29 21 55 48 45 42 37 30 57 51 47 46 44 39 59 54 49 50 50 47 60 56 50 53 55 53
49 45 43 38 30 23 48 44 42 35 26 19 52 46 43 42 40 31 54 48 45 45 46 41 55 50 46 47 51 51 56 51 47 49 55 58
59 52 50 44 34 26 60 52 49 44 35 27 60 52 49 45 37 33 61 55 50 47 40 38 63 58 52 48 43 43 63 60 53 49 45 46
53 46 43 37 27 - 51 45 43 37 27 - 53 47 43 39 33 27 55 50 45 41 37 33 57 54 47 44 41 39 59 56 49 46 44 43
67 61 57 57 48 39 68 63 56 52 45 38 69 63 56 52 45 39 70 63 57 54 46 42 70 64 58 55 47 46 70 64 58 55 48 48
64 58 55 53 41 34 67 58 53 49 41 35 67 58 53 49 42 37 67 60 54 50 43 40 68 61 55 51 44 43 68 62 56 52 45 46
59 52 50 44 34 26 60 52 48 43 34 27 60 52 48 44 36 32 61 55 50 46 39 37 63 58 51 47 42 41 63 60 52 48 44 45
53 46 43 37 27 - 51 45 42 36 26 - 53 47 43 38 32 26 55 50 45 40 36 32 57 53 47 43 40 38 58 55 48 45 43 42
68 62 58 58 50 41 69 62 56 52 45 39 69 63 56 52 45 40 69 63 57 53 46 42 70 64 58 54 47 45 70 65 58 55 47 47
67 61 57 57 48 39 68 63 56 52 44 37 69 63 56 52 45 39 70 63 57 53 46 42 70 64 58 54 47 45 70 64 58 55 48 47
64 58 55 53 41 34 67 58 52 49 41 35 67 58 53 49 41 36 67 60 54 50 42 39 68 61 55 50 43 43 68 62 55 51 44 45
59 52 50 44 34 26 60 52 48 43 33 26 60 52 48 43 35 31 61 55 49 45 38 35 63 58 51 46 41 40 63 60 52 47 43 44
53 46 43 37 27 - 50 44 42 35 25 - 52 46 43 37 31 25 54 49 44 40 35 31 56 53 46 42 39 37 58 55 48 44 41 41
72 64 57 54 49 44 73 65 57 54 48 42 73 65 58 54 49 44 74 66 59 55 52 49 75 68 60 56 54 54 76 68 61 57 56 57
70 62 56 52 47 42 72 63 56 52 46 40 72 63 57 53 48 43 73 65 58 54 51 48 74 67 59 56 53 53 75 68 60 57 55 57
67 58 53 49 43 36 68 59 53 48 41 35 69 60 54 49 44 40 70 62 56 51 48 46 71 64 58 53 52 52 72 65 60 55 55 56
62 54 49 44 37 29 64 54 49 44 36 29 63 55 50 46 43 39 65 58 53 49 47 46 67 61 56 52 52 52 69 63 57 54 55 57
58 50 46 40 32 23 57 49 45 38 30 21 59 52 47 43 42 37 62 55 50 47 47 45 64 58 53 51 52 52 66 60 55 53 56 58
72 64 57 54 49 44 73 65 57 53 48 41 73 65 58 54 49 44 74 66 59 55 51 48 75 68 60 56 54 53 76 68 61 57 55 56
70 62 56 52 47 42 72 63 56 52 45 39 72 63 57 52 47 43 73 65 58 54 50 48 74 67 59 55 53 53 75 68 60 56 55 56
67 58 53 49 43 36 68 59 53 48 41 34 69 60 54 49 44 40 70 62 56 51 48 45 71 64 58 53 52 51 72 65 59 54 54 55
62 54 49 44 37 29 64 54 49 43 35 28 63 55 50 45 42 38 65 58 52 48 46 44 67 61 55 51 51 51 69 63 57 53 54 55
58 50 46 40 32 23 56 49 44 37 29 20 59 52 47 42 40 36 61 55 50 46 46 43 63 58 53 50 51 51 65 60 55 52 54 56
Fan Only
For performance table notes, see page C101; highlighted numbersLQGLFDWHHPEHGGHG$+5,FHUWLÀFDWLRQSRLQWV
C100
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37S/37SST SERIES
Performance Data • Hot Water Coil
Models: 37SW and 37SWST • Low Profile • Series Flow
Unit Size 1
1 Row (single circuit)
2 Row (multi-circuit)
GPM l/s
kW MBH
4.7 16
3 .19
2 .13
1.5 .09
4.1 14
1
kW MBH
7.9 27
GPM l/s
3
.19
7.0 24
2
.13
1.5 .09
.06
6.2 21
3.5 12
1
.06
5.3 18
0.5 .03
2.9 10
4.4 15
2.3
0.5 .03
8
3.5 12
6
1.2
4
0.6
2
50
24
kW MBH
10.0 34
150
71
250
118
350
165
450
212
7.3 25
0.9
3
GPM l/s
Pa in. w.g.
249 1.00
447 0.80
149 0.60
3
.19
kPa ft. H20
29.8 10.0
23.9 8.0
2
.13
17.9 6.0
1
.06
5.6 19
0.5 .03
4.7 16
3.8 13
2.9 10
4
6
50
24
6.4 22
1.2
1.8
550 CFM
236 l/s
1.5 .09
8.2 28
7
9
150
71
250
118
11.9 4.0
2 ROW
6.0 2.0
150
71
250
118
350
165
450
212
550 CFM
236 l/s
3 ROW
3.0 1.0
2.4 0.8
1.8 0.6
1.2 0.4
0.6 0.2
550 CFM
236 l/s
Air Pressure Drop
50 0.20
3 ROW
25 0.10
20 0.08
15 0.06
2 ROW
10 0.04
1 ROW
5 0.02
2 0.01
1
.06
2
3 4
6 8 10 GPM
.13 .19 .25 .38 .50 .63 l/s
WATER FLOW
100
47
200
300 400
94
142 189
AIRFLOW
600 FM
283 l/s
Altitude Correction Factors:
NOTES:
1. Capacities are in MBH (kW), thousands of Btu
per hour (kiloWatts).
2. MBH (kW) values are based on a ţt (temperature
difference) of 110°F (61°C) between entering air
and entering water. For other ţt's; multiply the
MBH (kW) values by the factors below.
3. Air Temperature Rise.
ATR (°F) = 927 x MBH , ATR (°C) = 829 x kW
cfm
l/s
4. Water Temp. Drop.
WTD (°F) = 2.04 x MBH , WTD (°C) = .224 x kW
GPM
l/s
5. Connections: 1 Row 1/2" (13), 2 and 3 Row 7/8"
(22); O.D. male solder.
Correction factors at other entering conditions:
C102
450
212
100 0.40
1 ROW
0.3 0.1
50
24
350
165
Water Pressure Drop
3 Row (multi-circuit)
9.1 31
2.1
2.6
AIR PRESSURE DROP
1.8
HEAD LOSS (WATER PRESSURE DROP)
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
C
Altitude
ft. (m)
Sensible Heat
Factor
0 (0)
2000 (610)
3000 (914)
4000 (1219)
5000 (1524)
6000 (1829)
7000 (2134)
1.00
0.94
0.90
0.87
0.84
0.81
0.78
ţVu( u%
50 (28)
60 (33)
70 (39)
80 (44)
90 (50)
100 (56)
110 (61)
120 (67)
130 (72)
140 (78)
150 (83)
Factor
.455 (.459)
.545 (.541)
.636 (.639)
.727 (.721)
.818 (.820)
.909 (.918)
1.00 (1.00)
1.09 (1.10)
1.18 (1.18)
1.27 (1.28)
1.36 (1.36)
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37S/37SST SERIES
Performance Data • Hot Water Coil
Models: 37SW and 37SWST • Low Profile • Series Flow
Unit Sizes 2 & 3
1 Row (single circuit)
2 Row (multi-circuit)
kW MBH
8.2 28
GPM l/s
5
4
3
7.6 26
kW MBH
13.8 47
.32
.25
.19
GPM l/s
5 .32
4 .25
12.3 42
2
7.0 24
3
.19
2
.13
.13
1.5 .09
10.8 37
6.4 22
1.5 .09
1
5.9 20
.06
9.4 32
1
5.3 18
.06
7.9 27
4.7 16
0.5 .03
6.4 22
C
0.5 .03
4.1 14
5.0 17
3.5 12
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
3.5 12
2.9 10
500
236
600
283
700
330
800
378
900
425
300
142
400
189
500
236
600
283
GPM l/s
16.4 56
5
4
.32
.25
3
.19
14.9 51
2
.13
13.5 46
1.5 .09
12.0 41
10.5 36
1
.06
9.1 31
7.6 26
0.5 .03
6.2 21
400
189
500
236
600
283
700
330
800
378
900
425
1000 CFM
472 l/s
800
378
Pa in. w.g.
249 1.00
447 0.80
17.9 6.0
149 0.60
11.9 4.0
3.0 1.0
2 ROW
3 ROW
2.4 0.8
1.8 0.6
1.2 0.4
0.6 0.2
1
.06
1000 CFM
472 l/s
100 0.40
1 ROW
6.0 2.0
900
425
Air Pressure Drop
kPa ft. H20
29.8 10.0
23.9 8.0
50 0.20
3 ROW
25 0.10
2 ROW
20 0.08
15 0.06
10 0.04
1 ROW
5 0.02
0.3 0.1
4.7 16
300
142
700
330
Water Pressure Drop
3 Row (multi-circuit)
kW MBH
17.9 61
1000 CFM
472 l/s
AIR PRESSURE DROP
400
189
HEAD LOSS (WATER PRESSURE DROP)
300
142
2 0.01
2
3 4
6 8 10 GPM
.13 .19 .25 .38 .50 .63 l/s
WATER FLOW
100
47
200
400500
94
189236
AIRFLOW
800 1000 CFM
378 472 l/s
Altitude Correction Factors:
NOTES:
1. Capacities are in MBH (kW), thousands of Btu
per hour (kiloWatts).
2. MBH (kW) values are based on a ţt (temperature
difference) of 110°F (61°C) between entering air
and entering water. For other ţt's; multiply the
MBH (kW) values by the factors below.
3. Air Temperature Rise.
ATR (°F) = 927 x MBH , ATR (°C) = 829 x kW
cfm
l/s
4. Water Temp. Drop.
WTD (°F) = 2.04 x MBH , WTD (°C) = .224 x kW
GPM
l/s
5. Connections: 1 Row 1/2" (13), 2 and 3 Row 7/8"
(22); O.D. male solder.
Correction factors at other entering conditions:
Altitude
ft. (m)
Sensible Heat
Factor
0 (0)
2000 (610)
3000 (914)
4000 (1219)
5000 (1524)
6000 (1829)
7000 (2134)
1.00
0.94
0.90
0.87
0.84
0.81
0.78
ţVu( u%
50 (28)
60 (33)
70 (39)
80 (44)
90 (50)
100 (56)
110 (61)
120 (67)
130 (72)
140 (78)
150 (83)
Factor
.455 (.459)
.545 (.541)
.636 (.639)
.727 (.721)
.818 (.820)
.909 (.918)
1.00 (1.00)
1.09 (1.10)
1.18 (1.18)
1.27 (1.28)
1.36 (1.36)
C103
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS • 37S/37SST SERIES
Performance Data • Hot Water Coil
Models: 37SW and 37SWST • Low Profile • Series Flow
Unit Size 4
1 Row (single circuit)
kW MBH
14.9 51
13.5 46
2 Row (multi-circuit)
GPM l/s
7.5 .47
kW MBH
25.5 87
5
4
24.0 82
5
.32
22.6 77
4
.25
3
.19
2
.13
.32
.25
3
.19
2
.13
19.6 67
1.5 .09
18.2 62
GPM l/s
7.5 .47
21.1 72
12.0 41
10.5 36
16.7 57
1
9.1 31
1.5 .09
15.2 52
.06
13.8 47
6.2 21
.06
9.4 32
0.5 .03
7.9 27
4.7 16
6.4 22
800
378
1000
472
1200
566
1400
661
1600
755
1800
849
2000 CFM
944 l/s
3 Row (multi-circuit)
kW MBH
35.2 120
7.5 .47
26.4 90
5
.32
4
.25
3
.19
23.4 80
2
20.5 70
17.6 60
.13
1.5 .09
14.7 50
1
.06
800
378
1000
472
1200
566
17.9 6.0
1400
661
1600
755
1800 CFM
849 l/s
Air Pressure Drop
kPa ft. H20
29.8 10.0
23.9 8.0
10 .63
29.3 100
600
283
Water Pressure Drop
GPM l/s
32.2 110
0.5 .03
Pa in. w.g.
249 1.00
447 0.80
149 0.60
1 ROW
100 0.40
11.9 4.0
2 ROW
AIR PRESSURE DROP
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
1
10.8 37
HEAD LOSS (WATER PRESSURE DROP)
C
12.3 42
7.6 26
6.0 2.0
3 ROW
3.0 1.0
2.4 0.8
1.8 0.6
1.2 0.4
50 0.20
3 ROW
25 0.10
20 0.08
15 0.06
2 ROW
10 0.04
1 ROW
0.6 0.2
5 0.02
11.7 40
0.3 0.1
8.8 30
800
378
1000
472
1200
566
1400
661
1600
755
1800
849
2000 CFM
944 l/s
2 0.01
1
.06
2
.13
3 4
.19 .25
6 8 10 GPM
.38 .50 .63 l/s
200
94
WATER FLOW
400 600 1000
189 283 472
2000 CFM
944 l/s
AIRFLOW
Altitude Correction Factors:
NOTES:
1. Capacities are in MBH (kW), thousands of Btu
per hour (kiloWatts).
2. MBH (kW) values are based on a ∆t (temperature
difference) of 110°F (61°C) between entering air
and entering water. For other ∆t's; multiply the
MBH (kW) values by the factors below.
3. Air Temperature Rise.
ATR (°F) = 927 x MBH , ATR (°C) = 829 x kW
cfm
l/s
4. Water Temp. Drop.
WTD (°F) = 2.04 x MBH , WTD (°C) = .224 x kW
GPM
l/s
5. Connections: 1 Row 1/2" (13), 2 and 3 Row 7/8"
(22); O.D. male solder.
Correction factors at other entering conditions:
C104
100
47
Altitude
ft. (m)
Sensible Heat
Factor
0 (0)
2000 (610)
3000 (914)
4000 (1219)
5000 (1524)
6000 (1829)
7000 (2134)
1.00
0.94
0.90
0.87
0.84
0.81
0.78
∆t °F (°C)
50 (28)
60 (33)
70 (39)
80 (44)
90 (50)
100 (56)
110 (61)
120 (67)
130 (72)
140 (78)
150 (83)
Factor
.455 (.459)
.545 (.541)
.636 (.639)
.727 (.721)
.818 (.820)
.909 (.918)
1.00 (1.00)
1.09 (1.10)
1.18 (1.18)
1.27 (1.28)
1.36 (1.36)
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
Electric Heating Coils
Features, Selection and Capacities
Nailor Electric Coils are tested with terminal units in
accordance with UL Standard 1995 and meet all requirements
of the NEC (National Electric Code) and CSA (Canadian
Standards Association). Units are listed and labeled by the
ETL Testing Laboratory as a total package. All controls are
enclosed in a NEMA 1 electrical enclosure on the side of the
fan package for easy access.
All wiring for the motor and heater terminates in the enclosure
for single point electrical connection in the field. Each unit is
supplied with a wiring diagram. Note: NEC requires a means
to disconnect the heater power supply within sight or on the
terminal.
Standard Features:
Models
33SZE
35SE
35SEST
37SE
37SEST
Options:
• Toggle disconnect switch.
• Door interlocking disconnect switch.
• Mercury contactors.
• Power circuit fusing.
• Dust tight control enclosure.
• Manual reset high limits.
• SCR Control.
SCR Control Option:
The SCR (Silicon Controlled Rectifier) option provides infinite
solid state heater control using a proportional signal (0 – 10
Vdc or 4 – 20 mA). This option may be specified compatible
with pneumatic, analog electronic or digital (DDC) controls.
Time proportional control of the electric heater provides
superior comfort and energy savings. The SCR controller
modulates the heater to supply the exact amount of heat
based upon the zone requirement. Room set points are
maintained more accurately, undershoot and overshoot
as associated with staged heat are eliminated, reducing
operation costs.
SCR controllers provide silent operation, as mechanical
staged contactors are eliminated. Zero cross switching of the
thyristor prevents electrical noise.
35NE
37NE
120 Volt
1 phase
208/240
Volt
1 phase
277 Volt
1 phase
208 Volt
3 phase
480 & 600
Volt
3 phase
4.5
4.5
4.5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
10*
10*
10*
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
5.5
10.5**
10***
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
11.5
11.5
11.5
8
8
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
5.5
12
12
11.5
8
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
10
10
10
10
14.5
14.5
14.5
5.5
12
15.5
14.5
10
10
14.5
14.5
11.5
13.5
14.5
15
18
25
8
8
14
16
20.5
26
30
5.5
12
17
27
8
14
20.5
26
11.5
16
27
30
40
50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
2
3
5
6
2
3
4
C
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
• Automatic reset high limit thermal cut-outs.
• Magnetic contactors per stage on terminals with DDC or
analog electronic controls.
• P.E. switch per stage to carry load or pilot duty with
magnetic contactors as required with pneumatic control.
• Positive pressure airflow safety switch.
• P.E. switch for fan on parallel terminals (P35NE) with
pneumatic control.
• Fan relay for DDC fan terminals.
• Control voltage transformer (Class II) for DDC or analog
electronic terminals.
• Class A 80/20 Ni/Cr wire.
Maximum KiloWatts - 1 Stage Heat
Unit
Size
*208V max is 8.5
**208V max is 9.0
***208V max is 8.5
Recommended Selection:
The table above is a quick reference guide, to illustrate
the relationship between electrical power supply, heater
capacity in kiloWatts and terminal unit size that are available
for fan powered units.
• Digital and pneumatic control terminals are available with
up to 3 stages of heat. Analog electronic
control terminals are available with 1 or
2 stages of heat only. A minimum of 0.5
kW per stage is required.
• Voltage and kilowatt ratings are sized
so as not to exceed 48 amps, in order
to avoid the NEC code requirement for
circuit fusing.
• A minimum airflow of 70 cfm (33 l/s) Tested and approved to
per kW is required for any given terminal the following standards:
ANSI/UL
in order to avoid possible nuisance
1995, 1st. ed.
tripping of the thermal cutouts.
CSA C22.2
• Discharge air temperature should not
No. 236.
exceed 120°F (49°C).
C133
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
Electric Heating Coils (continued)
Application Guidelines
Discharge Air Temperature
7KH GHVLUHG KHDWLQJ DLUÁRZ IRU WKH URRP FDQ WKHQ EH
calculated using the following equation:
cfm =
Heater Selection Chart
Assuming 70°F inlet air temperature at heater.
To properly select an electric heater, three things must be
determined: the heat requirement for the room, the entering
air temperature and the desired discharge air temperature.
The heat requirement for the room is the sum of the heat
loss calculation and the amount of heat required to raise the
entering air temperature to the desired room temperature.
8VXDOO\WKHVHFRQGLWHPLVVPDOOFRPSDUHGWRWKHÀUVWIRUIDQ
powered terminal units in a return air plenum. MBH can be
converted to kW by using the chart or by calculation. There
DUH0%+LQN:,IXVLQJWKHFKDUWÀQGWKH0%+RQ
the left scale, then move horizontally to the right and read
kW.
Next, the desired discharge air temperature should be
ascertained. This will depend on the type of diffusers that
are in the room.
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
115°F
50
110°F
45
105°F
40
100°F
35
95°F
30
25
90°F
20
85°F
kW
170
160
Electric Heater Selection
kW x 3160
ţt (discharge air temp – inlet air temp.) °F
Assuming 70°F (21°C) supply air temperature to the heater,
WKHURRPDLUÁRZFDQEHVHOHFWHGGLUHFWO\IURPWKHFKDUW6WDUW
at the left at the design kW. Move horizontally to the desired
discharge air temperature. Then, move vertically down to the
cfm at the bottom of the chart.
The kW can be selected directly from the chart. Start at the
bottom with the design cfm into the room. Move vertically
up to the line that represents the desired discharge air
temperature. Then, move left to the kW.
The discharge air temperature can also be selected directly
from the chart. Start at the bottom with the design cfm into
WKH URRP 0RYH WR WKH OHIW VLGH RI WKH FKDUW DQG ÀQG WKH
design kW. Move horizontally and vertically into the chart
until the lines intersect. The intersection will be the desired
discharge air temperature. Interpolation between the curves
is linear.
MBH
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
C
:KHQ FRQVLGHULQJ WKH FDSDFLW\ DQG DLUÁRZ IRU WKH KHDWHU
discharge air temperature can be an important factor.
Rooms use different types of diffusers and they are intended
to perform different functions. Slots that blend the air at the
glass and set up air curtains within the room, must be able to
blow the air very low in the room. Hot air will be too buoyant
to be effective in this case. Discharge air temperatures for
this application should be in the 85 – 90°F (29 – 32°C) range.
Diffusers in the center of the room blend their discharge
air as it crosses the ceiling. Discharge air temperatures in
this application can be as high as 105°F (41°C) and still
be effective. However, if the return air grilles are in the
discharge air pattern, the warm air will be returned to the
plenum before it heats the room. Again, the air temperature
needs to be blended down to an acceptable temperature
that can be forced down into the occupied space by the
time the air gets to the walls. Discharging warm air into the
room at temperatures above 105°F (41°C) usually will set up
VWUDWLÀFDWLRQOD\HUVDQGZLOOQRWNHHSWKHRFFXSDQWVZDUPLI
there is a ceiling return because only the top 12" – 24" (300
– 600 mm) of the room will be heated.
The maximum approved discharge air temperature for any
Nailor Fan Powered Terminal Unit with supplemental heat
is 120°F (49°C). No heater should be applied to exceed this
temperature.
15
80°F
10
5
0
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
AIRFLOW, CFM
Diagonal lines are constant output temperature.
C134
EZvav Digital Controls
www.nailor.com
Date: 7-2016
Supersedes: 6-2016
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
CONTENTS
SECTION 1: About the controllers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Safety considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SECTION 2: Installing the controllers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Setting the rotation limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Mounting on a VAV Terminal Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Connecting an airflow sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Connecting inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Connecting room temperature sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Connecting a DAT sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Connecting power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SECTION 3: Installing the Room Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Choosing a sensor location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Rough-in preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Mount the sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Planning got motion sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SECTION 4: Changing the room set point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SECTION 5: Configuring the controllers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Getting started with configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Entering system temperature set points and limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Configuring the VAV Terminal Unit options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Set the airflow set points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Advanced options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Restore application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
SECTION 6: Balancing airflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Quick start configuration guide - EZvav sensors & controllers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 2 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
CONTENTS (Con’t)
SECTION 7: Application drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Cooling or heating without reheat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Staged reheat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Modulating reheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Floating reheat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Dual-duct application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
SECTION 8: Sequences of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Input sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Occupancy sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Space set points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
PID control loops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Airflow Set points Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Changeover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Discharge Air Temperature (DAT) limiting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
System diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Damper operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Fan operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Reheat sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Balancing airflow sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Dual duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
SECTION 9: System integration and networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Connecting to an MS/TP network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Setting up network communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
BACnet objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
ADDITIONAL TOPICS
Diamond flow sensor K-factors for VAV Terminal Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Accessories and replacement parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 3 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Section 1: About the Controllers
This section provides a description of the EZvav series of controllers. It also introduces safety information. Review this material
before selecting, installing, or operating the controllers.
The EZvav series of controllers are an easy and unique approach to operating a wide variety of VAV terminal units. The integrated
actuators, internal airflow sensors, and wide variety of application programs make these BACnet Application Specific controllers
ideal for either new or retrofit installations.
The controllers feature simple, menu driven setup choices when used with a EZvav digital sensor. No special programming skills
or software tools are required to choose applications, enter set points, set network addressing, and balance airflow. All options
can be set by using a STE-8001W36 sensor and can be installed as the permanent room sensor or temporarily connected as a
technician’s service tool.
All models are BACnet Application Specific Controllers that are ready to connect to a BACnet MS/TP network. Device instance,
MAC address, and baud rate are set from an STE-8001W36 without special software.
Model BAC-8001-36 is supplied with inputs, outputs, and sequences of operation for the following functions.
• Single duct heating and cooling VAV.
• Automatic heating/cooling changeover including morning warm up.
• Occupancy setback—requires STE-8201W36.
• System diagnostic indicators.
• Airflow balancing.
Model BAC-8005-36 and BAC-8205-36 are supplied with inputs, outputs, and sequences of operation for the following functions.
• Single duct heating and cooling VAV.
• Modulating, floating, and staged reheat.
• Series and parallel fan control.
• Automatic heating/cooling changeover including morning warm up.
• Discharge air temperature limiting.
• Occupancy setback—requires STE-8201W36.
• Actuator position feedback for true damper positioning (BAC-8205-36 only).
• System diagnostic indicators.
• Airflow balancing.
Model BAC-8007-36 is supplied with inputs, outputs, and sequences of operation for the following functions.
• Dual duct VAV heating and cooling.
• Occupancy setback—requires STE-8201W36.
• System diagnostic indicators.
• Airflow balancing.
Additional topics in this section
Specifications.......................................................................................................................................5
Safety considerations...........................................................................................................................7
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 4 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Specifications
EZvav specifications are subject to change without notice.
Inputs and outputs
All inputs and outputs are factory programmed and application specific. No field configuration is required. For details on input and
output connections, see the topic Application drawings on page 29. For a detailed listing of input and output objects, see the topic
BACnet objects on 44.
Analog inputs
Analog inputs represent BACnet analog input. Not all input are applicable or required for all models.
Key features
IP/SI standard units of measure.
Overvoltage input protection
Connectors
RJ-45 room sensor jack
Screw terminals for wire sizes 12 – 26 AWG
Conversion
12 – bit analog–to–digital conversion
Input range
Passive, 10 kΩ pull-up to 3.3 volts DC
Analog outputs
Analog outputs are configured to represent BACnet analog output objects. No field configuration is required. For details on
application specific output connections see the section Application drawings on page 29.
Key features
Output short protection
IP/SI standard units of measure
Connector
Screw terminals for wire size 12 – 26 AWG
Conversion
12 – bit digital-to-analog conversion
Output voltage
0 – 10 VDC
Output current
30 mA per output, 30 mA total for all analog outputs
Binary outputs
Binary outputs are configured to represent BACnet binary output objects. No field configuration is required. For details on
application specific output connections see the section Application drawings on page 29.
Key features
Optically isolated triac output
Connector
Screw terminals for wire size 12 – 26 AWG
Output range
Maximum switching 24 Volts AC
1 ampere per external output, 3 amperes total
Communications—BACnet MS/TP
• EIA – 485 operating at rates up to 76.8 kilobaud.
• Removable screw terminal block.
• Wire size 12 – 26 AWG.
• Switch selected end of line termination.
Memory
• Programs and program parameters are stored in nonvolatile memory.
• Auto restart on power failure.
Air flow sensor features
• Configured as BACnet analog input object.
• CMOS differential pressure 0 – 2 inches of water (0 – 500 Pa) measurement range. Internally linearized and temperature
compensated.
• Span accuracy 4.5% of reading.
• Zero point accuracy 0.0008 in. H2O/0.2 Pa at 77°F (25°C).
• Barbed connections for 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) FR tubing.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 5 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Actuator Specifications
Torque
40 in-lb. (4.5 N.m)
Angular rotation
0 to 95°
Adjustable end stops at 45° and 60° rotation
Motor timing
90 sec./90° at 60 Hz
BAC-8001-36,BAC-8005-36, BAC-8007-36
108 sec./90° at 50 Hz
Motor timing BAC-8205-36
60 sec./90° at 60 Hz
Shaft size
Directly mounts on 3/8 to 5/8 inch (9.5 to 16 mm) round or 3/8 to 7/16 inch
(9.5 to 11 mm) square damper shafts.
Regulatory
• UL 916 Energy Management Equipment.
• BACnet Testing Laboratory listed as an application specific controller (ASC).
• CE compliant.
• SASO PCP Registration KSA R-103263.
• FCC Class B, Part 15, Subpart B and complies with Canadian ICES-003 Class B.
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
Installation
Supply voltage
24 volts AC, -15%, +20% 5 VA, 50/60 Hz
Weight
13.2 ounces (376 grams)
Case material
Flame retardant plastic
Environmental limits
Operating
32 to 120° F (0 to 49° C)
Shipping
–40 to 140° F (–40 to 60° C)
Humidity
5 – 93% relative humidity (non condensing)
Dimensions
4.14" (54)
4.25" (108)
0.77"
(19)
6.53"
(166)
1.92" (49)
6"
(152)
4.89"
(124)
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 6 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Safety Considerations
Nailor assumes the responsibility for providing you a safe product and safety guidelines during its use. Safety means protection to
all individuals who install, operate, and service the equipment as well as protection of the equipment itself. To promote safety, we
use hazard alert labeling in this manual. Follow the associated guidelines to avoid hazards.
DANGER represents the most severe hazard
alert. Bodily harm or death will occur if danger
guidelines are not followed.
WARNING represents hazards that could result
in severe injury or death.
CAUTION indicates potential personal injury or
equipment or property damage if instructions
are not followed.
Note: Notes provide additional information that is important.
Tip: Provides programing tips and shortcuts that may save time.
Section 2: Installing the Controllers
This section provides important instructions and guidelines for installing the Nailor EZvav controllers. Carefully review this
information before installing the controller.
Installing Nailor EZvav includes the following topics that are covered in this section.
Installation topics in this section
Setting the rotation limits....................................................................................................................7
Mounting on a VAV terminal box.........................................................................................................8
Connecting an airflow sensor..............................................................................................................9
Connecting inputs and outputs...........................................................................................................9
Connecting room temperature sensors...............................................................................................9
Connecting a DAT sensor...................................................................................................................10
Connecting power.............................................................................................................................10
Maintenance......................................................................................................................................10
Setting the Rotation Limits
Nailor EZvav controllers are manufactured for a damper that rotates 90 degrees from open to close. If the VAV damper is not a 90
degree damper, set the rotation limits to 45 or 60 degrees before mounting the controller.
CAUTION Setting rotation limits that do not
match the VAV damper may result in improper
operation or equipment damage.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 7 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Figure 2-1 Controller rotation limit selections
Rotate CW
60
45
Position notch as shown
Stop position holes
Stop screw in storage
To set the rotational limits, do the following:
1. Turn the controller over so you have access to the back.
2. Manually rotate the actuator fully clockwise as viewed from the back.
3. Remove the stop screw from its storage location and clean any debris from the threads.
4. Insert the screw into the correct stop position hole.
5. Tighten the screw only until the head touches the plastic in the bottom of the recess.
Mounting on a VAV Terminal Unit
Mount the controller inside of a metal enclosure. To maintain RF emissions specifications, use either shielded connecting cables
or enclose all cables in conduit.
Mount the controller directly over the damper shaft. A minimum shaft length of 2.0 inch (51 mm) is required.
Note: Nailor EZvav controllers are designed to directly mount to 3/8 to 5/8 inch (9.5 to 16 mm) round or 3/8 to 7/16 inch (9.5 to
11 mm) square damper shafts.
Figure 2-2 Control and indicators
Gear clutch button
Status LEDs
AI1
T-STAT/
SENSOR
COMM
READY
ON CTS
1
2
GND
-A
BACnet MS/TP
EOL
S
AO4
+B
Mounting
tab
AO3
AI5
AI6
GND
AI7
SC
Mounting
bushing
BO5
BO6
BO7
Drive hub
and V-bolt
SC
BO8
24VAC
Mount the controller as follows:
1. Manually rotate the damper on the VAV box to the fully closed position.
2. On the controller, press the gear clutch button and rotate the drive hub in the same direction that closed the damper. Turn the hub until it reaches a rotation limit, then rotate 2° in the opposite direction and release clutch.
3. Loosen the nuts on the V-bolt until the damper shaft can fit through the collar.
4. Place the controller over the damper shaft.
5. Finger tighten the nuts on the V-bolt to position the shaft in the drive hub
6. Center the mounting bushing in the mounting tab and fasten it with a #8 sheet metal screw.
7. Evenly tighten the V-bolt nuts on the drive hub to 30-35 in-lbs (3.34 – 3.95 N.m).
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 8 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Connecting an Airflow Sensor
An airflow sensor is incorporated as one of the inputs to the controller. Remove the plugs and connect the tubing from the pitot
assembly to the airflow sensor inputs next to the drive hub.
Figure 2-3 Airflow sensor inputs
Static airflow (low)
Total airflow (high)
Static airflow
(low)
T-STAT/
SENSOR
S
-A
1
2
ON CTS
EZvav
Digital Controller
COMM
READY
+B
BACnet MS/TP
EOL
24VAC
Diamond Flow
Sensor
Total airflow
(high)
Diamond flow sensors are supplied by Nailor as part of the VAV terminal unit. If a sensor is needed, choose a sensor listed in the
topic Accessories and Replacement Parts on page 48. For more information on Nailor’s ‘Diamond Flow’ Sensor, see page 48 or
refer to Nailor website.
Connecting Inputs and Outputs
Nailor EZvav series controllers have preconfigured inputs and outputs to support only the supplied programs and applications.
• For input and output connection information, see the topic Application drawings on page 29.
• To connect room temperature sensors, see the topic Connecting room temperature sensors on page 9.
• To connect a DAT sensor, see the topic Connecting a DAT sensor on page 10.
• For the BACnet object descriptions of the inputs and outputs, see the topic BACnet objects on page 44.
Connecting Room Temperature Sensors
Connect any of the following sensors to the RJ-45 thermostat and sensor jack. The controller automatically detects the type of
sensor. No programming or configuration is required.
• STE-6014W36
• STE-8001W36
• STE-8201W36
Connect the controller to sensors with standard Ethernet cables up to 75 feet long.
Figure 2-4 Connecting to a sensor
Ethernet cable
Maximum 75 feet
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 9 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Connecting a DAT Sensor
The Discharge Air Temperature sensor is required for automatic changeover and for VAV terminal units with reheat.
Figure 2-5 Discharge air temperature sensor location
DAT sensor
Changeover only
DAT sensor
Preferred location
Connect a 10 kΩ, Type 3 thermistor temperature probe to the discharge air temperature input. The input includes the internal
pull-up resistor. An STE-1401 sensor is suitable for this application. Follow the instructions supplied with the sensor for installation,
or refer to pages 11-12 for this information.
• For DAT limiting and reheat, install the sensor in the airflow after the reheat section. See the topic, Advanced options on
page 21 to enable discharge air temperature control.
• When the DAT sensor is used only to detect primary air temperature, the sensor can be placed in either location shown in
the Figure Discharge air temperature sensor location.
Figure 2-6 Discharge air temperature input details
COMM
READY
AI1
T
GND
AO3
AO4
Connecting Power
The controllers require a 24 volt, AC power source. Use the following guidelines when choosing and wiring transformers to the
controller.
• A Class – 2 transformer is supplied with each unit.
Connect the 24 volt AC power supply to the power terminal block on the lower right side of the controller. Connect the ground
side of the transformer to the ground terminal and the AC phase to the phase terminal. Power is applied to the controller when
the transformer is connected to power.
Figure 2-7 Controller power terminals
AI1
T-STAT/
SENSOR
COMM
READY
ON CTS
1
2
GND
-A
BACnet MS/TP
EOL
S
AO4
+B
AO3
AI5
AI6
GND
AI7
SC
BO5
24 VAC
Class 2
BO6
BO7
SC
BO8
24VAC
Maintenance
Nailor EZvav controllers require no routine maintenance. If necessary, clean with a damp cloth and mild soap.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 10 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Section 3: Installing the Room Sensors
An airflow sensor is incorporated as one of the inputs to the controller. Remove the plugs and connect the tubing from the pitot
assembly to the airflow sensor inputs next to the drive hub.
EZvav Sensors:
STE-8001W36
Digital Display
STE-8201W36
Digital Display with Occupancy Sensor
This applies to EZvav digital display wall sensors connected to EZvav controllers.
Choosing a sensor location
Install the sensor on an inside wall where it can sense the average room temperature. Avoid locations with direct sunlight, heat
sources, windows, air vents, and air circulation obstructions such as curtains or furniture.
For models with motion sensing, see the topic on the page 12, Planning for motion sensing.
Rough-in preparation
Complete rough-in wiring at each sensor location prior to sensor installation. This includes the following items:
• If required, install an appropriate backplate.
• Route an Ethernet connecting cable from the sensor to the controller location.
• Maximum cable length is 75 feet (22.9 meters). Plenum-rated preassembled cables are recommended.
Ethernet Connecting
Cable
Maximum 75 feet
(22.9 meters)
Mounting
Base
Allen
Screws
Mount the sensors
To install the sensor on a mounting base, do the following:
1. Turn the Allen screws in the base of the sensor clockwise until they clear the case. Swing the sensor away from the
mounting base to remove it.
Turn screws clockwise to
remove sensor case from base.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 11 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
2. Route the Ethernet cable through the mounting base.
3. Fasten the mounting base directly to a 2 x 4 inch (51 x 102 mm) outlet box or a backplate with the Allen screws toward
the floor.
4. Insert the Ethernet cable coming from the base into the sensor.
5. Place the top of the sensor over the top of the mounting base and swing it down over the Allen screw brackets. Be
careful not to pinch any wiring.
6. Turn the Allen screws counterclockwise until they back out of the mounting base and engage the case of the sensor.
Turn counterclockwise until the
screws engage the case.
Operation
The sensor will become operational as soon as it is connected to an operational controller. See the following pages to change room
set points or configure a EZvav controller with the sensor.
Maintenance
Remove dust as necessary from holes in top and bottom. Clean the display with soft, damp cloth and mild soap.
Planning for motion sensing
For motion sensing models only — Mount the sensor on a wall that will
have an unobstructed view of the typical traffic in the coverage area. When
choosing a location, do not install the sensor in the following areas.
• Behind curtains or other obstructions.
• In locations that will expose it to direct sunlight or heat sources.
• Near a heating or cooling inlet or outlet.
The effective detection range is approximately 33 feet (10 meters). Factors
that may reduce the range may include the following items.
• The difference between the surface temperature of the object and
the background temperature of the room is too small.
Typical motion sensing coverage
• Object movement in a direct line toward the sensor.
• Very slow or very fast object movement.
• Obstructions in the shaded area of the diagram
Typical motion sensing coverage.
False detections may be triggered by any of the following
conditions.
• The temperature inside the detection range
suddenly changes because of the entry of cold or
warm air from an air-conditioning or heating unit.
• The sensor being directly exposed to sunlight, an
incandescent light, or other source of far‑infrared
rays.
• Small animal movement.
Side view
Top view
Motion sensor vertical and horizontal patterns
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 12 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Section 4: Changing the Room Set Point
This section covers topics for the end user.
Changing the EZvav user functions with an STE-8001W36 or STE-8201W36 are limited to changing the active set points in a room.
The set points are entered or changed using the buttons and display on the front of the sensor.
Quick start to changing set points
1. Press any button to begin changing set points.
2. If required, enter Password 1.
3. Press the up ∆ or down ∆ buttons to change a set point value.
4. Press the
button to save the value or advance to the next function.
To enter or change the active set points you may need Password 1 .
Tip:
Once the following procedure is started, all steps must be completed in order.
Changing Room Set Points
PROCEDURE
1 Starting display
STEPS
Start from the temperature display.
STE DISPLAY
1. Press any button. The display changes to PSW1.
2. Press the ∆ or buttons to change the first digit.
3. Press the
button to select the next digit. Repeat
for all four digits.
∆
2 Enter Password 1
Note: If Password 1 has not previously been entered,
the display will change to the occupied cooling set point
display after Step 1.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to change the cooling
set point temperature. The set point changes in
increments of 0.5 degrees.
2. Press the
button to save the value.
The display advances to set the heating set point.
∆
3 Set the active cooling set point.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to change the heating
set point temperature. The set point changes in
increments of 0.5 degrees.
2. Press the
button to save the value.
The display returns to the temperature display.
∆
4 Set the active heating set point.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 13 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Section 5: Configuring the Controllers
This topics in this section are advanced topics for control technicians and engineers.
The configuration functions that are accessible through an STE-8000 series sensor are all of the values and settings that are
entered during the installation and commissioning of a VAV terminal unit. Typically, these functions do not change after the
installation and commissioning process.
To set up the configuration functions, you will need the following items and information.
• Details about the VAV terminal unit including the configuration for fans and reheat.
• An STE-8001W36 or STE-8201W36 to use as a configuration tool.
• The building automation system plans for controllers connected to a network.
Users may change the active heating and cooling set points without accessing the configuration functions. This procedure is
covered in the topic Changing the Room Set Point on page 13.
Note: The instructions for the configuration functions cover all of the functions that an STE-8000 sensor can set up in the EZvav
series of controllers. Not all functions are available on every model of controller.
Configuration topics
Getting started with configuration....................................................................................................14
Entering system temperature set points and limits...........................................................................15
Configuring the VAV Terminal Unit options.......................................................................................17
Set the airflow set points...................................................................................................................19
Advanced options..............................................................................................................................21
Restore Application............................................................................................................................23
Getting Started with Configuration
For access to the configuration functions you will need Password 2 .
• If the controller has not been previously set up, no password is required.
• A new Password 2 can be entered or changed in the advance functions. See the topic Advanced options on page 21
Enter the configuration mode
PROCEDURE
STE DISPLAY
1. Start at the temperature display.
2. Press the ∆ and
buttons together.
∆
1 Starting display
STEPS
• If Password 2 is not required, the display changes to CNFG.
• If required, enter Password 2. The display changes to CNFG
when Password 2 is correct.
1. Press the ∆ and buttons together and hold them down until the
display changes to PSW2.
2. Press the ∆ or button to change the first digit.
3. Press the
button to select the next digit. Repeat for all four digits.
4. When the button is pushed for the fourth correct digit, the display
changes to COMM.
∆
∆
2 Enter Password 2
Note: If Password 2 has not previously been entered the display will
change to the CNFG display after Step 1.
3 Select a
configuration
function.
Date: 10-2016
Access to the configuration functions always start at the CNFG display.
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 14 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Entering System Temperature Set Points and Limits
The system temperature set points set the operational parameters and limits for the VAV terminal unit.
The temperature set points include the following items.
• Minimum cooling and maximum heating set points
• Occupied and unoccupied cooling set points
• Occupied and unoccupied heating set points
• Changeover differential set point
• Standby differential set point
Setting the temperature set points requires entering Password 2 which is described in detail in the topic Getting started with
configuration on page 14.
Tip:
Once the following procedure is started, all steps must be completed in order.
Procedure to set the temperature set points
PROCEDURE
STEPS
STE DISPLAY
1. Start at the temperature display.
2. Press the ∆ and buttons together.
• If Password 2 is not required, the display changes
to CNFG.
• If required, enter Password 2. The display changes
to CNFG when Password 2 is correct.
∆
1 Start at the temperature display.
1. From the CNFG display, press the ∆ or
to show STPT.
∆
2 Set the minimum cooling set
point.
buttons
2. Press the
button to select the CNFG options.
The display changes to STPT.
3. Press the
button to select STPT. The display
changes to MIN.
3 Set the maximum heating set
point.
This set point limits the highest temperature a user can
enter as the active set point.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the maximum
heating set point. The set point will change in 0.5°
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
4 Set the occupied cooling set point.
This set point is used as the active set point when the
space is occupied.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the occupied
cooling set point. The set point will change in 0.5°
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
Supersedes: 7-2016
∆
Date: 10-2016
Page 15 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Procedure to set the temperature set points (continue)
PROCEDURE
STEPS
This set point is used as the active set point when the
space is occupied.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the occupied
cooling set point. The set point will change in 0.5°
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
5 Set the occupied cooling set point.
STE DISPLAY
Note: This set point can also be changed as described in
the topic Changing the room set point on page 13.
This set point is used as the active set point when the
space is occupied.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the occupied
heating set point. The set point will change in 0.5°
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
6 Set the occupied heating set
point.
Note: This set point can also be changed as described in
the section Changing the room set point on page 13.
7 Set the unoccupied cooling set
point.
This set point is used as the active set point when the
space is unoccupied.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the unoccupied
cooling set point. The set point will change in 0.5°
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
8 Set the unoccupied heating set
point.
This set point is used as the active set point when the
space is unoccupied.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the unoccupied
heating set point. The set point will change in 0.5°
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
Supersedes: 7-2016
The minimum allowable temperature value between
the cooling and heating set points.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the differential set
point. The set point will change in 1° increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
Date: 10-2016
This set point sets the supply air temperature at which
the controller will change between heating to cooling.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the changeover set
point. The set point will change in 1° increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
10 Set the minimum temperature
differential set point.
∆
Not used in all models.
∆
9 Set the supply air temperature
changeover set point.
Page 16 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Procedure to set the temperature set points (continue)
PROCEDURE
STEPS
11 Set the standby differential set
point.
The standby set point is calculated by adding or
subtracting the offset value to or from the value of the
occupied set point.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the standby
differential set point. The set point will change in 1°
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
∆
1. Press the ∆ or
following:
12 Select a new configuration
function or exit.
STE DISPLAY
buttons to select one of the
• BOX, FLOW, ADVC, or RSTR options
• BACK to choose another configuration
function.
• EXIT to return to the temperature display.
2. Press the
button to select the next function.
Configuring the VAV Terminal Unit Options
The unit options set the controller for the specific mechanical installation of the VAV terminal unit. The unit options include the
following items.
• The K-factor for the VAV terminal unit. If the K-factor is not available, see the topic K-factors on page 47.
• Reheat configuration (optional)
• Fan configuration (optional)
• Direction of damper to close
Setting the unit options requires entering Password 2 which is described in the topic Getting started with configuration on page 14.
Tip:
Once the following procedure is started, all steps must be completed in order.
Procedure to set the Terminal Unit functions
PROCEDURE
STEPS
1. Start at the temperature display.
2. Press the ∆ and buttons together.
• If Password 2 is not required, the display changes to
CNFG.
• If required, enter Password 2. The display changes to
CNFG when Password 2 is correct.
∆
1 Starting display
STE DISPLAY
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 17 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Procedure to set the Terminal Unit functions (continue)
PROCEDURE
STEPS
STE DISPLAY
3. Press the ∆ or
BOX.
4. Press the
Not used in all models.
button to select BOX.
Refer to the K-factor label on the controls enclosure
door of the terminal unit for appropriate value. You can
also refer to page 43, visit www.nailor.com or contact
your local Nailor Representative for more details.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the primary K-factor.
2. Press the
button to save the entry and advance to
the next function.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the secondary
K-factor.
2. Press the
button to save the entry and advance to
the next function.
∆
4 Set the secondary VAV terminal
unit K factor.
buttons to change the display to
∆
3 Set the primary VAV terminal unit
K factor.
buttons
2. Press the
button to select the CNFG options.
The display changes to STPT.
∆
2 Select the box settings display.
∆
1. From the CNFG display, press the ∆ or
to show the BOX display.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to choose one of the
following reheat options.
None—Reheat is not enabled.
Staged—Enables staged reheat.
Modulating—The analog reheat output varies from
0—10 volts DC.
Floating—The reheat outputs control a tristate
actuator.
2. Press the
button to save the reheat option and
advance to the next function.
∆
5 Set the mode of reheat for the
terminal unit.
Not used in all models.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to choose one of the
following fan options.
None—No fan is connected to the controller.
• Models: 3001, 30RE and 30RW, 3600
Series—The VAV unit includes a series fan.
• Model Series: 35S(ST), 35SE(ST), 35SW(ST),
37S(ST), 37SE(ST) and 37SW(ST), 38S/SE/SW
Parallel—The VAV unit includes a parallel fan.
• Models: 35N, 37N, 35NE, 35NW, 37NE and 37NW
2. Press the
button to save the fan option and
advance to the next function.
∆
6 Set the fan option.
Not used in all models.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 18 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Procedure to set the Terminal Unit functions (continue)
PROCEDURE
STEPS
7 Set the damper direction to close.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to which direction to
damper moves to close.
CCW—The actuator turns counterclockwise to close
the damper.
CW—The actuator turns clockwise to close the
damper. (Default)
2. Press the
button to save the damper option and
advance to the next function.
8 Select a new configuration
function or exit.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to select one of the
following:
• STPT, FLOW, ADVC or RSTR options
• BACK to choose another configuration function
• EXIT to return to the temperature display.
2. Press the
button to select the next function.
STE DISPLAY
∆
∆
Set the Airflow Set Points
The airflow set points set the airflow limits for the VAV terminal unit.
• Airflow heating and cooling minimum and maximum limits
• Auxiliary flow set point (optional)
• Minimum and maximum fan speeds (optional)
Setting the airflow set points requires entering Password 2 which is described in the topic Getting started with configuration on
page 14.
Note: If the VAV unit is a heat only or cooling only unit, the airflow set points for the unused mode must be set within the range
of the mode in use. Failure to set the unused set points correctly will result in unpredictable or erroneous air balancing settings.
Tip:
Once the following procedure is started, all steps must be completed in order.
Procedure to set the airflow set points PROCEDURE
STEPS
1. Start at the temperature display.
2. Press the ∆ and buttons together.
• If Password 2 is not required, the display changes to
CNFG.
• If required, enter Password 2. The display changes to
CNFG when Password 2 is correct.
∆
1 Starting display
STE DISPLAY
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 19 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Procedure to set the airflow set points (continue)
STEPS
1. From the CNFG display, press the ∆ or
to show the CNFG display.
buttons
2. Press the
button to select the CNFG options.
The display changes to STPT.
3. Press the ∆ or
FLOW.
∆
2 Select the set point settings
display.
STE DISPLAY
∆
PROCEDURE
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the maximum limit
for cooling airflow. The set point changes in 1 CFM
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
Not used in all models.
Tip: Set value to match Min.
Cooling airflow if not required.
This set point sets the airflow for when reheat is active.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set a value for the
auxiliary airflow. The set point changes in 1 CFM
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
5 Set the auxiliary airflow set point.
Not used in all models.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the maximum limit
for heating airflow. The set point will change in 1
CFM increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the minimum limit
for the fan speed. The set point will change in 1%
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
8 Set the minimum limit for fan
speed.
∆
7 Set the heating maximum airflow
limit.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the minimum limit
for heating airflow. The set point will change in 1
CFM increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
6 Set the heating minimum airflow
limit.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the minimum limit
for cooling airflow. The set point changes in 1 CFM
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
4 Set the cooling maximum airflow
limit.
buttons to change the display to
4. Press the
button to select FLOW. The display
changes to MNCL.
3 Set the cooling minimum airflow
limit.
Page 20 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Procedure to set the airflow set points (continue)
PROCEDURE
10 Set the dual duct minimum
airflow.
Not used for all models.
1. This set point is for the minimum airflow when a Dual
duct system is at temperature set point.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
Not used for all models.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the maximum limit
for the fan speed. The set point will change in 1%
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
9 Set the maximum limit for fan
speed.
STEPS
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to select one of the
following:
• STPT, BOX, ADVC, or RSTR options
• BACK to choose another configuration function
EXIT.
2. Press the
button to select the next function.
∆
11 Select a new configuration
function or exit.
STE DISPLAY
Advanced Options
The advanced options set up passwords and special features in the controller.
• Establish or change Password 1 and Password 2
• Set timers for standby and override (optional)
• Enable automatic occupancy (optional)
• Enable discharge air temperature control (optional)
• Calibrate the sensor
Setting the advance options requires entering Password 2 which is described in the topic Getting started with configuration on
page 14.
Tip:
Once the following procedure is started, all steps must be completed in order.
Procedure to set the advanced options PROCEDURE
STEPS
1. Start at the temperature display.
2. Press the ∆ and buttons together.
• If Password 2 is not required, the display changes
to CNFG.
• If required, enter Password 2. The display changes
to CNFG when Password 2 is correct.
∆
1 Starting display
STE DISPLAY
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 21 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Procedure to set the advanced options (continue)
PROCEDURE
STEPS
STE DISPLAY
1. From the CNFG display, press the
show the STPT display.
2. Press the ∆ or
ADVC.
3. Press the
6 Set the DAT Limiting mode.
Do not enable for staged
heating as short cycling
may occur.
Note: Entering four zeros (0000) removes the
password.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to change the first digit.
2. Press the
button to select the next digit. Repeat
for all four digits.
3. When the
button is pressed for the last digit, the
new password is saved and the display advances.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the time for the
standby time. The value will change in 1 minute
increments.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to enable or disable
discharge air temperature limiting.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
∆
Applies only to STE-8201 sensors.
Note: Entering four zeros (0000) removes the
password.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to change the first digit.
2. Press the
button to select the next digit. Repeat
for all four digits.
3. When the
button is pressed for the last digit, the
new password is saved and the display advances.
∆
5 Set the standby time
button to select ADVC.
∆
4 Change Password 2.
buttons to change the display to
∆
3 Change Password 1.
∆
2 Select the advanced display.
buttons to
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to enable or disable
discharge air temperature limiting.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
Enable The controller will automatically changed to the
unoccupied state when it detects the loss of primary
air supply.
Disable The controller will remain in the occupied
mode regardless of the primary air supply.
∆
7 Set the automatic occupancy
mode.
Not used for all models. Required
for reheat.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 22 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Procedure to set the advanced options (continue)
PROCEDURE
STEPS
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to set the calibration
constant. The set point will change in 0.1 minute
increments.
• For a low input reading enter a positive correction
value.
• For a high input reading enter a negative correction
value.
2. Press the
button to save the set point and
advance to the next function.
STE DISPLAY
∆
8 Set the temperature sensor
calibration constant.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to select one of the
following:
• STPT, FLOW, BOX, or RSTR options
• BACK to choose .another configuration function
• EXIT to return to the temperature display.
2. Press the
button to select the next function.
∆
9 Select a new configuration
function or exit.
Restore Application
Choose the RSTR function to reset the EZvav controller to the original configuration and settings. Use it also to change the units of
measure to display on a EZvav sensor. There are two versions of the application program in the controller.
• The Metric version displays temperature in Celsius and uses metric values for units of measure.
• The English version displays temperature in Fahrenheit and uses English values for units of measure.
Access to the Restore Application function requires entering Password 2 which is described in the topic Getting started with
configuration on page 14.
Tip:
Once the following procedure is started, all steps must be completed in order.
CAUTION Choosing RSTR deletes all previously
configured values including balancing values and
passwords. Only the BACnet communications
settings will remain unchanged.
Procedure to restore application PROCEDURE
STEPS
1. Start at the temperature display.
2. Press the ∆ and buttons together.
• If Password 2 is not required, the display changes to
CNFG.
• If required, enter Password 2. The display changes to
CNFG when Password 2 is correct.
∆
1 Starting display
STE DISPLAY
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 23 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Procedure to restore application (continue)
STEPS
1. From the CNFG display, press the ∆ or
to show the CNFG display.
STE DISPLAY
∆
PROCEDURE
buttons
2. Press the
button to select the CNFG options.
The display changes to STPT.
3. Press the ∆ or
RSTR.
∆
2 Select the restore settings display.
buttons to change the display to
Caution: Choosing RSTR deletes all previously
entered values and returns the controller to
the manufacturer’s settings. Only the BACnet
communications settings will remain unchanged.
4. Press the
button to select RSTR.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to choose ENGLISH
or METRIC.
Metric The sensor displays temperature in Celsius and
uses metric values for units of measure.
English The sensor displays temperature in Fahrenheit
and uses English values for units of measure.
∆
3 Choose the application.
2. Press the
button to save the entry and advance to
the next function.
Section 6: Balancing Airflow
Topics in this section are for control technicians or engineers who will be balancing the airflow in the controllers.
The airflow balancing procedure described in this section requires the following items.
• Accurate method to measure airflow.
• An STE-8001W36 or STE-8201W36 wall sensor. If the system does not include one of these sensors, temporarily disconnect
the installed sensor and connect an STE-8001W36 as a service tool.
• The engineering design specifications for the minimum and maximum airflow set points.
• Password 2 which is described in the topic Getting started with configuration on page 14.
Users may change the active heating and cooling set points without accessing the configuration functions. This procedure is
covered in the topic Changing the Room Set Point on page 13.
Note: If the VAV terminal unit is a heat only or cooling only unit, the airflow set points for the unused mode must be set within
the range of the mode in use. Failure to set the unused set points correctly will result in unpredictable or erroneous air balancing
settings. See Set the airflow set points on page 19 for the procedure to adjust the set points.
Note: Starting the balancing procedure erases all previous airflow correction factors. The airflow readings displayed by the
STE-8001W36 are the actual uncorrected airflow readings as measured by the controller.
Tip:
Once the following procedure is started, all steps must be completed in order.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 24 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
The airflow balancing procedure
PROCEDURE
STEPS
STE DISPLAY
1. Start at the temperature display.
∆
1 Starting display.
2. Press the ∆ and buttons together.
• If Password 2 is not required, the display changes to
CNFG.
• If required, enter Password 2. The display changes to
CNFG when Password 2 is correct.
∆
1. From the CNFG display, press the ∆ or buttons
to advance to COMM and the BLNC display.
2 Select the CNFG display.
2. Press the
button to select BLNC. The display
advances to PRI.
3. Press the
button to select PRI.
3 Measure and enter the actual
maximum primary airflow.
The display begins flashing PMAX and also displays
the actual airflow at the bottom.
Note: The airflow will attempt to stabilize on the
highest value for either the cooling or heating
maximum airflow even if only one mode is operational.
Note: The airflow displayed by the STE-8000 in this
step is the actual, uncorrected airflow.
1. Wait for the maximum airflow value to stabilize.
2. With a flow hood, measure the actual airflow.
3. Press the
button to advance to the entry display.
PMAX stops flashing.
4. Press the ∆ or buttons to enter the measured
airflow.
5. Press the
button to save the measured airflow.
The display changes to PMIN.
∆
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 25 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
The airflow balancing procedure (continue)
PROCEDURE
STEPS
4 Measure and enter the actual
minimum primary airflow.
The display begins flashing PMIN and also displays
the actual airflow at the bottom.
Note: The airflow will attempt to stabilize on the
lowest value for either the cooling or heating minimum
airflow even if only one mode is operational.
Note: The airflow displayed by the STE-8000 in this
step is the actual, uncorrected airflow.
1. Wait for the minimum airflow value to stabilize.
2. With a flow hood, measure the actual airflow.
button to advance to the entry display.
3. Press the
PMIN stops flashing.
4. Press the ∆ or buttons to enter the measured
airflow.
button to save the measured airflow.
5. Press the
The display advances to PRI.
STE DISPLAY
∆
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to select one of the
following:
• SEC to balance the secondary VAV for dual duct
systems. Choosing SEC advances to the SMAX
display. This is available only on dual duct models.
• BACK to choose another commissioning function
• EXIT to return to the temperature display.
∆
5 Advance or exit.
2. Press the
6 Measure and enter the actual
maximum secondary airflow.
The display begins flashing SMAX and also displays
the actual airflow at the bottom.
Note: The airflow displayed by the STE-8000 in this
step is the actual, uncorrected airflow.
1. Wait for the maximum airflow value to stabilize.
2. With a flow hood, measure the actual airflow.
button to advance to the entry display.
3. Press the
SMAX stops flashing.
4. Press the ∆ or buttons to enter the measured
airflow.
5. Press the
button to save the measured airflow.
The display advances to SMIN.
The display begins flashing SMIN and also displays
the actual airflow at the bottom.
Note: The airflow displayed by the STE-8000 in this
step is the actual, uncorrected airflow.
1. Wait for the minimum airflow value to stabilize.
2. With a flow hood, measure the actual airflow.
button to advance to the entry display.
3. Press the
SMIN stops flashing.
4. Press the ∆ or buttons to enter the measured
airflow.
5. Press the
button to save the measured airflow.
The display advances to SEC.
∆
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
button to select the next function.
∆
7 Measure and enter the actual
minimum secondary airflow.
Page 26 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
The airflow balancing procedure (continue)
PROCEDURE
STEPS
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to select one of the
following:
• PRI to balance the primary VAV for dual duct
systems
• BACK to choose another configuration function.
• EXIT to return to the temperature display.
∆
8 Advance or exit.
2. Press the
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
STE DISPLAY
button to select the next function.
Page 27 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Quick Start Configuration Guide – EZvav Sensors & Controllers
Use an STE-8001W36 or STE-8201W36 sensor to configure the EZvav controller. If another type of sensor is installed as the room
sensor, temporarily connect an STE-8001W36 as a service tool.
Press together the up ∆ and down
∆
To get started:
buttons to start configuration or balancing.
Enter Password 2 if required. New installations do not have a password.
Press the set point
∆
Press the up ∆ or down
buttons to move between functions or change values.
button to choose a selection or save a value.
Optional
Configuration
End configuration
Temp. setpoints
Cool Setpoint
Heat Setpoint
Setpoints and limits
Primary K Factor
Secondary K Factor
Min, Cool Flow
Max. Cool Flow
Advanced
Set Password 1
Restore
End configuration
BACnet instance
Primary
Secondary
BACnet MAC
Measured Max. Flow
Measured Max. Flow
Baud Rate
Measured Min. Flow
Measured Min. Flow
End configuration
English/Metric
Set Password 2
Occupied Cooling
No/Stg/Par
Auxillary airflow
Override timer
Occupied Heating
No/Ser/Par
Min. Heat Flow
Standby timer
Unoccupied Cooling
CCW/CW
Max. Heat Flow
Discharge Air Temp
BLNC
Set airflow balancing parameters. Only the PRI (primary) menu
is used for single duct VAV Terminal Units.
Min. Fan Speed (%)
Auto. Occ. Mode
STPT
Enter temperature set point and limits.
BOX
Set up reheat, fan operation and basic terminal unit functions.
FLOW
Set airflow set point and limits.
ADVC
Enter passwords and enable model specific features.
RSTR
Restore to factory settings.
CNFG
The main configuration parameters for the VAV terminal unit.
COMM Set BACnet device instance, MAC address and network baud.
Unoccupied Heating
Changeover
Differential
MAXF
Max. Fan Speed (%)
Calibration
Dual Minimum CFM
For complete details on controller configuration,
download IOM “IOM-EZVAVINST” from Nailor website.
Standby Differential
* Not used for all models
** Select English (factory setting) or Metric before setting other parameters.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 28 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Section 7: Application Drawings
This section covers the drawings, materials, and instructions for specific VAV applications.
Each EZvav model is designed for a specific set of applications. The following topics are for control technicians and engineers that
will plan for and install controllers for EZvav applications.
Submittal sheets for all of these applications are available from the Resources page at www.nailor.com.
Cooling or heating without reheat....................................................................................................29
Staged reheat.....................................................................................................................................30
Modulating reheat.............................................................................................................................31
Floating reheat...................................................................................................................................32
Dual duct application.........................................................................................................................33
Cooling or Heating without Reheat
The BAC-8001-36 is configured for single duct cooling VAV control without reheat. Connect the controller as shown in the Figure
Cooling or heating application drawing as below. A BAC-8005-36 may also be used for this application.
For cooling and heating, a duct temperature sensor is required for Discharge Air Temperature limiting and automatic changeover.
See the topic Advanced options on page 21 for instructions to enable Discharge Air Temperature limiting.
Submittal sheets for several variations of this application are available from the Resources page at www.nailor.com.
Figure 7-1 Cooling or heating application drawing
AI1
T-STAT/
SENSOR
COMM
READY
Duct
Temp
Sensor
ON CTS
1
2
GND
-A
BACnet MS/TP
EOL
S
AO4
+B
AO3
AI5
AI6
GND
AI7
SC
BO5
BO6
BO7
SC
BO8
24 VAC
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
24VAC
Page 29 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Staged Reheat
This application is for BAC 8005-36 controller. The controller are configured to switch reheat units that are controlled with 24 volts
AC. Reheat units with up to three stages of reheat can be controlled by these controllers.
• For one-stage or electric reheat or hot water reheat with an on/off valve, use only output terminal BO6.
• For two-stage reheat use output terminals BO6 and BO7.
• For three-stage reheat use output terminals BO6, BO7 and BO8.
For cooling and heating, a duct temperature sensor is required for automatic changeover.
When connecting the controller to a fan powered VAV terminal unit, the fan circuits must be compatible with the following
specifications.
• The fan start circuit is a 24 volt AC pilot duty output.
• The fan speed output is 0 – 10 volts DC.
Submittal sheets for several variations of this application are available from the Resources page at www.nailor.com.
Figure 7-2 BAC-8005-36 (Single Duct) with three-stage reheat
COMM
READY
AI1
Fan
Speed
T-STAT/
SENSOR
Duct
Temp
Sensor
ON CTS
1
2
GND
EOL
BACnet MS/TP
-A
S
AO4
+B
24VAC
Fan start
AO3
AI5
AI6
GND
AI7
Reheat
SC
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
BO5
BO6
BO7
SC
BO8
24VAC
24 VAC
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 30 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Modulating Reheat
This application is for a BAC-8005-36 controller. The modulating option for reheat can control either an electric reheat unit with an
analog input or a modulating hot water valve. The analog reheat output at output terminal AO3 varies between 0 and 10 volts DC.
For cooling and heating, a duct temperature sensor is required for Discharge Air Temperature limiting and automatic changeover.
See the topic Advanced options on page 21 for instructions to enable Discharge Air Temperature limiting.
When connecting the controller to a fan powered VAV terminal unit, the fan circuits must be compatible with the following
specifications.
• The fan start circuit is a 24 volt AC pilot duty output.
• The fan speed output is 0 – 10 volts DC.
Submittal sheets for several variations of this application are available from the Resources page at www.nailor.com.
Figure 7-3 Modulating reheat
Duct
Temp
Sensor
Analog
Heat
AI1
T-STAT/
SENSOR
COMM
READY
ON CTS
1
2
GND
BACnet MS/TP
EOL
S
AO4
-A
AO3
+B
Fan
Speed
0-10 VDC
AI5
AI6
24VAC
Fan start
GND
AI7
SC
BO5
BO6
24 VAC
Class 2
BO7
SC
BO8
24VAC
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 31 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Floating Reheat
This application is for a BAC-8005-36 controller. Use the floating reheat option in hydronic systems that are controlled by an
actuator with tri-state inputs. The reheat outputs are triacs that can switch up to 1 ampere at 24 volts AC.
For cooling and heating, a duct temperature sensor is required for Discharge Air Temperature limiting and automatic changeover.
See the topic Advanced options on page 21 for instructions to enable Discharge Air Temperature limiting.
When connecting the controller to a fan powered VAV unit, the fan circuits must be compatible with the following specifications.
• The fan start circuit is a 24 volt AC pilot duty output.
• The fan speed output is 0 – 10 volts DC.
Submittal sheets for several variations of this application are available from the Resources page at www.nailor.com.
Figure 7-4 Floating reheat
Duct
Temp
Sensor
AI1
Fan
Speed
T-STAT/
SENSOR
COMM
READY
ON CTS
1
2
GND
EOL
BACnet MS/TP
-A
S
AO4
+B
24VAC
Fan start
AO3
AI5
AI6
GND
AI7
SC
BO5
BO6
24VAC THERMAL
ACTUATOR
BO7
SC
BO8
24VAC
24 VAC
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 32 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Dual Duct Application
This application is for a BAC-8007-36 controller. The controller is configured for Dual duct operation. Dual duct VAV requires a
TSP-8001-36 actuator to be used with the BAC-8007-36 as shown in the Figure 7-5 Dual duct wiring diagram on page 33.
Submittal sheets for several variations of this application are available from the Knowledge Center page at www.nailor.com.
Dual duct wiring diagram
Figure 7-5 Dual duct wiring diagram
AI1
T-STAT/
SENSOR
COMM
READY
ON CTS
1
2
GND
EOL
BACnet MS/TP
-A
S
AO4
+B
AO3
AI5
AI6
GND
AI7
SC
BO5
BO6
BO7
SC
BO8
24VAC
BAC-8007-36
24 VAC
CW
CCW
P1
F.B.
POT
P2
MOTOR
COM
P OUT
24VAC
TSP-8001-36
Date: 5-2019
Supersedes: 10-2016
Page 33 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Section 8: Sequence of Operation
Topics in this section cover the sequences of operation for the EZvav controllers. These are advanced topics for control technicians
and engineers.
These sequences of operation are descriptions of each major component of the EZvav programming. They are provided as an aid
to understanding how the controllers operate.
This section covers the following sequences of operation.
Input sources.....................................................................................................................................34
Occupancy sequence.........................................................................................................................35
Space set points.................................................................................................................................35
PID control loops...............................................................................................................................36
Airflow set points sequence..............................................................................................................36
Changeover........................................................................................................................................36
Discharge Air Temperature (DAT) limiting..........................................................................................37
System diagnostics.............................................................................................................................37
Damper operation.............................................................................................................................38
Fan operation.....................................................................................................................................38
Reheat sequence...............................................................................................................................39
Balancing airflow sequence...............................................................................................................40
Dual duct...........................................................................................................................................40
Input sources
The EZvav controllers require specific sensors to measure room temperature, airflow, and discharge air temperature. All sensors
are automatically detected and the programming is automatically set up for the sensors.
• EZvav digital wall sensors.
• STE-6014W36 thermistor temperature sensor.
• Discharge air temperature sensor.
• Diamond Flow sensor.
EZvav digital wall sensors — The EZvav digital wall sensors include a room temperature sensor, a digital display, and a push button
interface for entering set points and configuring the controllers. If a EZvav digital wall sensor is detected, the sensor’s temperature
is mapped to the Space Temperature Reference value object as the temperature input value. See the topic BACnet objects on
page 44 for additional information on value objects.
The model STE-8201W36 EZvav digital wall sensor also includes a motion sensor to detect when the zone is temporary occupied.
This is described in the topic Occupancy sequence on page 35.
STE-6014W36 thermistor temperature sensor — STE-6014W36 sensor is compatible with the EZvav controllers. If the sensor is
detected, the sensor temperature is mapped to the Space Temperature Reference value object as the temperature input value.
See the topic BACnet objects on page 44 for additional information on value objects.
Discharge air temperature sensor — The DAT sensor is an optional Type-III, 10 kΩ thermistor and is required for VAV heating
applications. If the controller detects that this sensor is connected, then the controller will use discharge air temperature to
determine when to change between heating and cooling. The DAT sensor input is used also to control reheat. See the topics
Discharge Air Temperature (DAT) limiting on page 37 and Changeover on page 36.
Diamond Flow sensor — A multi-point airflow sensor that is designed to provide an averaged and accurate signal for use with
pressure independent controls. Pick-ups are located in all four quadrants of the inlet. Through amplification of the velocity pressure
signal (∆P), the controller is capable of lower minimums by increasing sensitivity at lower airflows. The high and low pressure
measurements along with the K-factor of the VAV terminal unit are used to calculate the airflow through the VAV unit.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 34 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Occupancy Sequence
An EZvav controller is designed to operate as a stand-alone controller and determine occupancy based only on the availability of
primary airflow and motion in the zone. The controller can be in any one of the following occupancy states.
• Occupied
• Unoccupied
• Standby
Occupancy can also be commanded by another BACnet device or an operator workstation connected to the building automation
network. See the topic System Integration and Networking on page 41 for details.
Automatic occupancy
If Automatic Occupancy is enabled, the controller will automatically toggle between Unoccupied, Occupied, and Standby based on
the presence of primary airflow and motion in the zone.
The default for Automatic Occupancy is Disabled. See the topic Advanced options on page 21 to change Automatic Occupancy.
Occupied
For controllers without a connected motion sensor, the controller changes to Occupied upon the detection of primary airflow.
Controllers with a connected motion sensor change to Occupied upon the detection of primary airflow and motion in the space.
The unit will remain in the Occupied state as long as periodic motion is detected and primary airflow continues. If motion stops,
the controller changes to Standby.
Unoccupied
The controller Occupancy mode changes to Unoccupied when it detects a loss of primary airflow. While in the Unoccupied state,
the controller will fully open the damper in an attempt to reach the maximum airflow set point.
Loss of primary airflow is defined as less than 25% of the requested flow for at least 5 minutes. The Occupancy mode changes to
Occupied or Standby once the actual airflow is at least 30% of the requested flow.
Standby
In units with a connected motion sensor, the controller starts in Standby and changes to Occupied after detecting motion in the
space. Motion in the space is defined as two movements detected within 5 minutes. The controller will change back to Standby
after a lack of motion for the period specified by the variable Standby Time.
Standby mode is not valid for controllers without a motion sensor, unless commanded by a building management system.
Space Set Points
There are four temperature set points each for heating and cooling for a total of eight set points.
• Active heating
• Active cooling
• Occupied heating
• Occupied cooling
• Unoccupied heating
• Unoccupied cooling
• Standby heating
• Standby cooling
Types of set points
The EZvav controllers may use any of the following set points based on a user entered set point or the state of occupancy and
standby which is described in the topic Occupancy sequence on page 35.
Active set point—The active set point is the current set point. The active set point is determined by the following.
• If the space is occupied, the controller uses the occupied set point as the active set point.
• If the space is unoccupied the controller uses the unoccupied set point as the active set point.
• If controller occupancy is Standby, the controller calculates the standby set point.
• A user with Password 1 can enter an active set point from a EZvav digital wall sensor. This entry will change the occupied
set point within the set point limits.
• If a sensor with a dial set point is connect to the controller, the dial position is used for the active set point only when the
Occupancy state is Occupied.
Occupied set point—A temperature set point entered by the controls technician during controller setup and system commissioning.
This is the set point used when the controller is occupied which is determined by primary airflow and, on controllers equipped with
motion sensors, motion in the zone.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 35 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Unoccupied set point — A temperature set point entered by the controls technician during controller setup and system
commissioning. This is the set point used when the system is unoccupied .
Standby set point — The standby set point is used when the controller is in the standby state. It is a value calculated from the
occupied set point and the value of Standby Offset. The standby offset value is entered by the controls technician during controller
setup and system commissioning. See the topic Occupancy sequence on page 35.
Set Point Limits
The programming in the EZvav controller limits the set point entry so that no heating set point is set higher than its corresponding
cooling set point.
If a user is adjusting a set point and it falls within the range set by the value of Minimum Set point Differential, the corresponding
set point will be changed to maintain the differential. For example, the Minimum Set point Differential is 4° F (-15.56° C) and the
Occupied Heating set point is 70° F (21.11° C). If the user lowers the Occupied Cooling set point to 71° F (21° C), the controller
recalculates the Occupied Heating set point and changes it to 67° F (19.44° C).
PID Control Loops
A PID control loop calculates an error value from the difference between the measured room temperature and the active set point.
The error value is expressed as a percentage and is typically used in a BAS controller to control the state of an output. When the
difference between the set point and room temperature is large, the error is large. As the system reduces the difference between
the set point and space temperature, the error becomes smaller.
The EZvav controllers use up to three PID loops.
• The heating PID loop.
• The cooling PID loop.
• The discharge air temperature (DAT) loop.
For EZvav controllers, the output of either the cooling and heating PID loop is used to calculate the position of the damper. If
present, the DAT input and DAT loop controls the Reheat loop.
The PID loops in the EZvav controllers are standard BACnet objects and are described in the topic BACnet objects on page 44.
Airflow Set Points Sequence
Airflow Set point is calculated based on the demand for cooling or heating depending on whether the Cooling loop or Heating loop
is greater than zero.
If no room sensor is connected to the controller, the controller uses the Minimum Cooling Airflow set point to maintain airflow.
Cool Air Sequence
As the Cooling loop increases from 0% to 100%, Primary Airflow Set point is proportionally calculated between Minimum Cooling
Airflow and Maximum Cooling Airflow.
If there is a call for reheat to maintain room temperature, the primary airflow is set to the value of Auxiliary Flow.
Tip: Auxiliary Flow is only for unit with reheat. Set to Minimum Cooling Airflow unless alternate airflow is desired.
Warm Air Available
In the heating mode, as the Heating Loop increases from 0% to 100%, Primary Airflow Set point is proportionally calculated
between Minimum Heating Airflow and Maximum Heating Airflow.
See also the topics, Changeover on page 36 and Input sources on page 34.
Changeover
The Discharge Air Temperature input is used by the controller to determine the type of air that is being supplied by the AHU. The
sensor is required for applications that require automatic change over between cooling and heating.
When the Heating loop is inactive, the Discharge Air Temperature input is compared to the SAT Changeover Temp. If the
Discharge Air Temperature is below the SAT Changeover Temp minus 2° Fahrenheit (-16.67 Celsius), the SAT Changeover Mode
is set to Cool. If the Discharge Air Temperature is above the SAT Changeover Temp plus 2° Fahrenheit (+16.67 Celsius), the SAT
Changeover Mode is set to Heat. The default changeover temperature is 74° Fahrenheit (23.33 Celsius).
See the topic Discharge Air Temperature (DAT) limiting on page 37 and Input sources on page 34.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 36 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Discharge Air Temperature (DAT) Limiting
To utilize Discharge Air Temperature (DAT) Limiting, a Discharge Air Temperature (DAT) sensor is required to control VAV units with
reheat. If a DAT sensor is detected and DAT Limiting is enabled, the VAV terminal will be controlled by the DAT loop. The unit will
also limit the Discharge Air Temperature to within 15° F of the Space Temp Reference.
When there is a call for heat and the primary air is cool air, the reheat outputs are directly controlled by the DAT Loop and the
DAT Set point reset based on the output of the Heating loop. As the Heating loop increases from 0% to 50%, DAT Set point is
proportionally calculated between Space Temp Reference and Space Temp Reference + 15° F up to maximum 90° F. This allows the
reheat to be controlled by the DAT loop over the first 50% of a call for heating.
Figure 8-1 DAT limiting operation
ROOM TMP+15°
(Max 90°F)
DAT loop
ROOM TMP
100%
50%
HTG SPAN
0%
HTG SP
If DAT Limiting is enabled, and a DAT sensor is not connected, the controller will lockout reheat control only in the cooling mode.
The unit will operate this way until a DAT sensor is detected or until the unit is commanded to control to the Active Heating Set
point by a supervisory BMS.
If the unit has detected a DAT sensor and DAT Limiting is not enabled, the unit’s reheat is controlled by the Heating loop instead
of the DAT loop.
If DAT Limiting is not enabled, and a DAT sensor is not connected, the controller will satisfy a call for heat with the auxiliary flow
and heating coil.
See also the topics Changeover on page 36 and Input sources on page 34
System Diagnostics
The controller programming includes four system diagnostic indicators in the form of BACnet value objects.
• Need for higher static pressure
• Need for cooler supply air
• Need for warmer supply air
• Need AHU start
These diagnostic indicators or flags are monitored by other BACnet devices connected to the same building automation system as
the controller. How the indicators are used is beyond the scope of these instructions.
Need for higher static pressure The Need Higher Static value object is set to True (1) when the damper is fully open and airflow
cannot reach the required set point value.
Need for cooler supply air The Need Cooler Supply value object is set to True (1) when the damper is fully open and the Cooling
loop is greater than 95% for 30 minutes. The indicator changes to False (0) when the Cooling loop falls below 90%.
Need for warmer supply air The Need Warmer Supply value object is set to True (1) when the damper is fully open and the Heating
loop is greater than 95% for 30 minutes. The indicator changes to False (0) when the Heating loop falls below 90%.
Need AHU start The Need AHU Start value object is set to True (1) for any of the following conditions.
• The system mode is Unoccupied and the Cooling loop or the Heating loop reaches 100%.
• The system mode is Occupied.
• The system mode is Standby.
The Need for AHU Start object changes to False (0) when both loops drop below 5%.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 37 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Damper Operation
Damper movement is determined by comparing the actual airflow reading to the airflow set points. If the actual airflow is within
5% of the set point, no damper action is initiated. Once within the 5% deadband, the actual airflow must be outside a 7% deadband
before damper position changes.
Fan Operation
The EZvav controllers support both series and parallel fan powered VAV units. For either type of fan operation, the fan is controlled
through the following terminals.
• A binary output triac controls a 24-volt fan starting circuit. See the topic Configuring the VAV Terminal Unit options on
page 17 for the procedure to configure the controller for a fan.
• A 0-10 volt DC analog output controls the speed of the fan. The output controls fan speed at either Min Fan Speed or Max
Fan Speed. See the topic Set the airflow set points on page 19 for the procedure to set the fan speeds.
If the VAV unit is not configured for a fan, the two outputs are not used and remain inactive regardless of the occupancy state.
Series Fan
If the controller is configured for a series fan, any time the Occupancy mode of the controller is set to either Occupied or Standby,
the fan runs continuously. The fan speed is set to Maximum Fan Speed when the state is Occupied and set to Minimum Fan Speed
when the state is Standby.
When the Occupancy state is Unoccupied, the fan starts and runs at minimum speed only on a call for heating. The fan starts when
the Heating loop is greater than 5% and stops when the Heating loop is less than 1%.
Figure 8-2 Series fan operation
MAX FAN SPEED
OCCUPIED
MIN FAN SPEED
FAN OFF
UNOCCUPIED/
STANDBY
STANDBY
HTG SP
Parallel Fan
ROOM TEMP INCREASE
If the controller is configured for a parallel fan, any time the Occupancy mode of the controller is set to either Occupied or Standby
and there is a call for heat, the fan runs continuously. The fan starts when the Heating loop is greater than 5% and stops when the
Heating loop is less than 1%.
When the unit Occupancy state is Unoccupied, the fan starts and runs at minimum speed only on a call for heating. The fan starts
when the Heating loop is greater than 5% and stops when the Heating loop is less than 1%.
Figure 8-3 Parallel fan operation
MAX FAN SPEED
OCCUPIED
MIN FAN SPEED
UNOCCUPIED/
STANDBY
FAN OFF
HTG SP
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
ROOM TEMP INCREASE
Page 38 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Reheat Sequence
The EZvav controllers can control three types of reheat installations.
• Modulating reheat
• Staged reheat
• Floating reheat
All reheat is controlled by either the Heating loop or the Discharge Air Temp Limiting (DAT) PID loop. Loops are described in the
topic PID control loops on page 36.
• If Discharge Air Temp Limiting is enabled, reheat is controlled by the DAT PID loop.
• If DAT control is not enabled, reheat is controlled by the Heating loop.
In the following descriptions, the loop controlling reheat is referred to as the Reheat loop.
Modulating reheat
If the controller is configured for modulating reheat, it controls an analog reheat unit with 0-10 volts DC at the analog reheat
output. On a call for reheat, the reheat output is modulated over the span of the Reheat loop. If the Reheat loop is less than 10%,
the reheat output remains at zero. The reheat is set to zero if the Cooling loop is active.
See the topic Modulating reheat on page 31 for an application drawing.
Reheat
loop %
Figure 8-4 Modulating reheat operation
100
HTG %
10
0
HTG SPAN
-2F
Room temp increase
HTG SP
Staged reheat
If the controller is configured for staged reheat, it can control up to three stages of reheat through binary triac outputs. The reheat
outputs are commanded On when the Reheat loop rises above the On threshold and Off when the loop drops below the Off
threshold. Thresholds are described in the following chart, Staged reheat thresholds on page 39.
See the topic Staged reheat on page 30 for an application drawing.
Table 8–1
Staged reheat thresholds
Heating Stage
Output State
On threshold
Off threshold
Stage 1
35%
15%
Stage 2
65%
45%
Stage 3
95%
75%
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 39 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Floating reheat
If the controller is configured for floating reheat, it controls two binary triac outputs to drive the inputs of a tri-state actuator
connected to a valve. If the Reheat loop is less than 30%, the valve is driven closed. If the loop is greater than 70%, the valve is
driven open. If the loop is in between 30% and 70%, no valve action is taken.
See the topic Floating reheat on page 32 for an application drawing.
Reheat
loop %
Figure 8-5 Floating reheat operation
100
70
HTG %
DRIVE
OPEN
NO ACTION
30
0
DRIVE
CLOSED
HTG SPAN
-2F
Room temp increase
HTG SP
Balancing Airflow Sequence
Balancing airflow is the process of calibrating the internal airflow sensor to a known standard. In the field, airflow is measured with
an airflow hood or other measuring instrument and then compared to the airflow measurements from the sensor in the controller.
The balancing process uses an STE-8001W36 or STE-8201W36 as the technicians setup tool for initiating the balancing sequence
and entering actual flow measurements.
When the balancing sequence starts, all other functions of the controller are locked out.
At the start of the sequence, the controller drives the damper open until the airflow reaches the highest value of either the cooling
or heating maximum airflow set points. An airflow measurement is made with an airflow hood and the actual airflow value is
entered into the controller. Once the actual airflow is entered, the controller drives the damper closed to the lower value of either
the cooling or heating minimum airflow. Another measurement is made with the flow hood and that measurement is entered into
the controller.
After the minimum airflow measurement is entered, the programming in the controller calculates airflow correction factors which
are used to adjust measurements from the internal airflow sensor. Balancing is complete and the controller is returned to normal
operation.
See the topic Balancing airflow on page 24 for the procedure to balance the airflow with an STE-8001W36.
Dual Duct
A dual duct installation consists of separate primary heating and cooling ducts, both with control dampers and airflow monitoring.
For this type of installation a EZvav BAC-8007-36 controls the cooling air (primary) damper and a TSP-8001-36 actuator controls
the heating air (secondary) damper.
• As the space temperature rises above the cooling set point, the primary airflow is modulated from the Cooling Minimum
flow to the Cooling Maximum Flow.
• As the space temperature falls below the heating set point, the secondary airflow is modulated from the Heating
Minimum flow to the Heating Maximum Flow.
• Between the heating and cooling set points, both the primary airflow and secondary airflow are modulated to maintain
the Dual Duct Minimum airflow.
See the topic, Dual duct application on page 33 for an application drawing.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 40 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Figure 8-6 Dual duct sequence
Airflow increase
Max. cooling airflow
Max heating airflow
Dual duct
minimum
airflow
MIN
CLG
CFM
MIN
HTG
CFM
HTG SPAN
CLG SPAN
HTG SP
CLG SP
Room temp increase
Section 9: System Integration and Networking
Topics in this section cover integrating the controllers into a building automation network. These are advanced reference topics
for control technicians and engineers.
The controllers can be installed as standalone controllers or they can be connected to a BACnet MS/TP network. The topics in this
section are reference material for control technicians or engineers who are planning, installing, and setting up controllers that are
connected to a network.
In addition to the information in this section, you will also need the following information.
• Detailed plans and drawings for the building automation system.
• Information about the facility LAN including routers, switches, and network firewalls.
• Sequences of operation for other BACnet devices that will monitor or interact with EZvav controllers.
Integration topics
Connecting to an MS/TP network......................................................................................................41
Setting up network communications.................................................................................................42
BACnet objects..................................................................................................................................44
Connecting to an MS/TP network
EZvav controllers are BACnet MS/TP compliant controllers. Connect them only to a BACnet MS/TP network.
To enter the BACnet device instance, MAC address, and network baud, see the topic Setting up network communications on page 42
Figure 9-1 MS/TP network wiring and EOL switches
ON
ON
ON
2
2
1
AI1
2
AI7
SC
BO5
BO5
BO6
BO7
BO6
SC
BO7
BO8
SC
BO8
S
GND
SC
AO4
BACnet MS/TP
-A
AI6
AI7
2
2
EOL
GND
1
AO3
+B
S
BACnet MS/TP
-A
AO3
AO4
AI5
1
ON CTS
GND
GND
EOL
AI5
AI6
+B
S
-A
EOL
BACnet MS/TP
+B
AO4
COMM
READY
-A
AI1
AO3
ON CTS
T-STAT/
SENSOR
2
GND
T-STAT/
SENSOR
1
COMM
READY
S
-A
+B
S
ON CTS
+B
1
-A
T-STAT/
SENSOR
AI1
+B
S
COMM
READY
1
AI5
AI6
GND
AI7
SC
BO5
BO6
BO7
SC
BO8
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
End of line controller
with grounded shield
Mid line controller
End of line controller
with open shield
EOL switches ON
EOL switches OFF
EOL switches ON
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 41 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Connections and wiring
Use the following principles when connecting a controller to an MS/TP network:
• Connect no more than 128 addressable BACnet devices to one MS/TP network. The devices can be any mix of controllers
or routers.
• To prevent network traffic bottlenecks, limit the MS/TP network size to 60 controllers.
• Use twisted pair, shielded cable with capacitance of no more than 51 picofarads per foot for all network wiring. Belden
cable model #82760 meets the cable requirements.
• Connect the -A terminal in parallel with all other - terminals.
• Connect the +B terminal in parallel with all other + terminals.
• Connect the shields of the cable together at each mid line controller. For EZvav controllers use the S terminal.
• Connect the shield to an earth ground at one end only.
• Use repeater between every 32 MS/TP devices or if the cable length will exceed 4000 feet (1220 meters). Use no more
than four repeaters per MS/TP network.
• Place a surge suppressor in the cable where it exits a building.
End of line termination switches
The controllers on the physical ends of the EIA-485 wiring segment must have end of line termination added for proper network
operation.
• For controllers at the end of the network set the EOL switches to On
• For mid line controllers at the end of the network set the EOL switches to Off
Network bulbs
• EZvav controllers include network bulbs located near the MS/TP network connector. These bulbs serve three functions:
• Removing both bulbs will disconnect the controller from the MS/TP network.
• If one or both bulbs are lit, it indicates the network connection or controller power is not properly wired.
• If the voltage or current on the network exceeds safe levels, the bulbs may open and protect the controller from damage.
Bulbs are illuminated If one or both bulbs are illuminated, it indicates the network is not phased correctly. The ground potential of
the controller is not the same as other controllers on the network. The brighter the isolation bulbs on a controller are illuminated,
the closer that controller is to the source of the problem. Remove power and check the network and power connections.
Bulbs are open If one or both bulbs are open – as tested with an ohm meter – it indicates the voltage or current on the network
exceeded safe levels. Correct the conditions and replace the bulbs.
Bulbs not inserted correctly One lead from one or both of the bulbs are not inserted into the socket.
Setting up Network Communications
Set the network communication settings before placing a controller on the network. Setting network settings requires entering
Password 2 which is described in the topic Getting started with configuration on page 14.
Procedure to set up network communications
PROCEDURE
STEPS
1. Start at the temperature display.
2. Press the ∆ and
buttons together.
• If Password 2 is not required, the display changes to
CNFG.
• If required, enter Password 2. The display changes to
CNFG when Password 2 is correct.
∆
1 Starting display.
STE DISPLAY
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 42 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Procedure to set up network communications (continue)
PROCEDURE
STEPS
STE DISPLAY
2. Press the
∆
2 Select the CNFG display.
1. From the CNFG display, press the ∆ or
to advance to COMM display.
buttons
button. The display advances to DID.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to change the first digit.
2. Press the
button to select the next digit. Repeat
for all seven digits.
3. When the
button is pressed for the last digit, the
display changes to MAC.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to change the MAC
address.
2. Press the
button to save the selected MAC
address.
The display changes to BAUD.
∆
3 Enter the device instance.
∆
4 Enter the MAC address.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to select a new baud.
2. Press the
button is save the selected baud.
The display returns to COMM.
∆
5 Enter the baud.
1. Press the ∆ or buttons to select one of the
following:
• BLNC or CNFG options
• EXIT to return to the temperature display.
2. Press the
button to select the next function
∆
6 Advance or exit.
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 43 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
BACnet Objects
The EZvav controllers are BACnet Application Specific Controller (ASC) that are composed of standard BACnet objects. This section
lists the objects that are likely to be monitored by a standard BACnet operator workstation to verify system operation.
CAUTION Choosing RSTR deletes all previously
configured values including balancing values and
passwords. Only the BACnet communications
settings will remain unchanged.
Input objects
The following BACnet input objects represent values at the physical inputs of the controller. For wiring details, see the topic
Application drawings on page 29.
Table 9–2
Input objects
Input
Name
Description
Object Type
AI1
DISCHARGE AIR
Discharge Air Temperature
KMC10K_Type_III
AI2
SPACE SENSOR
Space Sensor
KMC Type II Deg F
AI3
SPACE SET POINT
Space Set point
TABLE_4
AI4
PRIMARY DUCT
Primary Duct Pressure
AI5
SECONDARY DUCT
Secondary Duct Pressure
Output objects
The following BACnet output objects represent values at the physical outputs of the controller. For application specific output
wiring details, see the topic Application drawings on page 29.
Table 9–3
Output objects
Output
Name
Description
Unit
AO3
ANALOG HEAT
Analog Heat
0_100%
AO4
FAN SPEED
Fan Speed
0_100%
BO1
DAMPER CW
Damper Clockwise
BO2
DAMPER CCW
Damper Counter Clockwise
BO5
FAN
Fan
BO6
HT STAGE 1
Heating Stage 1
BO7
HT STAGE 2
Heating Stage 2
BO8
HT STAGE 3
Heating Stage3
Value objects
BACnet value objects represent set points or other operational conditions in the controller.
Note: Not all objects are present in every model.
Table 9–4
Analog value objects
Object
Name
Description
AV1
SPACE TEMP
Space Temperature
AV2
STPT REFERENCE
Set point Reference
AV3
ACT COOL STPT
Active Cooling Set point
AV4
ACT HEAT STPT
Active Heating Set point
AV5
OCC CL STPT
Occupied Cooling Set point
AV6
OCC HT SPT
Occupied Heating Set point
AV7
UNOCC CL STPT
Unoccupied Cooling Set point
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 44 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Table 9–4
Analog value objects (continue)
Object
Name
Description
AV8
UNOCC HT STPT
Unoccupied Heating Set point
AV9
MIN CL STPT
Minimum Cooling Set point
AV10
MAX HT STPT
Maximum Heating Set point
AV11
MIN STPT DIFF
Minimum Set point Differential
AV12
STBY DIFF
Standby Differential
AV13
MIN COOL FLOW
Minimum Cooling Flow
AV14
MAX COOL FLOW
Maximum Cooling Flow
AV15
MIN HEAT FLOW
Minimum Heating Flow
AV16
MAX HEAT FLOW
Maximum Heating Flow
AV17
AUXILIARY FLOW
Auxiliary Flow
AV18
PRI K FACT
Primary K Factor
AV19
PRI CORR SLOPE
Primary Correction Slope
AV20
PRI CORR OFFST
Primary Correction Offset
AV21
PRI LO FLOW CORR
Primary Low Flow Correction
AV22
PRI FLOW STPT
Primary Flow Set point
AV23
PRI RAW FLOW
Primary Raw Flow
AV24
PRI ACTUAL FLOW
Primary Actual Flow
AV32
MIN FAN SPEED
Minimum Fan Speed
AV33
MAX FAN SPEED
Maximum Fan Speed
AV36
DAT STPT
Discharge Air Temp Set point
AV37
SAT CHANGEOVER
SAT Changeover Temperature
AV38
LOCAL OVRD TIME
Local Override Timer
AV39
STANDBY TIME
Standby Timer (motion)
AV40
STANDBY TRIGGER
Standby Trigger
AV43
MEASURED MAX
Measured Maximum
AV44
MEASURED MIN
Measured Minimum
AV45
PRI SAVE MIN FLO
Primary Saved Minimum Airflow
AV47
DAT MAXIMUM
Maximum DAT Set point
AV48
CW DMP POS
CW Damper Position (BAC-8205-36 only)
AV49
CCW DMP POS
CCW Damper Position (BAC-8205-36 only)
AV50
DAMPER POSITION
Damper Position (BAC-8205-36 only)
AV55
CHNG_OVER_DELAY
Cooling Change Over Delay
AV56
LOW AUTO OCC
Low Limit for Auto Occupy
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 45 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Table 9–5
Binary value objects
Object
Name
Description
BV1
NEED AHU
Need For AHU
BV2
NEED COLDER SPLY
Need For Colder Air Supply
BV3
NEED MORE STATIC
Need For AHU
BV4
LOCAL OVRD
Local Override Mode
BV5
MOTION OVRD
Motion Override Mode
BV6
MOTION SENSOR
Motion Sensor (Wall Stat)
BV7
NEED HOTTER SPLY
Need For Hotter Air Supply
BV8
CHANGE OVER MODE
SAT Changeover Mode
BV9
DAT LIMITING
Discharge Air Temp Limiting
BV10
CLOCKWISE CLOSE
Clockwise Close
BV11
AUTO OCCUPANCY
Auto Occupancy Detection
BV12
BALANCE MODE
Balance Mode
BV13
DAT SENSOR
DAT Sensor Present
BV14
PRI BAL TRIGGER
Primary Balance Trigger
Table 9–6
Multistate value objects
Object
Name
Description
MSV1
OCCUPIED MODE
Occupied Mode
MSV2
FAN CONFIG
Fantype Configuration
MSV3
REHEAT
Reheat Type
MSV6
WALL SENSOR
Multi-state Value #6
Loop objects
BACnet PID loops are used for modulating the damper and controlling reheat.
Table 9–7
PID control loop objects
Object
Name
Description
LOOP1
CL LOOP
Cooling Loop
LOOP2
HT LOOP
Heating Loop
LOOP3
DAT Loop
Discharge Air Temp Loop
Date: 10-2016
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 46 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
Diamond Flow Sensor K-Factors for VAV Terminal Units
Model Series:
3000
Single Duct
3210
Dual Duct
35S-OAI Series Fan Powered w/ O.A. Damper
38S
Underfloor Fan Powered
Inlet
Size
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
24 x 16
Type
ROUND
OVAL
RECT.
Duct Area
(sq. ft.)
0.087
0.136
0.196
0.267
0.349
0.442
0.545
0.754
0.970
1.186
2.667
K-Factor
(cfm)
182
325
455
657
899
1158
1497
2058
2554
3035
6797
Velocity
(fpm)
2092
2390
2321
2461
2576
2620
2747
2729
2633
2559
2549
F-Factor
(amp.)
3.67
2.81
2.98
2.65
2.42
2.34
2.13
2.15
2.31
2.45
2.47
Model Series:
3100
Single Duct
3230
Dual Duct
3240
"Blendmaster" Dual Duct
35N
Parallel Fan Powered
35S
Series Fan Powered
35S-CVP Pressurization Series Fan Powered
35SST "StealthTM" Series Fan Powered
36VRR Round Retrofit
Inlet
Size
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
Model Series:
36VRS Square/Retangular Retrofit
Unit
Damper
Damper K-Factor Velocity F-Factor
(valve)
(valve)
(fpm) (amp.)
Size (inches) Area (sq. ft.) (cfm)
7
5x5
0.174
479
2753
2.12
8
6x6
0.250
689
2756
2.11
9
8x6
0.333
919
2760
2.11
10
10 x 8
0.555
1531
2759
2.11
11
14 x 8
0.778
2150
2763
2.10
11A
18 x 6
0.750
2068
2757
2.11
12 SQUARE 12 x 10
0.833
2297
2758
2.11
13
OR
18 x 10
1.250
3446
2757
2.11
14
RECT.
18 x 12
1.500
4135
2757
2.11
15
20 x 14
1.944
5360
2757
2.11
15A
30 x 12
2.500
6892
2757
2.11
16
22 x 16
2.444
6739
2757
2.11
8270
2757
2.11
17
24 x 18
3.000
18
30 x 20
4.167
11486
2756
2.11
19
40 x 20
5.555
15315
2757
2.11
Size
Type
Model Series:
30HQX Single Duct Exhaust (Hospital Grade)
30X
Single Duct Exhaust
Unit
Size
4
3.4 x 3.4
5
4.3 x 4.3
6
5.5 x 5.5
7
5.8 x 6.3
8 SQUARE 6.7 x 7.2
9
OR
8.6 x 7.1
10
RECT.
9.5 x 8.0
12
13.6 x 8.1
14
12.9 x 10.8
16
18.3 x 10.8
24 x 16
26.1 x 16.3
Date: 10-2016
0.080
0.128
0.210
0.254
0.335
0.424
0.528
0.765
0.968
1.373
2.954
Supersedes: 7-2016
210
345
580
680
970
1209
1539
2269
2521
3586
7009
2625
2695
2762
2677
2896
2851
2915
2966
2604
2612
2373
2.33
2.21
2.10
2.24
1.91
1.97
1.89
1.82
2.36
2.35
2.85
ROUND
OVAL
Duct Area
(Sq. ft.)
K-Factor
(cfm)
Velocity
(fpm)
F-Factor
(amp.)
0.087
0.136
0.196
0.267
0.349
0.442
0.545
0.785
1.069
1.395
1.683
182
325
455
657
899
1158
1497
2048
2742
3683
4323
2092
2390
2321
2461
2576
2620
2747
2609
2565
2640
2569
3.67
2.81
2.98
2.65
2.42
2.34
2.13
2.36
2.44
2.30
2.43
Model Series:
37N
Low Profile Parallel Fan Powered
37S
Low Profile Fan Powered
37SST Low Profile "StealthTM" Fan Powered
Inlet
Size
4
5
6
8
10
14 x 8
14 x 10
Type
ROUND
RECT.
RECT.
Equations:
Q=Kx
Valve Inlet Valve Inet K-Factor Velocity F-Factor
Type Size (inches) Area (sq. ft.) (cfm) (fpm) (amp.)
Type
∆P
Duct Area
(Sq. ft.)
K-Factor
(cfm)
Velocity F-Factor
(fpm)
(amp.)
0.087
0.136
0.196
0.349
0.545
0.777
0.972
182
325
455
899
1497
2035
2417
2092
2390
2321
2576
2747
2619
2487
Q
∆P = ( ___
K )
2
F=(
3.67
2.81
2.98
2.42
2.13
2.34
2.59
4005 x A 2
________
)
K
Where: Q = Airflow Rate (cfm)
∆P = Sensor Differential Pressure ("w.g.)
K = K-Factor Calibration Constant (standard air)
F = Amplification Factor (sensor gain)
A = Nom. Duct Area (sq. ft.)
The K-Factors tabulated in the above tables are the airflow required to produce a 1.0" w.g. differential pressure
at the Diamond Flow Sensor.
For most up to date Diamond Flow Sensor K-Factors for
VAV Terminal Units “IOM-VAVK” go to
www.nailor.com
Page 47 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual ● EZvav Digital Controls
For additional information regarding the content of the material, please contact Nailor for further assistance or go to nailor.com
Accessories and replacement parts
The following accessories and replacement parts are available from Nailor.
Controllers/Actuators:
BAC-8001-36
EZvav Digital Controller (Single Duct Cooling only)
BAC-8005-36
EZvav Digital Controller (Single Duct ReHeat and Fan Powered)
BAC-8007-36
EZvav Digital Controller (Dual Duct Master)
TSP-8001-36
EZvav Digital Controller (Dual Duct Slave)
Room Temperature Sensors (Thermostat):
STE-8001W36
EZvav Room Temperature Sensor - digital display
STE-8201W36
EZvav Room Temperature Sensor - digital display with motion sensor
STE-6014W36
EZvav Room Temperature Sensor - Rotary dial
STE-1401
Air Temperature sensor (HCCO, DAT)
Communication Cables:
ECRJ45-25
Ethernet cable RJ-45, 25 ft.
ECRJ45-35
Ethernet cable RJ-45, 35 ft.
ECRJ45-50
Ethernet cable RJ-45, 50 ft.
ECRJ45-75
Ethernet cable RJ-45, 75 ft.
Diamond Flow Sensors:
Inlet Size
P/N
4”
3/16” O.D. tube
V1104
5”
3/16” O.D. tube
V1105
6”
3/16” O.D. tube
V1106
7”
3/16” O.D. tube
V1107
8”
3/16” O.D. tube
V1108
9”
3/16” O.D. tube
V1109
10”
3/16” O.D. tube
V1110
12”
3/16” O.D. tube
V1112
14”
3/16” O.D. tube
V1114
16”
3/16” O.D. tube
V1116
18”
3/16” O.D. tube
V1118
Date: 4-2018
Supersedes: 7-2016
Page 48 of 48
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVINST
Installation and Operation Manual
Fan Powered Terminal Units
Receiving Inspection
After unpacking the terminal unit, check it for shipping damage. If
any shipping damage is found, report it immediately to the
delivering carrier. Store units in a clean, dry location.
Caution: Do not use the inlet collar, damper shaft, airflow
sensor, electrical conduit, or tubing as a handle to lift or move
assembly. Damage to the air terminal unit or controls may
result.
Supporting the Assembly
Suspend the unit from the building structure in a horizontal plane.
Be careful not to obstruct all the access panels with support
channels or straps. When requested, unit is supplied with field
mounted hanger brackets for use with hanger rod up to 3/8" (9.5)
dia. Hanger brackets or straps should be screwed to the top corner
posts, unit casing sides or alternatively onto the inlet and outlet
ends of the unit if the top corner posts are not accessible. Fan
powered VAV terminal units are too heavy to suspend with the
ductwork. They must be independently supported.
Nailor recommends attaching straps or screws into the 16 gauge
frame of the 35S and 35P Series units for mounting when possible
as shown in the figures below.
Duct Connections
Slip each inlet duct over the inlet collar of the terminal. Fasten and
seal the connection by the method prescribed in the job
specification. The diameter of the inlet duct in inches must be equal
to the nominal size of the terminal inlet. The inlet collar of the
terminal is 1/8" (3) smaller than the nominal duct size to allow it to
fit inside the duct. Important: Do not insert ductwork inside the
inlet collar of the assembly. For optimum performance, 2 to 3
equivalent diameters of straight duct should be installed prior to the
inlet of the unit. All ducts should be installed in accordance with
SMACNA guidelines. Rectangular discharge opening is designed
for a flanged duct connection. A clear area around the opening has
been left for screw penetration. Fasten and seal all connections by
method prescribed in the job specification.
Minimum Access
Make appropriate accommodations for access panel removal.
Nailor 35S and 35P fan powered VAV terminal units have access
panels on the top, bottom and sides. Nailor 35N units have only
bottom panels. Model 37S has top and bottom panels. Model 38S
has only top panels (or bottom panel if the 38S 1 is oriented for
ceiling use). For low voltage control enclosure access, a minimum
of 18" (457) is recommended. Specific control enclosure location is
indicated on product submittals. Low voltage control enclosures
have removable covers that are attached with sheet metal screws.
High voltage controls enclosures have access panels that are
equipped with hinges. For clearances for full opening of hinged
access doors, refer to project specifications, submittal sheets and
NEC.
Important: These recommendations do not preclude NEC or
local codes that may be in effect, which are the responsibility
of the installing contractor.
DISCHARGE
DUCT
PRIMARY
INLET
INDUCED
AIR
INDUCTION
PORT
(DO NOT
OBSTRUCT)
ELECTRIC
HEATER
SECTION
PRIMARY
AIRFLOW
Figure 1: Fan Powered Terminal Unit Support Using Hanger Straps (Model 35SE illustrated).
DISCHARGE
DUCT
PRIMARY
INLET
HOT
WATER
COIL
INDUCED
AIR
STEALTH
ATTENUATOR
PRIMARY
AIRFLOW
Figure 2: Fan Powered Terminal Unit Support Using Hanger Brackets and Rods (Model 35SWST illustrated).
3/05
IOM-FPTU
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 1 of 6
Field Wiring
All field wiring must comply with NEC and local codes. Disconnect
switches are optional. Also, electrical, control, and piping diagrams
can be found on labels affixed to the exterior/interior of the control
enclosure box. Unless specifically requested by customer, all units
are wired for a single point connection to the fan and electric heater
(if present). All electric heaters will be staged per specification.
Motors rated for 277 or 120VAC on units with 480 or 208VAC
ratings respectively are always connected between the neutral and
L1 terminals. The installing electrician should rotate the incoming
electric service by phase to help balance the building electric load.
Fuse size designates the size of the internal fuse if it is supplied.
Maximum Overcurrent Protection (MOP) designates the largest
breaker or fuse in the electrical service panel that can be used to
protect the unit.
ELECTRICAL SUGGESTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS:
1. Provide a safety disconnect per NEC 424-19, 20, 21
2. Disconnect the power supply before wiring or servicing unit.
If a disconnect switch is present, it should be in the OFF
position while making power connections or repairs.
3. All units with electric heat should have copper wires sized
for 125% of Nameplate Amperage.
4. Follow wiring diagrams and instructions mounted on the
unit. 480V/3 phase heaters, for example, require a neutral
wire in addition to the full sized ground wire. NEC 424-15
and 250 also require that all units be grounded.
Control Start-up and Operation
position. This will generate the minimum noise level. Adjust the fan
speed control until the required CFM is obtained (by measuring the
air quantity at the room outlets or by zeroing the induction air if
primary and fan match). Fan should be adjusted with primary air at
maximum set point to ensure that no supply air is discharged at the
induction port. Recheck the fan and primary airflows when the
damper is reset to the minimum set point.
(4) For parallel units, turn the fan off, and set the primary air in the
same manner as described for series units. Proportion the diffusers
as above. Reset the primary airflow to the design fan turn-on point.
Measure the airflow again to verify proper airflow. Turn the fan on.
Allow the primary air damper to come under control after the fan is
started, and then adjust the fan until the prescribed airflow is
achieved by measuring the air quantity at the room outlets. Be sure
to allow the primary air damper to stabilize after each fan
adjustment and prior to measuring the airflow. Turn the fan off and
verify the minimum airflow point on the damper.
(5) For units equipped with ECM motors, set the primary air
dampers as described in (3). Set the fan as described on the ECM
MOTORS IOM, page 1. Proportion the dampers after the fan is set.
Remember to adjust the dampers so that they are in the most open
condition after proportioning. This will generate the minimum noise.
Maintenance Procedures
Fan and Motor
Nailor fan powered terminal units are equipped with permanently
lubricated motors. Inspect fan and motor assembly for dust and dirt
as often as dictated by operating environment. Clean assembly if
necessary.
Your local Nailor Representative can provide detailed information
about start-up and operating procedures for Nailor’s digital, analog,
and pneumatic controls. For specific information on controls
provided by other manufacturers contact the control manufacturer’s
local or national office. This applies whether the controls were
factory or field installed.
Note: Digital controllers may use specific communication
addresses based on Building Management Systems,
Architecture and original engineering drawings. Installing the
terminal in a location other than that noted on the label may
result in excessive start-up labor.
If fan motor does not run, do the following:
a. Check for free rotation of blower wheel. Make sure no foreign
objects are in fan. Look for signs of freight or job site damage.
b. Check power supply. Disconnects should be in the "ON"
position.
Optional fusing should also be inspected. Check transformer for
proper output.
c. Check for proper control signals and PE switch setting (if
provided) and relay function.
Primary Air Damper and Fan Adjustment
a. Maximum airflow may be too high, or discharge static
pressure may be incorrect.
b. Blower may have clearance problems. Make sure all
components are securely attached.
c. Verify integrity of ductwork. Leaks or loose connections
could cause noise. Check for rattling diffusers or rattling or
incorrectly adjusted balancing dampers.
Before starting the fan motor, make sure duct system is free of
foreign objects, and filters are installed where required.
(1) Start motor and let it run-in at least 15 minutes. During run-in,
check ductwork connections for leaks and repair if necessary.
(2) All Nailor fan powered VAV terminal units incorporating PSC
motors use a solid state SCR speed controller to adjust motor
speed and consequently air volume. Speed controllers have built-in
maximum and minimum stops as detailed on the fan performance
pages in the Nailor VAV Terminal Unit catalog. Turning the manual
fan speed control counterclockwise will increase the fan speed;
clockwise will decrease speed. The fan speed control is located on
the side of the motor controls enclosure.
(3) For series units, set the unit to full cooling. Adjust and set
primary maximum cfm by measuring the airflow with a manometer
attached between the gauge ports in the pneumatic tube leading to
the high and low sides of the inlet air pick-up. A chart is attached to
the side of the unit showing airflow vs. pressure for different inlet
sizes. Adjust and set remote balancing dampers, if present. Do not
worry about airflow at this time; just proportion the outlets with the
dampers. Be sure to leave the dampers in the most possible open
Page 2 of 6
Fan motor runs but emits excessive noise:
Fan motor runs, but airflow too low:
a. May be due to ductwork restrictions, dirty air filters,
or clogged water coils.
b. Readjust fan speed control.
c. Discharge static pressure may be incorrect.
Check balancing dampers.
3/05
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-FPTU
If repair or replacement is required:
Primary Air Damper Replacement
Disconnect all power before servicing. Motor and fan should be
removed as an assembly. Remove the four hex nuts from the
mounting lugs holding the fan assembly to the discharge panel, and
remove the assembly through any convenient access panel. Do not
allow assembly to hang from wiring. If removing motor from blower,
first loosen the set screw holding the blower wheel to the motor
shaft. Remove the three screws holding the motor to the fan
housing, and slide motor and fan housing apart.
Nailor’s primary air valve assembly is not repairable. The entire
assembly should be replaced if it is damaged.
Labels
Each fan-powered unit is shipped with a nameplate label affixed to
the control casing. Principle nameplate data on the label typically
include Order-Serial number, Model number, Unit size, Motor
horsepower, Amperage, MOP, Heater (if present) data, Supply
Voltage, and Airflows. Also provided are calibration, airflow, as well
as other labels as necessary. We suggest that you read all labels
before beginning installation. If you have any questions, please
contact your local Nailor Representative. Their phone numbers can
be found on our website at www.nailor.com.
To put the assembly back together, reverse the procedure. Be sure
to align the blower set screw with the flat section of motor shaft.
Note: Over-tightening motor mounting screws may crush
isolation bushing, causing excessive fan noise.
Nameplate Label
FAN POWERED
TERMINAL UNIT
DATE (DATE)
:
15-Apr-2002
MODEL (MODÈLE)
:
D35SE
UNIT SIZE-INLET SIZE
:
3-8
(DIAMETRE D'ENTRÉE)
CONTROL VOLTAGE
:
24
(VOLTAGE DE CONTRÔLE)
CONTROL SEQUENCE
:
DF
(SEQUENCE DE CONTRÔLE)
VOLT AMP (VOLT-AMPÈRE) :
50
HOT WATER COIL ROWS :
N/A
(NOMBRE DE RANGÉES SERPENTIN EAUCAUDE)
KW/HP
(UNITE TERMINALE @
VENTILATEUR INTEGRÉ)
SERIAL NO. (NO. DE SÉRIE) :
TAG NO. (NO. DÈTIQUETTE) :
VOLTAGE (VOLTAGE)
:
PHASE (PHASE)
:
STAGES (ÉTAPES)
:
HZ. (HZ)
:
MOTOR HP (MOTEUR HP) :
MOTOR VOLTAGE
:
(VOLTAGE DU MOTEUR)
MOTOR AMP
:
(AMPERAGE DU MOTEUR)
AMPS
(AMPÈRES)
AMPACITY
(AMPACITÉE)
EACH CIR.
(CHAQUE
CIRCUIT)
EACH STG.
(CHAQUE
ÉTAPE)
TOTAL
(TOTALE)
EACH CIR.
(CHAQUE
CIRCUIT)
EACH STG.
(CHAQUE
ÉTAPE)
TOTAL
(TOTALE)
EACH CIR.
(CHAQUE
CIRCUIT)
EACH STG.
(CHAQUE
ÉTAPE)
6.0
1/4
6.0
3.0
7.2
1.8
9.0
7.2
3.6
9.0
2.3
11.3
9.0
4.5
@
277
MOTOR (MOTEUR)
TOTAL (TOTALE)
EACH ELEMENT RATED @
2.0
(CHAQUE ELEMENT CLASSIFIER A)
KW
VAC.
1.8
MAX. OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
(RESISTANCE DES FUSIBLE MAX.)
TOTAL
(TOTALE)
HEATER (CHAUFFAGE)
155258-10
42
480
3
2
50/60
1/4
227
TOTAL
(TOTALE)
EACH CIR.
(CHAQUE
CIRCUIT)
15
15
AWG. MIN WIRE SIZE (MIN DIAMETRE DE FIL) :
MIN. HEATING CFM (MIN. PCM) :
USE WIRE SUITABLE FOR AT LEAST 75 oC
UTILISER UN FIL METALIQUE QUI CONVIENT AU MOIN 75 oC
L1 IS COLOR CODED BLACK , L2 IS BLUE, L3 IS RED
CONTROL WIRES CODED AS MARKED
L1 EST COLORÉ NOIRE, L2 EST BLUE , L3 EST ROUGE,
LES FILS DE CONTRÔLE SON INDENTIFIÉE COMME MARQUE,
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
UTILISÉ DES CONDUCTEURS DE CUIVRE SEULEMENT.
USE CLASS K, RK1, A2D OR A6D FUSE OR HACR BREAKERS.
PRIMARY CFM (MAX/MIN)
FAN CFM
:
:
890/360
890<None>
MOTOR FUSE SIZE
(MOTEUR FUSIBLE)
10
3.0
14
420
UTILISÉ DES FUSIBLES CLASS K, RK1, A2D, OU A6D OU HACR DISJONCTEURS.
PRIMARY L/S (MAX/MIN) :
FAN L/S
:
420/170
420
Airflow Direction (affixed to inlet collar)
LOW (BAS)
HIGH (HAUT)
AIR FLOW (ECOULEMENT DE L'AIR)
AIR FLOW (ECOULEMENT DE L'AIR)
HIGH (HAUT)
LOW (BAS)
3/05
IOM-FPTU
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 3 of 6
Sample Diamond Flow Sensor Calibration Label
DFSCC-2
DIAMOND FLOW SENSOR
6.98
FIELD CALIBRATION CHART
MODEL SERIES: 3200 (MkII), 35S, 35SST,
35P, 36VRR
1.0
.90
.80
.70
.60
.50
SIZ
E7
RO
UN
UN
D
SIZ
E
SIZ 8 RO
UN
E9
D
SIZ
R
E 1 OUN
0R
D
OU
ND
SIZ
E1
2R
OU
SIZ
ND
E1
4R
OU
ND
SIZ
E1
6R
SIZ
OU
E1
ND
8O
VA
L
D
D
E6
RO
RO
SIZ
E4
.10
.09
.08
.07
.06
.05
SIZ
.15
E5
RO
UN
.20
UN
D
.30
.25
SIZ
SENSOR ∆P (INCHES W.G.)
.40
.04
ALLOWABLE LO SETTING
MIN. ∆P = O.O3" W.G.
.03
.02
30
40 50 60 70 80 100
150 200
300 400 500 600 800 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
6000 8000
CFM
Application charts for ECM motors
A. Sample VDC vs. CFM Chart
B. Sample Application AMP/CFM Chart
ECM MOTOR FAN CALIBRATION TABLE
0
136
144
152
161
170
179
188
197
207
216
226
236
246
256
267
277
288
298
309
319
330
341
352
362
373
384
395
406
416
427
438
448
459
470
PWM
VDC
INPUT
0
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
0-10
CFM
VDC
0
0.06
0.13
0.20
0.27
0.34
0.41
0.48
0.55
0.62
0.69
0.76
0.83
0.90
0.97
1.04
1.11
1.18
1.25
1.32
1.39
1.46
1.53
1.60
1.67
1.75
1.82
1.89
1.96
2.03
2.10
2.17
2.24
2.31
2.38
480
491
501
512
522
533
543
553
563
573
584
594
603
613
623
633
643
652
662
671
681
690
699
709
718
727
736
745
754
763
772
781
789
798
807
PWM
VDC
INPUT
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
6.60
6.70
6.80
6.90
0-10
VDC
CFM
VDC
2.45
2.52
2.59
2.66
2.73
2.80
2.87
2.94
3.01
3.08
3.15
3.22
3.29
3.36
3.43
3.50
3.57
3.64
3.71
3.78
3.85
3.92
3.99
4.06
4.13
4.20
4.27
4.34
4.41
4.48
4.55
4.62
4.69
4.76
4.83
816
824
833
841
850
859
867
876
884
893
901
909
918
926
935
943
952
960
968
977
985
994
1002
1011
1019
1028
1036
1045
1053
1062
1071
1079
1088
1097
1105
PWM
VDC
INPUT
7.00
7.10
7.20
7.30
7.40
7.50
7.60
7.70
7.80
7.90
8.00
8.10
8.20
8.30
8.40
8.50
8.60
8.70
8.80
8.90
9.00
9.10
9.20
9.30
9.40
9.50
9.60
9.70
9.80
9.90
10.00
10.10
10.20
10.30
10.40
0-10
CFM
VDC
4.90
4.97
5.04
5.11
5.18
5.25
5.32
5.39
5.46
5.53
5.60
5.67
5.74
5.81
5.89
5.96
6.03
6.10
6.17
6.24
6.31
6.38
6.45
6.52
6.59
6.66
6.73
6.80
6.87
6.94
7.01
7.08
7.15
7.22
7.29
1114
1123
1131
1140
1149
1158
1166
1175
1184
1193
1201
1210
1219
1228
1236
1245
1254
1262
1271
1279
1288
1296
1305
1313
1321
1329
1337
1345
1353
1361
1368
1376
PWM
VDC
INPUT
10.50
10.60
10.70
10.80
10.90
11.00
11.10
11.20
11.30
11.40
11.50
11.60
11.70
11.80
11.90
12.00
12.10
12.20
12.30
12.40
12.50
12.60
12.70
12.80
12.90
13.00
13.10
13.20
13.30
13.40
13.50
13.60
Application Amperage Data
Unit Size 5 (3/4 H.P. 277V)
0-10
7.36
7.43
7.50
7.57
7.64
7.71
7.78
7.85
7.92
7.99
8.06
8.13
8.20
8.27
8.34
8.41
8.48
8.55
8.62
8.69
8.76
8.83
8.90
8.97
9.04
9.11
9.18
9.25
9.32
9.39
9.46
9.53
THIS UNIT HAS BEEN FACTORY SET AT ____________ CFM.
RE-CALIBRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNLESS THE ZONE DESIGN AIRFLOW REQUIREMENT HAS CHANGED.
FOR CALIBRATION INSTRUCTIONS, REFER TO BULLETIN WWECM. CAUTION IF CALIBRATING IN SHADED
AREA. AT LOW VOLUMES, VARIATIONS IN FLOW FROM COOLING TO HEATING MAY BE GREATER THAN
5%. AT HIGH VOLUMES, NOISE MAY BE EXCESSIVE.
2200
MAXIMUM
2000
5
1800
4
3.5
3
1600
AIRFLOW, CFM
CFM
VDC
Version F, 10.29.01
ECMCT-1
2.5
1400
2
1200
1.5
CURRENT, AMPS
CFM vs VDC (Imperial Units)
MODEL SERIES: 35S, 35SST UNIT SIZE 3 - 1/2 H.P. 277 VAC.
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT
1000
1.0
800
.75
600
MINIMUM
400
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE, INCHES WG
SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
Page 4 of 6
3/05
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-FPTU
Replacement Parts
Induced Air Filters
Model
Unit Size
Filter Size
Part No.
35S Standard
& ‘Q’ Option
2
3
4, 5
6
7 (2)
10x12
14x16
16x16
17x18
14x16
VH1-998
VH1-196
VH1-199
VH1-1529
VH1-196
35S Top Inlet
2
3
4, 5
6
7 (2)
14x16
16x16
16x25
18x28
16x25
VH1-196
VH1-199
VH1-979
VH1-200
VH1-979
2
3
4
5
6
7 (2)
10x14
12x18
14x16
14x18
18x19
14x14
VH1-974
VH1-977
VH1-196
VH1-975
VH1-197
VH1-928
2
3
5
6
13x26
17x27
17x33
19x35
VH1-1282
VH1-1283
VH1-1284
VH1-1285
2
3, 4, 5
6, 7
12x18
16x25
18x28
VH1-977
VH1-979
VH1-200
3, 4, 5
6, 7
14x20
18x28
VH1-194
VH1-200
1
2, 3
4 (2)
8x10
10x18
10x14
VH1-997
VH1-203
VH1-974
1
2, 3
4 (2)
9x11
11x12
10x14
VH1-201
VH1-202
VH1-974
1
3
5
7x10
10x18
14x16
VH1-1077
VH1-203
VH1-196
35SST
‘Stealth’
35N Standard
& ‘Q’ Option
35P Standard
35P ‘Q’ Option
37S Standard
37SST
‘Stealth’
38S Standard
Capacitors
1/10 HP, 4MFD, 370V
1/6 HP, 4MFD, 370V
1/4 HP, 5MFD, 370V
1/3 HP, 10MFD, 370V
1/2 HP, 10MFD, 370V
3/4 HP, 20MFD, 370V
Part No.
H1-875
H1-875
H1-878
H1-876
H1-876
H1-877
Diamond Flow Sensor
Inlet Size
4"
5"
6"
7"
8"
9"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
3/16" O.D. tube
3/16" O.D. tube
3/16" O.D. tube
3/16" O.D. tube
3/16" O.D. tube
3/16" O.D. tube
3/16" O.D. tube
3/16" O.D. tube
3/16" O.D. tube
3/16" O.D. tube
3/16" O.D. tube
V1104
V1105
V1106
V1107
V1108
V1109
V1110
V1112
V1114
V1116
V1118
Fan Relays
1 Pole, 24V
H1-666
Airflow Switch
AFS
AFS Probe, 4"
AFS Probe, 8"
H1-235
H1-242
H1-245
P.E. Switch
Switch, P-E
H1-539
SCR Fan Speed Controller (PSC Motors)
120V, 10A
120V, 15A
208V, 10A
277V, 5A
277V, 10A
H1-0035
H1-985
H1-982
H1-935
H1-0035A
Disconnect Switches
Toggle, 1P, 25A, 600V
Toggle, 3P, 30A, 600V
Toggle, 3P, 60A, 600V
VH1-212
VH1-211
VH1-213
Transformers
208/240/24V, 50VA
277/24V, 50VA
277/24V, 40VA
480/24V, 50VA
120/208/240/480V, 75VA
3/05
VH1-685
VH1-674
VH1-675
VH1-686
VH1-689
IOM-FPTU
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 5 of 6
Replacement Parts
PSC Induction
Motors
Unit
Size
HP
Part No.
120V
Part No.
208V/240V
Part No.
277V
Part No.
Blower Assembly
35S, 35SST
2
3
4
5
6
7
1/10
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1/2
VH1-880
VH1-882
VH1-883
VH1-884
VH1-885
VH1-884 (2)
VH1-894
VH1-896
VH1-897
VH1-898
VH1-899
VH1-898 (2)
VH1-887
VH1-889
VH1-890
VH1-891
VH1-892
VH1-891 (2)
VH1-902
VH1-900
VH1-901
VH1-903
VH1-904
VH1-903 (2)
35P, 35N
2 (35P)
2 (35N)
3
4
5
6
7
1/6
1/10
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
3/4
VH1-881
VH1-880
VH1-882
VH1-883
VH1-884
VH1-885
VH1-885
VH1-895
VH1-894
VH1-896
VH1-897
VH1-898
VH1-899
VH1-899
VH1-895
VH1-887
VH1-889
VH1-890
VH1-891
VH1-892
VH1-892
VH1-902
VH1-902
VH1-900
VH1-901
VH1-903
VH1-904
VH1-904
37S, 37SST
2
3
4
1/6
1/4
1/4
VH1-881
VH1-882
VH1-882 (2)
VH1-895
VH1-896
VH1-896 (2)
VH1-888
VH1-889
VH1-889 (2)
VH1-906
VH1-906
VH1-906 (2)
38S
1
3
1/10
1/4
VH1-880
VH1-882
VH1-894
VH1-896
VH1-887
VH1-888
VH1-907, VH1-907A
VH1-906
Unit Size
HP
120V
240V
277V
35S, 35SST
3
5
7
1/2
3/4
3/4
VH1-0046A
VH1-0045A
VH1-0045A (2)
VH1-0046A
VH1-0045A
VH1-0045A (2)
VH1-0046
VH1-0045
VH1-0045 (2)
VH1-900
VH1-903
VH1-903 (2)
37S, 37SST
1
3
4
1/3
1/3
1/3
VH1-0046B
VH1-0046B
VH1-0045A (2)
VH1-0046B
VH1-0046B
VH1-0045A (2)
VH1-0045B
VH1-0045B
VH1-0045B (2)
VH1-905
VH1-906
VH1-906 (2)
38S
1
3
1/3
1/3
VH1-0046B
VH1-0046B
VH1-0046B
VH1-0046B
VH1-0045B
VH1-0045B
VH1-907, VH1-907A
VH1-906
ECM Motors
Fan Motor Fuses
Primary Damper Valve
250V, 15A
250V, 20A
600V, 15A
600V, 3A
600V, 5A
600V, 8A
VH1-320
VH1-321
VH1-329
VH1-0011
VH1-965
VH1-967
Pneumatic FR Tubing (1/4" O.D.)
Black
Blue stripe
Red stripe
VB3-066
VB3-068
VB3-067
Tee For Sensor Tap
Barbed, 1/8"
VB3-058
Cap For Sensor Tap
Rubber, for 1/8" Tee
VB3-059
Houston, Texas
Tel: 281-590-1172
Fax: 281-590-3086
Model Series 35S, 35SST and 35P
Inlet size
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
Model Series 35N
Inlet size
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
Model Series 37S
Inlet Size
4", 5", 6"
8"
10"
14" x 10"
Ft. Lauderdale, Florida
Tel: 954-351-2444
Fax: 954-351-2440
Las Vegas, Nevada
Tel: 702-648-5400
Fax: 702-638-0400
Page 6 of 6
“Complete Air Control and Distribution Solutions.”
VH1-1106
VH1-1107
VH1-1108
VH1-1109
VH1-1110
VH1-1111
VH1-1112
VH1-1113
VH1-1114
VH1-1115
VH1-1116
VH1-1117
VH1-1118
VH1-1119
VH1-1120
VH1-1121
VH1-1122
Toronto, Canada
Tel: 416-744-3300
Fax: 416-744-3360
3/05
Calgary, Canada
Tel: 403-279-8619
Fax: 403-279-5035
IOM-FPTU
w w w. n a i l o r. c o m
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROLS
VAV TERMINAL UNITS
CTE-5100 Series Thermostats:
The CTE-5100 series thermostats are designed to be used with the CSP-5002 controller actuator. CTE-5100’s are provided with limited and
unlimited outputs. The limited output(s) is (are) used to provided minimum and maximum limits to a CSP-5002. The unlimited output(s) is
(are) used to operate fan and heat sequences.
Models are available for cooling, cooling with reheat, cooling / heating changeover and day/night or set-back applications. Temperature
averaging and/or overrides may be accomplished. Consult Nailor control submittal for applicable thermostat model.
Models:
CTE-5101
CTE-5103
CTE-5104
CTE-5105
Single setpoint; Direct Acting
Dual setpoint; Direct & Reverse Acting
Dual setpoint; Direct & Reverse Acting
Dual setpoint; both Direct Acting
Supply Voltage:
Output Range:
Connections:
Temperature Range:
Thermostat Action:
CTE-5101
Direct Acting (DA) T1/T3
CTE-5103
Direct Acting (DA) T1/T3, Reverse Acting (RA) T2/T4
CTE-5104
Direct Acting (DA) T1/T3, Reverse Acting (RA) T2
CTE-5105
Direct Acting (DA) T1/T2/T3/T4
Base Material:
Black ABS, UL Flame Class 94HB
Size 2 9/16" (65 mm) x 3 7/16" (87 mm)
Proportional Band:
CTE-5101/3/5
CTE-5104
16 Vdc (14 - 20 Vdc)
0 to 10Vdc
Wire clamp type: 14-22 AWG
55OF - 85OF (13OC - 29OC)
2OF, (1.1OC) w/limits output (T1/T2)
4OF, (2.2OC) w/o limits output (T3/T4)
2OF, (1.1OC) w/limits output (T1)
2OF, (1.1OC) w/limits output (T2/T3)
Table 1. Thermostat Specifications.
Installation:
Thermostats must be mounted horizontally,(or vertically by using an optional vertical scale plate), utilizing the HMO-5030/5031 backplates
for mounting to a standard 2" x 4" electrical box, or the optional HMO-5023 drywall bracket for mounting to hollow walls. Thermostats should
be mounted on a wall in an area not affected by sunlight or drafts, to sense the average room temperature.
Electrical box mounting:
Install the HMO-5030/5031 backplate to the electrical box using the two 6-32 screws, supplied with backplate – do not tighten. The backplate
is provided with one slotted mounting hole for leveling. Level the backplate and tighten the two mounting screws. Pull thermostat wires
through backplate and decorative trim plate. Connect thermostat wires to the thermostat according to the wiring diagram supplied with the
unit. Position the trim between the back plate and the thermostat, secure the assembly with the two 6-32 x 2" self tapping screws supplied.
Hollow wall mounting:
Loosely mount the HMO-5023 bracket to the thermostat using the two 6-32 x 2" screws. Pull all thermostat wiring through the opening on
the bracket. Connect thermostat wires to the thermostat according to the wiring diagram supplied with the unit. Center and align the
thermostat while tightening the mounting screws.
Thermostat
Terminals
V1
T3
R1
T1
+
12V
A
T2
R2
T4
V2
5101
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
5103
5105
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
5104
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Terminals Description
Velocity input for readout, connect to “out” on CSP-5002
Upper setpoint output w/o limits (0 -10 Vdc)
T1 override, connect to "-" if unused. Voltage applied subtracts from T1
Upper setpoint output w/limits. Adjustable at pot.on front of thermostat
16 Vdc power supply input
12 Vdc power output
Temperature averaging input
Ground reference
Lower setpoint, output w/limits. * Adjustable at pot. on front of thermostat
T2 override connect to "-" if unused **
Lower setpoint output w/o limits (0 -10 Vdc)
Velocity input for readout
* Except 5104; T2 lower setpoint output is w/o limits.
** R2 is auxiliary limit trigger on model 5104. Voltage above 1 Vdc @ R2 indexes T1 to the auxiliary flow limit. Install jumper R2-T2 for
automatic indexing of aux. flow setting.
Table 2. Thermostat Wiring Terminals and Description.
3/11
IOM-AECVAV
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 1 of 10
BACK VIEW
63/64"
(25)
MIN
INCR
MIN
INCR
HEATING
MAX
INCR
COVER MTG.
SCREWS (2)
COOLING
KMC Controls
V
1 31/32"
(50)
50
70
V
90
METERS
TAPS
METERS
TAPS
RETAINING
PINS (2)
METER
TAPS
3 1/4" (83)
2 9/16" (65)
WIRE CLAMP TERMINAL
Figure 1. Thermostat Detail
MAX/AUX
INCR
SCALE
PLATE
(°F OR °C)
HEATING SLIDER
(WHERE APPLICABLE)
COOLING SLIDER
Maintenance:
No routine maintenance is required. Each component’s design and material selection assures dependable long-term reliability and
performance. Careful installation will also enhance long term reliability and performance.
CSP-5002 DAMPER CONTROLLER/ACTUATOR
All Nailor standard right hand (and optional left hand) terminal units have a 1/2" (13), diameter drive shaft and a clockwise to close damper
rotation (Dual Duct Left Hand Deck CCW to close). Full damper shaft rotation is 45 or 90 degrees depending on model. The CSP-5002
should be mounted on the damper drive shaft so the actuator will stall at either end of the stroke to ensure tight shut-offs and full rotation.
Ensure the two jumpers are set for the correct damper rotation.
The CSP-5002 has a tri-color LED that indicates the current action of the damper: RED – Closing, GREEN – Opening, WHITE – Satisfied.
The CSP-5002 provides pressure independent VAV control for terminal unit primary valves. Primary air volume is monitored by the use of a
multi-point flow sensor located in the inlet duct. Differential pressure is measured by an onboard platinum transducer. The changes in the
inlet static pressure will vary the position of the inlet damper. Flow limit adjustments are made using a digital DC voltmeter at the thermostat.
The CSP-5002 is factory calibrated with VNOM adjustment centered for the enclosed voltage - airflow charts. Do not adjust. Dampers are
always shipped in the full open position.
FIELD ADAPTABLE AUXILIARY
SWITCH NON-ROTATION SLOT
90
51" (13) DIA.
DAMPER SHAFT
DRIVE HUB
1 1/2"
(38)
45
5/16-18 SET
SCREWS (2)
ADJUSTABLE
END STOPS
0
P PORTS
3/16" (5) DIA. (2)
L
6 7/64"
(155)
H
GEAR DISENGAGE
MENT BUTTON
6 15/32"
(164)
DAMPER
SHAFT
ROTATION
JUMPERS
5 1/16"
(129)
ACESS
DOOR
RED
GREEN
4" (102)
5/8" (16) DIA.
WIRE ACCESS
SHUTTER
BUSINESS
NON-ROTATION
TAB
3 1/8" (79)
Figure 2. CSP-5002 Controller / Actuator
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
Controller / actuator / thermostat is 7VA plus any output loads for fan relays, heating contactors and control valves (assume 10 VA each).
Always switch control voltage off prior to disconnecting any wires from the controller.
3/11 IOM-AECVAV
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 2 of 10
ANALOG CONTROL CALIBRATION CHARTS
VOLTAGE VS. AIRFLOW
When field adjustment or field calibration of the CTE-5100 series thermostats is necessary, desired limit control can be calculated using the
tables in Figure 3 and the following formulas, or the charts presented in Figures 4 through 8.
Formulas:
CFM = K (VDC - Offset)
VDC = (CFM/K) + Offset
Follow the individual calibration procedure for the thermostat model(s) as required.
Inlet size
K factor
Offset
Inlet size
K factor
Offset
4 in. Round
5 in. Round
6 in. Round
7 in. Round
8 in. Round
9 in. Round
10 in. Round
12 in. Round
14 in. Round
16 in. Round
33
55
75
115
143
175
233
357
500
625
+ 0.44
+ 0.02
+ 0.08
- 0.19
+ 0.32
+ 0.10
+ 0.09
- 0.04
- 0.07
- 0.25
12 in. Oval
14 in. Oval
16 in. Oval
18 in. Oval
333
417
588
759
- 0.22
- 0.47
+ 0.05
- 0.27
Inlet size
K factor
Offset
14 x 10
24 x 16
417
1250
- 0.14
- 0.07
Figure 3. Diamond Flow Sensor K Factors.
7.0
6.0
5.0
V O LT S , D C
SIZ E
4
SIZE
5
SIZE
6
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
AIRFLOW, C F M
Figure 4. Inlet Sizes 4, 5, 6 Round
3/11 IOM-AECVAV
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 3 of 10
8.0
7.0
6.0
S IZE
8
SIZE
7
S IZE
9
S IZE
10
VO LTS, D C
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
AIRFLOW, C F M
Figure 5. Inlet Sizes 7, 8, 9, 10 Round
7.0
S IZE
12
SIZE
14x10
6.0
5.0
VOLTS , D C
S IZE
14
SIZE
16
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
AIRFLOW,CFM
Figure 6. Inlet Sizes 12, 14, 16 Round. 14 x 10 Rectangular
3/11 IOM-AECVAV
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 4 of 10
7.0
6.0
S IZE
12
S IZE
14
5.0
VO LTS, D C
S IZE
16
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0
500
0
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
6500 7000
7500 8000
AIRFLOW,CFM
Figure 7. Inlet Sizes 12, 14, 16 Oval (Single Duct Only)
7.0
6.0
5.0
VOLT S, D C
S IZE
18
SIZE
24x16
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0
0
500
1000 1500 2000 2500
3000 3500
4000 4500
5000 5500
6000
AIRFLOW,CFM
Figure 8. Inlet Size 18 Oval. 24 x 16 Rectangular
3/11 IOM-AECVAV
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 5 of 10
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE FOR AIR VOLUME ADJUSTMENTS MADE AT THERMOSTAT
Thermostats are factory calibrated when minimum and maximum airflow limits are provided. Field calibrations are as follows:
Minimum and maximum setpoints (air volume limits), are set at the thermostat. Check the CSP-5002 controller to ensure that the minimum
and maximum potentiometers are dialed completely out (min. CCW, max. CW), so that the thermostat signal is not restricted.
A – Required Tools:
1. Small flat blade screwdriver 1/8" / 3 mm
3. Hex Wrench 1/16" / 2mm for the cover screws
2. Digital voltmeter w/DC range to hundredths
4. A test lead (HSO-5001) is recommended for meter readings
B – Remove Thermostat Cover:
Thermostat cover is removed by turning the two set screws CW, (which are located on the short sides of the thermostat). Remove cover and
setpoint slider stops if installed.
SCALE PLATE
(°F OR °C)
MAX/AUX
INCR
MIN
INCR
MIN
INCR
HEATING
MAX
INCR
COVER MTG.
SCREWS (2)
METER TAP
COOLING
V
RETAINING
PINS (2)
METERS
TAPS
METER
TAPS
KMC Controls
V
50
70
90
METERS
TAPS
HEATING SLIDER
(WHERE APPLICABLE)
VELOCITY VELOCITY
MIN. & MAX.
COOLING
SLIDER
3 1/4" (83)
Figure 9. Thermostat scaleplate detail.
CTE – 5101 SINGLE SETPOINT THERMOSTAT
(DA T1 with limits, T3 without limits)
1. Ambient temperature at the thermostat must be between 55OF – 85OF (13OC – 29OC).
2. Adjust the setpoint slider all the way to the right for minimum cooling. Connect voltmeter to the cooling (right side) voltmeter taps. The
center and right tap provide the VDC readings (min/max airflow). The center and left tap provide the actual air volume (live velocity)
reading when thermostat V1, is connected to the controller OUT terminal.
3. Read the VDC across the taps. Adjust the MIN INCR potentiometer to the VDC equal to the desired air volume as shown on the chart.
NOTE: The minimum setpoint must be set first. Adjustment of the minimum potentiometer directly affects the maximum setpoint.
4. Adjust the setpoint slider all the way to the left for maximum cooling.
5. Read the VDC across the taps. Adjust the MAX INCR potentiometer to the VDC equal to the desired air volume as shown on the chart.
NOTE: The maximum setpoint must be set last. Adjustment of the minimum potentiometer directly affects the maximum setpoint.
6. Return the setpoint slider to the desired setpoint. Install the optional setpoint stops if required and replace thermostat cover.
CTE - 5103 DUAL SETPOINT THERMOSTAT (Heat / Cool Changeover)
(DA T1/T3. RA T2/T4. T1, T2 with limits, T3, T4 without limits)
Cooling side of thermostat
1. Follow steps 1 through 5 for the CTE-5101 thermostat. Note: Be sure to adjust the cooling setpoint slider all the way to the left for
maximum cooling. (The heating setpoint sider will have to be adjustable all the way to the left also).
Heating side of thermostat
1. Ambient temperature at the thermostat must be between 55OF - 85OF (13OC - 29OC).
2. Adjust the heating setpoint slider all the way to the left for minimum heating. Connect voltmeter to the heating (left side) voltmeter taps.
The center and right tap provides the VDC readings (min/max airflow).
3. Read the VDC across the taps. Adjust the MIN INCR potentiometer to the VDC equal to the desired air volume as shown on the chart.
NOTE: The minimum setpoint must be set first. Adjustment of the minimum potentiometer directly affects the maximum setpoint.
4. Adjust the heating slider all the way to the right for maximum heating.
5. Read the VDC across the taps. Adjust the MAX INCR potentiometer to the VDC equal to the desired air volume as shown on the
provided chart.
NOTE: The minimum setpoint must be set first. Adjustment of the minimum potentiometer directly affects the maximum setpoint.
6. Return both setpoint sliders to the desired setpoints. Install the optional setpoint stops if required and replace thermostat cover.
3/11 IOM-AECVAV
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 6 of 10
CTE – 5104 DUAL SETPOINT THERMOSTAT
(DA T1/T3. RA T2. T1 with limits, T2, T3 without limits)
Cooling side of the thermostat
1. Follow steps 1 through 5 for the CTE-5101 single setpoint thermostat. Note: Be sure to adjust the cooling setpoint slider all the way to the
left for maximum cooling. (the heating setpoint slider will have to be adjustable all the way to the left also).
Adjustment of the Auxiliary Setpoint - Higher reheat minimum (if required).
2. Read the VDC across the meter taps on the heating (left) side of the thermostat. With the left hand slider in the full heat position,
completely to the right, adust the MAX/AUX INCR potentiometer to the VDC equal to the desired air volume as shown on the chart. If a
higher Aux Min is not required, dial fully CCW.
3. Return both setpoint sliders to the desired setpoints. Install the optional setpoint stops if required and replace thermostat cover.
CTE – 5105 DAY / NIGHT THERMOSTAT (Night Temperature Set Back)
(DA T1/T2/T3/T4. T1/T2 with limits, T3/T4 without limits)
Day side of thermostat
1. Follow steps 1 through 5 for the CTE-5101 thermostat.
Note: Be sure to adjust the day setpoint slider all the way to the left for maximum cooling. The night setpoint slider will have to be adjusted
all the way to the left also.
2. Return both setpoint sliders to the desired setpoints. Install the optional setpoint stops if required and replace thermostat cover.
Night side of thermostat
1. Follow steps 1 through 5 for the CTE-501 thermostat.
Note: Be sure to adjust the night setpoint slider all the way to the right for minimum cooling. The day setpoint slider will have to be
adjusted all the way to the right also.
2. Return both setpoint sliders to their desired setpoints. Install the optional setpoint stops if required and replace thermostat cover.
10
T3
T4
T3
max.
T1
max.
max.
T1
VDC Output
VDC Output
10
5
min.
T2
5
0
0
-2OF
S.P.
+2OF
-2OF
Rev. Act. S.P.
(Heating)
CTE-5101 Thermostat
max.
T2
aux. min.
min.
-2OF
Dir. Act. S.P.
(Cooling)
+2OF
T4
T3
max.
T2
max.
T1
5
min.
min.
0
0
-2OF
Rev. Act S.P.
(Heating)
Dir. Act. S.P.
(Cooling)
CTE-5104 Thermostat
Figure 10.
10
T3
max.
T1
5
+2OF
CTE-5103 Thermostat
VDC Output
VDC Output
10
min.
min.
+2OF
-2OF
Dir. Act. S.P.
(Night)
+2OF
-2OF
Dir. Act. S.P.
(Day)
+2OF
CTE-5105 Thermostat
Thermostat action schematics.
3/11 IOM-AECVAV
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 7 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL TERMINAL UNITS
Checkout Procedure
The CSP-5002 actuator will take up to 2.5 minutes for a 45 degree stroke damper and up to 5.0 minutes for a 90 degree stroke damper to
cycle from its minimum to its maximum setting and vice versa. It is important therefore when verifying minimum and maximum flow limits, by
moving the slider(s) right or left as previously described, to wait sufficient time to ensure the actuator has moved to its correct position and
that the live velocity read-out (if used) has settled.
Live Supply Volume Readout
A voltage output corresponding to actual primary air volume may be monitored at the room thermostat to assist in balancing and
troubleshooting. The output signal is the same as the airflow volume vs. DC voltage calibration curve. The test lead (HSO-5001) is
connected to the innermost meter taps on the thermostat scaleplate (see Figure 9).
Supply Air Temperature Sensing
A duct mounted temperature sensor (thermistor) is used to measure primary air temperature in control sequences involving automatic
changeover (ACO) or morning warm-up (MWU). The probe is attached to the inlet collar and wired to the low voltage controls enclosure. To
ensure proper operation for auto changeover, a minimum flow setting should be used for both heating and cooling modes. This allows airflow
to constantly pass over the duct temperature sensor.
Proportional Reheat Control
Hot water valves and SCR controllers with a 0 -10 Vdc control signal (10mA max,) are wired (+) to terminal ‘T2’ on the thermostat and (-) to
the grounded side of the low voltage control circuit. T2 is an output with limits and it must therefore be ensured that the thermostat limits are
dialed out (max. pot. fully CW and min. pot fully CCW) for unrestricted operation.
FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS
Night Shut Down
Units ordered with optional Night Shut Down (NSD) sequences employ an airflow switch to sense when primary air has been shut down.
When the airflow switch opens the fan and optional heat are shut down. Upon the primary air starting, the airflow switch will close and return
the unit to normal operation.
Night Temperature Setback
Units ordered with optional Night Temperature Setback (NTSB) sequences employ an airflow switch to sense when the primary air (central
air handler) has been shut down. When the airflow switch opens, a lower night time temperature setpoint is initiated. The unit fan and
optional supplementary heat will cycle intermittently to maintain night setpoint temperature. Upon start up of the central air handler, the unit
will return to daytime operation. Amount of setback is either fixed or adjustable dependent on control sequence. Refer to control submittal.
Night Cycle
On series units with optional night cycle sequences, an airflow switch de-energizes unit fan upon loss of primary (central system) air. Upon a
call for heat, the thermostat will override the airflow switch and cycle the unit fan followed by any supplementary heat intermittently to
maintain day setpoint temperature.
On parallel units, basic control sequences cycle the fan and supplementary heat intermittently as standard in response to thermostat
demand. This will therefore still occur at night when the central air has been shutdown.
Checkout Procedure (Day / Occupied Mode)
Series Fan Powered Terminal Units: The fan should be energized regardless of slider(s) position. Dependent on control sequence ordered,
thermostat may have one or two sliders. Consult control sequence submittal / wiring diagram and thermostat calibration procedure.
Parallel Fan Powered Terminal Units: Fan will only cycle upon a call for heat. Move single slider (or both if a separate heating or night slider
is present) full right to energize fan. Dependent on control sequence ordered, thermostat may have one or two sliders. Consult control
sequence submittal / wiring diagram and thermostat calibration procedure.
Checkout Procedure (Night / Unoccupied Mode)
Move thermostat slider(s) full right to energize fan and supplementary heat.
3/11 IOM-AECVAV
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 8 of 10
REE – 5002 Relay Module Fan with 2 Stage Reheat
The REE-5002 is used in all parallel flow terminal units, and specific series flow terminal units with the night cycle or setback options. The
relay cycles the fan and activates up to 2 stages of heat in response to a direct acting 0 -10 Vdc thermostat output. The fan start point is
adjustable from 3-8 Vdc which equates to -0.8 to +1.2OF,(-0.4 to +0.7OC), around setpoint. The factory setting is 4 Vdc (-0.4F below cooling
setpoint / min. primary airflow setting). To field adjust, read the Vdc across terminals "X" and "-". Adjust the potentiometer to Vdc desired
setpoint. The two stages of heat are sequenced to energize after the fan is activated when the desired room temperature continues to
decrease.
I
N
24 VAC
LOAD
FAN
#1 #2
2
CTE-5100 SERIES
THERMOSTAT
DIRECT ACTING
24 VAC --
1
INC CONTROLS
KMC
REE-5002
~ -- FAN
C
CAUTION
R
USE TERMINAL "X" FOR
MEASURING FAN
TRIP VOLTAGE ONLY
T
X
T3
24 VAC ~
+ DC
VOLT
METER
CSP-5001
CONTROLLER-ACUATOR
24VAC CONTACTORS
10VA MAX PER STAGE
2
S
T
1
A
G
E FAN
S
FAN START POINT
ADJUSTABLE
3-8 VOLTS
1 3
8
VOLTS
THERMOSTAT SIGNAL (T3)
(1 VDC SWITCHING DIFFERENTIAL)
Figure 11.
Ree-5002 Relay Module. Fan with 2 stage reheat.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
Note: Turn off power before making any wiring changes to the unit.
1. Verify 24 Vac at CSP-5002 controller / actuator terminals "~" (phase) and "-"(ground). Tolerance +20 / -15% (20.4-28.8 Vac). When using
a common transformer for more than one CSP-5002, polarity should be observed.
2. Check correct field wiring from thermostat to terminal block in unit low voltage enclosure. Refer to Nailor control wiring diagram inside
controls enclosure. Ensure all wiring connections are tight and secure.
3. Check tubing from unit inlet flow sensor to the controller / actuator is correct and no leaks. "Hi" side of sensor to "H" on controller / actuator
and "Lo" side of sensor to "L" on controller / actuator.
4. Verify 16 Vdc at CSP-5002 terminals "16 VDC" and "-". Tolerance is 15 to 17 Vdc power supply to thermostat. If not correct, disconnect
thermostat and recheck. If still incorrect, replace CSP-5002 controller / actuator.
5. Check requested minimum and maximum flow settings on terminals "IN" and "-". Refer to Vdc vs. Airflow setting charts at back of this
document. If reading is not what is desired, refer to thermostat calibration procedure.
6. Check actual airflow (live velocity readout) voltage on terminal "OUT" and "-" (0 – 10 Vdc). Use calibration charts provided.
7. Check for damper movement and correct rotation.
a) Review "requested flow" and actual flow" above to determine if unit should be satisfied (within 50 fpm +/- 0.20 Vdc) or driving damper
open or closed.
b) If damper is not moving, verify damper is not stuck at end of travel and has free movement. Use manual release clutch on CSP-5002.
Check CW / CCW rotation jumpers for proper operation. Ensure damper actuator connection is correct and damper can travel fully open to
fully closed within limits of the actuator stroke. Check actuator coupling to damper shaft setscrews are tight.
c) Change "requested flow" to make unit drive opposite direction (verifying correct damper movement). This can be accomplished by
moving thermostat setpoint sliders or:
i) To manually open damper, remove wire from terminal "IN" and jumper terminal "IN" to 16Vdc". This will tell unit to control at full
airflow and the green LED should turn on, driving damper fully open.
ii) To manually close damper, remove wire from terminal "IN" and jumper terminal "IN" to "-" terminal. This will tell unit to control at zero
airflow and the red LED should be on, driving damper fully closed.
Warning: Never jumper terminal "16 Vdc" to "-", as this will cause short and possibly damage the power supply.
3/11 IOM-AECVAV
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 9 of 10
COMPONENTS, ACCESSORIES, REPLACEMENT PARTS
DESCRIPTION
KMC
(Kreuter)
Controller / Actuator
Controller / Actuator
Controller / Actuator
In-line filter for CSP-4XXX
KMC (Kreuter) Room Thermostat and accessories:
CTE-5100 Series - (0 -10 Vdc):
DA clg. (base only)
DA clg. / RA htg. (base only)
DA clg./RA reheat (base only)
DA / DA (Day / Night) (base only)
Accessories for CTE-5100 Series:
Thermostat Cover - light almond
- White
Backplate mounting kit
(for mounting to a 2 x 4 handy box) - light alomd
- White
Mounting Strap kit (for mounting on holllow wall)
Horizontal Scale Plate - OF
- OC
Miscellaneous:
KMC
Electric reheat relay module, 3 stage
KMC
Wet heat time prop. relay module
KMC
KMC
Fan/elec. heat relay module, 2 stage
Fan/wet heat time prop. relay module
DA/NC valve
RA/NO valve
DA/NC valve
RA/NO valve
KMC
KMC
KMC
Constant volume relay module
Heat / Cool changeover module
Duct temp. changeover sensor (for use with REE-1005)
Airflow Switch
DPDT Relay 24V.
Transformers (foot mount):
120
to 24 V. 40 VA
120
to 24 V. 50 VA
208/240
to 24 V. 40 VA
208/240
to 24 V. 50 VA
277
to 24 V. 40 VA
277
to 24 V. 50 VA
277
to 24 V. 75 VA
480
to 24 V. 50 VA
208/240/480
to 24 V. 40 VA
120/208/240/480 to 24 V. 75 VA
24
to 24 V. 40 VA
Houston, Texas
Tel: 281-590-1172
Fax: 281-590-3086
Las Vegas, Nevada
Tel: 702-648-5400
Fax: 702-638-0400
VENDOR PART NO.
NAILOR PART NO.
CSP-5002
CSP-4606
CSP-4616
HFO-0034
V3004
V3005
V3006
V3007
CTE-5101
CTE-5103
CTE-5104
CTE-5105
V3030
V3031
V3032
V3033
HPO-1511
HPO-1512
V1060
V1061
HMO-5024
HMO-5026
HMO-5023
HPO-0060-10
HPO-0060-11
V1062
V1063
V1064
V1069
V1070
REE-5001
REE-5106
REE-5123
REE-5002
REE-5017
REE-5024
REE-1004
REE-1005
STE-1002
FS-BO-182
9100-233Q323
V3050
V3053
V3054
V3055
V3056
V3057
V3058
V3059
V3060
V3061
V3062
-
VH1-669
VH1-692
VH1-670
VH1-685
VH1-675
VH1-674
VH1-677
VH1-686
VH1-671
VH1-689
VH1-673
Calgary, Canada
Tel: 403-279-8619
Fax: 403-279-5035
Toronto, Canada
Tel: 416-744-3300
Fax: 416-744-3360
Page 10 of 10
“Complete Air Control and Distribution Solutions.”
3/11
IOM-AECVAV
w w w. n a i l o r. c o m
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
ELECTRIC HEATERS FOR
VAV TERMINAL UNITS
GENERAL INFORMATION
• Nailor electric heaters require little or no maintenance.
Be sure the heater elements are free of foreign matter,
and then check that the connections are tight and proper
control interlocks have been made before turning the
heater on.
• Heaters are open wire type and, except on very small
heaters with element wires less than 1 kW, use special
‘arrowhead’ insulators that expose the entire surface area
of the element wires to the air stream. This eliminates the
possibility of hot spots on the larger wires that can burn
the elements in half or cause spalding that enhances hot
spots.
• All electric heaters ordered from Nailor are manufactured
in-house.
• All Nailor electric coils are ETL listed for safety under UL
1995 as part of the VAV unit.
• All electric heating units have built-in controls for all
options required by the engineer.
• Single point power connection.
Figure 1. Fan Powered Terminal Unit with Electric Heater
INSTALLATION
• All single duct terminal units with electric coils are
designed to be mounted in a horizontal plane with respect
to the "UP" arrow marked on the product label. Fan
powered units can be flipped over in the field and will not
have "UP" arrow.
• Before applying power, make sure electric coils are not
damaged.
• All field wiring must comply with NEC and local building
codes.
• Use copper conductors only.
• Phase rotation of the incoming power is recommended
when connecting three-phase electric coils.
• Allow a minimum clearance as specified by NEC in front of
all electric coil enclosures.
• Always check product label to determine proper wire size
and current protection.
• These recommendations do not preclude NEC or local
building codes that may be in effect.
Figure 2. Single Duct Terminal Unit with Electric Heater
CAUTION: ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD
1. Turn off power before servicing unit.
2. Do not operate unit without control cover.
OPERATION
• To avoid possible nuisance tripping of the thermal cutouts
due to insufficient airflow, a minimum airflow of 70 cfm
(33L/s) per kilowatt must be maintained.
• For Single Duct Terminal Units, A minimum of .1” w.g. (25
Pa) of downstream static pressure is required to ensure
proper operation of the heater.
6/20
IOM-EHVAV (Supercedes 4/02)
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 1 of 4
NAMEPLATE LABEL
Electric coil data are incorporated in the nameplate label,
which is affixed to the control enclosure cover. The label
shows all necessary information required by UL with respect
to electrical power and circuit protection requirements.
HEATER CONTROL ENCLOSURE
Figure 4 shows the interior of a typical heater control
enclosure. All components within this space work together
to provide safe operation of the heater. Although it is not
required to meet NEC requirements, Nailor recommends a
door interlocking disconnect switch. This safety switch
must be disconnected before the enclosure can be opened.
In the absence of a disconnect switch, a terminal block
is provided for single point power connection. A ground
lug ensures the proper grounding of the unit housing and
enclosure. Line fuses and fan motor fuses provide
overcurrent protection, and come as an option. An airflow
switch de-energizes the heater when it detects no airflow
across the elements.
In fan powered VAV terminal units, auto-reset limit
switches in line with each element provide high temperature
protection. A single auto-reset limit switch provides
protection for single duct terminal unit heaters. These
switches automatically cut the heater off when overheating
occurs, and turn the heater back on when the elements have
cooled down. Manual-reset limit switches in line with each
element provide secondary over temperature protection in
single duct terminal units.
A control transformer is provided whenever a 24V circuit
is required. PE switches (when pneumatic controls are
used), like magnetic contactors, are used to energize
stages of electric heat. Small heaters may often use a load
carrying PE switch as the only control component. When
control systems require frequent cycling or silent operation,
mercury contactors are available as an option. An SCR
control will provide fine space temperature control and
highest reliability. For fan-powered terminal units, a fan
relay is provided when required or requested.
FAN POWERED
(UNITE TERMINALE @ VENTILATEUR INTEGRÉ)
TERMINAL UNIT
DATE (DATE)
:
27-Nov-2001
SERIAL NO. (NO. DE SÉRIE) : 150111-2
MODEL (MODÈLE)
:
D35SE
TAG NO. (NO. DÈTIQUETTE) : FPB-1-35
UNIT SIZE-INLET SIZE
:
4-10
VOLTAGE (VOLTAGE)
: 480
(DIAMETRE D’ENTRÉE)
PHASE (PHASE)
: 3
CONTROL VOLTAGE
:
24
STAGES (ÉTAPES)
: 2
(VOLTAGE DE CONTRÔLE)
HZ. (HZ)
: 50/60
CONTROL SEQUENCE
:
NB
MOTOR HP (MOTEUR HP) : 1/3
(SEQUENCE DE CONTRÔLE)
MOTOR VOLTAGE
: 277
VOLT AMP (VOLT-AMPÈRE) :
50
(VOLTAGE DU MOTEUR)
HOT WATER COIL ROWS :
N/A
(NOMBRE DE RANGÉES SERPENTIN EAUCAUDE)
MOTOR AMP
(AMPERAGE DU MOTEUR)
KW/HP
AMPS
(AMPÈRES)
AMPACITY (AMPACITÉE)
TOTAL
(TOTALE)
EACH CIR.
(CHAQUE
CIRCUIT)
EACH CIR.
(CHAQUE
CIRCUIT)
HEATER (CHAUFFAGE)
MOTOR (MOTEUR)
TOTAL (TOTALE)
EACH CIR.
(CHAQUE
CIRCUIT)
EACH STG.
TOTAL
(CHAQUE
(TOTALE)
ÉTAPE)
EACH STG.
TOTAL
(CHAQUE
(TOTALE)
ÉTAPE)
: 2.0
MAX. OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
(RESISTANCE DES FUSIBLE MAX.)
EACH STG.
TOTAL
(CHAQUE
(TOTALE)
ÉTAPE)
10.0
10.0
5.0
12.0
12.0
6.0
15.0
15.0
7.5
1/32.02.5
14.017.5
MOTOR FUSE SIZE
(MOTEUR FUSIBLE)
EACH CIR.
(CHAQUE
CIRCUIT)
20
20
N/A
3
30
23
EACH ELEMENT RATED @
3.3
KW @
277
VAC.
(CHAQUE ELEMENT CLASSIFIER A)
AWG. MIN WIRE SIZE (MIN DIAMETRE DE FIL) :
MIN. HEATING CFM (MIN. PCM) :
14
700
USE WIRE SUITABLE FOR AT LEAST 75 oC
UTILISER UN FIL METALIQUE QUI CONVIENT AU MOIN 75 oC
L1 IS COLOR CODED BLACK , L2 IS BLUE, L3 IS RED
L1 EST COLORÉ NOIRE, L2 EST BLUE , L3 EST ROUGE, CONTROL WIRES CODED AS MARKED
LES FILS DE CONTRÔLE SON INDENTIFIÉE COMME MARQUE,
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
UTILISÉ DES CONDUCTEURS DE CUIVRE SEULEMENT.
USE CLASS K, RK1, A2D OR A6D FUSE OR HACR BREAKERS.
UTILISÉ DES FUSIBLES CLASS K, RK1, A2D, OU A6D OU HACR DISJONCTEURS.
PRIMARY CFM (MAX/MIN)
FAN CFM
:
1000/1000
:
PRIMARY L/S (MAX/MIN) :
472/472
FAN L/S
:
Figure 3. Sample Nameplate Label. Fan Powered Terminal Unit
Page 2 of 4
6/20
IOM-EHVAV (Supercedes 4/02)
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Wiring Diagrams
Figure 4: Typical Line Voltage Control Enclosure Box
A specific wiring diagram for each heater including all controls is glued to the inside of the control panel door. Another wiring diagram is
provided loose in the control box.
Heater Element Rack Replacement For Series Fan Powered Terminal Units
Heater Rack
Header Plate
Heating Elements
Element
Terminations
Arrowhead Insulators
Auto-reset high limit cut-outs
Figure 5. Typical element rack for a series Fan Powered Terminal Unit
On series fan Powered Terminal Units, the element rack is removable for replacement. The header plate is located behind a
hinged door enclosure on the side of the terminal electric heater section.
1. Turn off power supply before servicing.
2. Locate the element rack header plate.
3. Before removing wires from the element rack header plate, mark where the wires are connected so they can be
reconnected correctly on the new element rack.
4. Remove the wires and screws holding the heater plate in the coil housing.
5. Insert the new element rack into coil housing and replace the screws to secure the element rack.
6. Replace the wires.
7. Replace the enclosure cover before turning on the power.
6/20
IOM-EHVAV (Supercedes 4/02)
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 3 of 4
Electric Heater Replacement Parts
Description
Disconnect Switches
Toggle Disconnect Switch 1P, 600V, 25A
Toggle Disconnect Switch 3P, 600V, 40A
Toggle Disconnect Switch 3P, 600V, 60A
Interlocking Disconnect Switch 3P, 600V, 25A
Interlocking Disconnect Switch 3P, 600V, 40A
Interlocking Disconnect Switch 3P, 600V, 60A
Interlocking Disconnect Handle
Interlocking Disconnect Shaft
Contactors
Contactor MAG 1P, 600V, 50Amp
Contactor MAG 1P, 600V, 40Amp
Contactor MAG 1P, 600V, 30Amp
Contactor MAG 2P, 600V, 50Amp
Contactor MAG 2P, 600V, 40Amp
Contactor MAG 2P, 600V, 30Amp
Contactor MAG 3P, 600V, 50Amp
Contactor MAG 3P, 600V, 40Amp
Contactor MAG 3P, 600V, 30Amp
SCR/SSR
SCR Elect. Heat controller, 600V, 1ph, 45A
SSR Elect. Heat controller, 600V, 1ph, 45A
Transformers
Transformer 120V, 24V, 50VA
Transformer 208-240V, 24V, 50VA
Transformer 277V, 24V, 50VA
Transformer 480V, 24V, 50VA
Isolation Transformer 24V, 24V, 40VA
Transformer 120V/208/240/480 to 24V, 75VA
Transformer 277V, 24V, 75VA
MISC
Airflow Switch
Airflow Switch Probe 4"
Airflow Switch Probe 6"
Auto Temp. LMT Swtch
Manual Temp. LMT Swtch
Fan Relay 24V
RAPP Code
EC-DISTG251P
EC-DISTG403P
EC-DISTG603P
EC-DISINT25A
EC-DISINT40A
EC-DISINT60A
EC-DISINTHDL
EC-DISINTSFT
EC-CONM50A1P
EC-CONM40A1P
EC-CONM30A1P
EC-CONM50A2P
EC-CONM40A2P
EC-CONM30A2P
EC-CONM50A3P
EC-CONM40A3P
EC-CONM30A3P
EC-SCR
EC-SSR
EC-TRANS120A
EC-TRANS208A
EC-TRANS277A
EC-TRANS480A
EC-TRANS2424
EC-TRANSB
EC-TRANS277B
RAPP Code
Power Distribution Blocks
2 pole, 175A, 600V, 1 in / 4 out
H1-0271A
2 pole, 300V, 1 in / 4 out (quick connect) H1-0293
3 pole, 600V, 1 in / 4 out
H1-0270
Power Terminal Blocks
1 pole, 600V
2 pole, 600V
3 pole, 600V
H1-0044
H1-0076
H1-0004
Fuse
Fuse, 250V, 15A
Fuse, 250V, 20A
Fuse, 250V, 25A
Fuse, 250V, 30A
Fuse, 250V, 35A
Fuse, 250V, 40A
Fuse, 250V, 45A
Fuse, 250V, 50A
Fuse, 250V, 60A
Fuse, 600V, 15A
Fuse, 600V, 20A
Fuse, 600V, 25A
Fuse, 600V, 30A
Fuse, 600V, 35A
Fuse, 600V, 40A
Fuse, 600V, 45A
Fuse, 600V, 50A
Fuse, 600V, 60A
EC-FUS250V15
EC-FUS250V20
EC-FUS250V25
EC-FUS250V30
EC-FUS250V35
EC-FUS250V40
EC-FUS250V45
EC-FUS250V50
EC-FUS250V60
EC-FUS600V15
EC-FUS600V20
EC-FUS600V25
EC-FUS600V30
EC-FUS600V35
EC-FUS600V40
EC-FUS600V45
EC-FUS600V50
EC-FUS600V60
EC-AFSW
EC-AFSWPB
EC-AFSWPBL
EC-AUTOLMTSW
EC-MANLMTSW
EC-FANRELAY
Houston, Texas
Tel: 281-590-1172
Fax: 281-590-3086
Page 4 of 4
Description
Las Vegas, Nevada
Tel: 702-648-5400
Fax: 702-638-0400
6/20
"Complete Air Control and Distribution Solutions."
Toronto, Canada
Tel: 416-744-3300
Fax: 416-744-3360
Calgary, Canada
Tel: 403-279-8619
Fax: 403-279-5035
IOM-EHVAV (Supercedes 4/02)
www.nailor.com
OPERATION MANUAL
EPIC FAN CARD VOLUME CONTROLLER
WITH (GENTEQ EON) ECM MOTOR
REFER TO FIGURES 1, 2 & 3 AND U S E T H ESE
INSTRUCTIONS IF YOUR FAN CARD RESEMBLES ONE
OF THESE. IF YOUR FAN VOLUME CONTROLLER CARD
LOOKS DIFFERENT, REFER TO another IOM-ECM. This IOM
refers to Nailor Part #’s H1-2272, H1-2272A1 and H1-2273A1.
LED INDICATORS
Power Indicator – A red LED located on the controller circuit
board indicates that the control card has 24 VAC present (light
will illuminate with higher than 18 VAC).
Airflow Indicator – A green LED located on the controller circuit
board flashes to indicate airflow volume. Each pulse is 100 cfm
(47.2 l/s). The last pulse is scaled. (ex. ½ pulse = 50 cfm)
RPM Limit Indicator – The green LED (same as airflow
indicator LED) will stop pulsing bright green and reduce itself
to a solid, dim glow as an indication that the motor is operating
at or above the RPM limit for that particular unit. This is not
an issue for some Nailor models and/or applications and can
be where the unit is designed to run in normal operation, for
instance a fan coil with multiple rows and high MERV rating filter
at maximum cfm of the model. For some models and application
such as Fan Powered Terminal Boxes where the box is not at
maximum cfm or multiple rows, this could be an indication that
filters should be checked for blockage or abnormally high static
pressure. This would be an indication that the RPM limit has
been reached. In either case review as needed per application.
SETTING AIRFLOW
(SEE TROUBLESHOOTING SECTION IF ISSUES ARISE)
Setting the Fan Airflow in the Manual Mode
1. Mode Selector Jumper must be in the "Manual" position.
2. Ensure there is a 24 VAC signal at the 24 VAC/GND terminals.
3. Attach the leads of a DC voltmeter to the "TP1+" and "TP2-"
pads on the Fan Card. Read the DC volts.
4. Refer to the Fan Calibration Table inside the line voltage
enclosure. Select the voltage that corresponds to the desired
airflow (cfm or l/s) set point.
5. Adjust the potentiometer on the Fan Card to the desired
voltage.
6. Breaking the power on the 24 VAC will cycle the fan.
Setting the Fan Airflow in the Dynamic Automation (0 – 10
VDC) Mode
1. Mode Selector Jumper must be in the "0-10V" position.
2. Ensure there is a 24VAC signal at the 24VAC/GND terminals.
3. A "0-10V" VDC input signal will determine the fan airflow at the
unit. Varying this signal will in turn vary the fan airflow. At less
than 0.50 VDC, the unit will turn off.
4. Note: When mode selector jumper is in the "0 -10V" position
and the sequence of operation warrants turning the motor off
through the 24 VAC, the "hot" leg of the incoming power must
be broken. Breaking the GND/common leg will not turn the
motor off when the "0 -10V" is connected to any controller.
9/19
OPTIONAL FSC - FAN STATUS (ON/OFF) CONTACT
CLOSURE (MOTOR BLOWER PROVING SIGNAL) ON
H1-2272A1 / H1-2273A1
1. A dry contact closure signal is provided at RLY terminals.
2. This signal can be used by the BAS for proving the motor
blower is running (200 RPM threshold).
ELECTRIC HEAT FAN INTERLOCK RELAY (FIR) (if equipped)
1. Air proving signal is provided to a relay in the heater control
circuit on models equipped with electric heat. This safety
interlock prevents the heater from energizing unless the fan is
energized and rotating at a minimum of 200 RPM.
2. This signal is used in the control scheme in lieu of a mechanical
air pressure switch.
NOTICE:
POWER MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE CONTROLLER
WHENEVER CONNECTIONS OR DISCONNECTIONS ARE
BEING MADE. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN
IRREPARABLE DAMAGE.
BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY ADDITIONAL
TROUBLESHOOTING, ENSURE THAT THE POLARITY
OF THE 24 VAC SUPPLY TO THE CONTROLLER IS
CORRECT. (SEE FIGURE 1). IF THE POLARITY IS NOT
CORRECT, REMOVE THE CONNECTORS AND RECONNECT
OBSERVING PROPER POLARITY. RECHECK THE SYSTEM
FOR PROPER OPERATION.
1. With power off, inspect the unit to make sure that there are no
foreign objects blocking fan operation. Turn the blower wheel
by hand to verify that it moves freely.
2. Energize the unit at the disconnect switch. Adjust the controls
to call for the fan motor to run.
3. Then, turn the unit power back on and wait up to 20 seconds
for the motor to start.
TROUBLESHOOTING IN MANUAL ADJUST MODE
1. Confirm the jumper on the Fan Card is in the "MAN" position
for adjustment of fan speed at the unit.
2. If the motor does not run, turn off the power to the unit and
verify that the power plug and the control plug are firmly and
correctly attached to the motor.
3. If the motor still does not start, turn off power and unplug both
wiring harnesses from the motor.
4. Energize the unit. Check the AC voltage at the motor power
plug. IMPORTANT: Do not jam the voltmeter leads into the
connectors. This will damage the connectors. Insert the
probes into the plugs until they touch the pins. Do not
penetrate the pins. You should have full line voltage between
the neutral and power lines, or between the two power lines in
case of 208/240 VAC. If this is the case, go to step 5. If there
is not a full line voltage signal at this point, check the voltage
at the incoming power terminal block. If there is not a full line
voltage signal at this point, turn off the power to the unit and
have the electrician verify the power issue.
IOM-EPIC/ECM-EONK
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 1 of 2
5. If there is a full voltage signal,
and if the ground wire is
properly connected, check the
voltage at the Fan Card. Be
sure that you have 18-28.5
VAC at the 24 VAC terminals. If
you do not have voltage at this
point, check the transformer
and/or 24 VAC control voltage.
7. Check between "COM" and
"PWM" (0-100% duty cycle).
Depending on the input signal, it
should be a modulating voltage
between 0 and 24 VDC. (A 0
PWM signal will turn the motor
off). Turn the potentiometer to
check this. If you do not have
the proper voltage at this point,
change the Fan Card.
8. If all the voltages check out, it is
possible that the pins may not
be connecting properly and it
may be a good idea to recheck
them at the plug near the motor.
If there is a voltage discrepancy
anywhere else, each source
should be verified for proper
voltage readings. Plug both
cables back into the motor, turn
on the power and wait for the
motor to start.
TROUBLESHOOTING IN AUTO/
DYNAMIC "0 -10VDC" MODE
1. Confirm the jumper on the
Fan Card is in the "0-10VDC"
position for dynamic fan speed
control via the unit controller
signal (BAS).
2. Check to verify that the unit
controller leads are properly
connected to the Auto Input
Signal terminal "+" & "-" at the
2 or 4 pin terminal dependent
on model. Ensure that an
analog signal from "0-10
VDC" is present at the "+" &
"-" terminals at the Fan Card.
Correct connections or verify
operation of controller, correct
where needed. If "0-10VDC"
signal is present at Fan Card
move to step 3.
3. Check steps 2 – 8 in
TROUBLESHOOTING
IN
MANUAL ADJUST MODE.
LED (AIRFLOW COUNT)
COM (OUT + ) WHT
COM (OUT - ) BRN
BK (PWM)
RED
COM
BLK
G (RUN/STOP) GRN
(WIRING HARNESS TO MOTOR)
VOLTMETER TEST
TERMINALS (+/-)
LINE
GND
MANUAL
TUNING POT.
MANUAL/
0-10V JUMPER
AUTO INPUT
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC)
IF REQUIRED
Figure 1. EPICTM Single Motor Card. (H1-2272)
LED (AIRFLOW COUNT)
COM (OUT + ) WHT
COM (OUT - ) BRN
BK (PWM)
RED
COM
BLK
G (RUN/STOP) GRN
(WIRING HARNESS TO MOTOR)
VOLTMETER TEST
TERMINALS (+/-)
LINE
GND
MANUAL
TUNING POT.
MANUAL/
0-10V JUMPER
AUTO INPUT
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC)
IF REQUIRED
FAN STATUS
(ON/OFF)
CONTACT
CLOSURE
SIGNAL FOR
REMOTE BAS
(RLY/RLY)
ELECTRIC HEAT
INTERLOCK RELAY (J5/J6)
Figure 2. EPICTM Single Motor Card with Fan Status
and Electric Heat Relays. (H1-2272A1)
LED (AIRFLOW COUNT)
COM (OUT + ) WHT
COM (OUT - ) BRN
BK (PWM)
RED
COM
BLK
G (RUN/STOP) GRN
(WIRING HARNESS TO MOTOR)
VOLTMETER TEST
TERMINALS (+/-)
LINE
GND
MANUAL
TUNING POT.
MANUAL/
0-10V JUMPER
COM (OUT + )
COM (OUT - )
BK (PWM)
COM
G (RUN/STOP)
AUTO INPUT
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC)
IF REQUIRED
FAN STATUS
(ON/OFF)
CONTACT
CLOSURE
SIGNAL FOR
REMOTE BAS
(RLY/RLY)
WHT
BRN
RED
BLK
GRN
ELECTRIC HEAT
INTERLOCK RELAY (J5/J6)
Figure 3. EPICTM Dual Motor Card with Fan Status
and Electric Heat Relay. (H1-2273A1)
Houston, Texas
Tel: 281-590-1172
Fax: 281-590-3086
Las Vegas, Nevada
Tel: 702-648-5400
Fax: 702-638-0400
Page 2 of 2
"Complete Air Control and Distribution Solutions."
9/19
Toronto, Canada
Tel: 416-744-3300
Fax: 416-744-3360
Calgary, Canada
Tel: 403-279-8619
Fax: 403-279-5035
IOM-EPIC/ECM-EONK
www.nailor.com
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
DIAMOND FLOW SENSOR K-FACTORS
FOR VAV TERMINAL UNITS
Model Series:
3000
3210
35S-OAI
38S
Single Duct
Dual Duct
Series Fan Powered w/ O.A. Damper
Underfloor Fan Powered
Inlet
Size
Type
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Duct Area
(sq. ft.)
K-Factor
(cfm)
Velocity
(fpm)
F-Factor
(amp.)
0.087
0.136
0.196
0.267
0.349
0.442
0.545
0.754
0.970
1.186
2.667
182
325
455
657
899
1158
1497
2058
2554
3035
6797
2092
2390
2321
2461
2576
2620
2747
2729
2633
2559
2549
3.67
2.81
2.98
2.65
2.42
2.34
2.13
2.15
2.31
2.45
2.47
ROUND
12
14
16
24 x 16
OVAL
RECT.
Model Series:
36VRS
Square/Retangular Retrofit
Type
Damper
(valve)
Size
(inches)
Damper
(valve)
Area
(sq. ft.)
K-Factor Velocity F-Factor
(cfm)
(fpm)
(amp.)
7
8
9
10
11
11A
12 SQUARE
13
OR
RECT.
14
15
15A
16
17
18
19
5x5
6x6
8x6
10 x 8
14 x 8
18 x 6
12 x 10
18 x 10
18 x 12
20 x 14
30 x 12
22 x 16
24 x 18
30 x 20
40 x 20
0.174
0.250
0.333
0.555
0.778
0.750
0.833
1.250
1.500
1.944
2.500
2.444
3.000
4.167
5.555
479
689
919
1531
2150
2068
2297
3446
4135
5360
6892
6739
8270
11486
15315
Inlet
Size
2753
2756
2760
2759
2763
2757
2758
2757
2757
2757
2757
2757
2757
2756
2757
2.12
2.11
2.11
2.11
2.10
2.11
2.11
2.11
2.11
2.11
2.11
2.11
2.11
2.11
2.11
Model Series:
3100
3230
3240
33SZ
35N
35S
35S-CVP
35SST
36VRR
Inlet
Size
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
Single Duct
Dual Duct
"Blendmaster" Dual Duct
Chilled Water Fan Powered
Parallel Fan Powered
Series Fan Powered
Pressurization Series Fan Powered
"StealthTM" Series Fan Powered
Round Retrofit
Type
ROUND
OVAL
Duct Area
(sq. ft.)
K-Factor
(cfm)
Velocity
(fpm)
F-Factor
(amp.)
0.087
0.136
0.196
0.267
0.349
0.442
0.545
0.785
1.069
1.395
1.683
182
325
455
657
899
1158
1497
2048
2742
3683
4323
2092
2390
2321
2461
2576
2620
2747
2609
2565
2640
2569
3.67
2.81
2.98
2.65
2.42
2.34
2.13
2.36
2.44
2.30
2.43
Model Series:
37N
37S
37SST
Inlet
Size
Low Profile Parallel Fan Powered
Low Profile Fan Powered
Low Profile "StealthTM" Fan Powered
Type
4
5
6
8
10
ROUND
14 x 8
14 x 10
RECT.
Equations:
Q=Kx
∆P
Duct Area
(sq. ft.)
K-Factor
(cfm)
Velocity
(fpm)
F-Factor
(amp.)
0.087
0.136
0.196
0.349
0.545
0.777
0.972
182
325
455
899
1497
2035
2417
2092
2390
2321
2576
2747
2619
2487
3.67
2.81
2.98
2.42
2.13
2.34
2.59
Q
∆P = ( ___
K )
2
F=(
4005 x A 2
________
)
K
Where: Q = Airflow Rate (cfm)
∆P = Sensor Differential Pressure ("w.g.)
K = K-Factor Calibration Constant (standard air)
F = Amplification Factor (sensor gain)
A = Nom. Duct Area (sq. ft.)
The K-Factors tabulated in the above tables are the
airflow required to produce a 1.0" w.g. differential
pressure at the Diamond Flow Sensor.
3/20
IOM-VAVK (Supercedes 8/12)
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 1 of 2
Model Series:
30HQX Single Duct Exhaust (Hospital Grade)
30X
Single Duct Exhaust
Inlet
Size
Type
Value Inlet Valve Inlet K-Factor Velocity F-Factor
Size
Area
(cfm)
(fpm)
(amp.)
(inches)
(sq. ft.)
4
3.4 x 3.4
5
4.3 x 4.3
6
5.5 x 5.5
7
5.8 x 6.3
8
SQUARE 6.7 x 7.2
9
8.6 x 7.1
OR
RECT.
10
9.5 x 8.0
12
13.6 x 8.1
14
12.9 x 10.8
16
18.3 x 10.8
24 x 16
26.1 x 16.3
0.080
0.128
0.210
0.254
0.335
0.424
0.528
0.765
0.968
1.373
2.954
210
345
580
680
970
1209
1539
2269
2521
3586
7009
2625
2695
2762
2677
2896
2851
2915
2966
2604
2612
2373
2.33
2.21
2.10
2.24
1.91
1.97
1.89
1.82
2.36
2.35
2.85
Equations:
Q=Kx
Q
∆P = ( ___
K )
2
F=(
4005 x A 2
________
)
K
Where: Q = Airflow Rate (cfm)
∆P = Sensor Differential Pressure ("w.g.)
K = K-Factor Calibration Constant (standard air)
F = Amplification Factor (sensor gain)
A = Nom. Duct Area (sq. ft.)
The K-Factors tabulated in the above tables are the
airflow required to produce a 1.0" w.g. differential
pressure at the Diamond Flow Sensor.
Houston, Texas
Tel: 281-590-1172
Fax: 281-590-3086
Page 2 of 2
∆P
Las Vegas, Nevada
Tel: 702-648-5400
Fax: 702-638-0400
Toronto, Canada
Tel: 416-744-3300
Fax: 416-744-3360
Calgary, Canada
Tel: 403-279-8619
Fax: 403-279-5035
3/20
IOM-VAVK (Supercedes 8/12)
"Complete Air Control and Distribution Solutions."
www.nailor.com
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
CROSS-FLOW SENSOR K-FACTORS
FOR VAV TERMINAL UNITS
Model Series:
3000
3210
35S-OAI
38S
Single Duct
Dual Duct
Series Fan Powered w/ O.A. Damper
Underfloor Fan Powered
Inlet
Size
Type
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Duct Area
(sq. ft.)
K-Factor
(cfm)
Velocity
(fpm)
F-Factor
(amp.)
0.087
0.136
0.196
0.267
0.349
0.441
0.545
0.754
0.970
1.186
2.667
202
325
524
714
987
1235
1575
2230
2629
3247
7760
2322
2390
2673
2674
2828
2800
2890
2958
2710
2738
2910
2.98
2.81
2.24
2.24
2.01
2.05
1.92
1.83
2.18
2.14
1.89
ROUND
12
14
16
24 x 16
OVAL
RECT.
Model Series:
36VRS
Square/Rectangular Retrofit
Type
Damper
(valve)
Size
(inches)
Damper
(valve)
Area
(sq. ft.)
K-Factor Velocity F-Factor
(cfm)
(fpm)
(amp.)
7
8
9
10
11
11A
12 SQUARE
13
OR
RECT.
14
15
15A
16
17
18
19
5x5
6x6
8x6
10 x 8
14 x 8
18 x 6
12 x 10
18 x 10
18 x 12
20 x 14
30 x 12
22 x 16
24 x 18
30 x 20
40 x 20
0.174
0.250
0.333
0.555
0.778
0.750
0.833
1.250
1.500
1.944
2.500
2.444
3.000
4.167
5.555
437
696
972
1621
2272
2089
2469
3704
4612
5562
7687
7283
8940
12349
16462
Inlet
Size
2509
2786
2920
2920
2920
2786
2964
2964
3075
2861
3075
2980
2980
2964
2964
2.82
2.25
2.01
2.01
2.01
2.25
1.92
1.92
1.77
2.03
1.77
1.87
1.87
1.92
1.92
Model Series:
3100
Single Duct
3230
Dual Duct
3240
"Blendmaster" Dual Duct
33SZ
Chilled Water Fan Powered
35N
Parallel Fan Powered
35S
Series Fan Powered
35S-CVP Pressurization Series Fan Powered
35SST
Stealth Series Fan Powered
35SXC
Stealth XC Series Fan Powered
36VRR
Round Retrofit
Inlet
Size
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
24 x 16
Type
ROUND
RECT.
Duct Area
(sq. ft.)
K-Factor
(cfm)
Velocity
(fpm)
F-Factor
(amp.)
0.087
0.136
0.196
0.267
0.349
0.441
0.545
0.785
1.068
1.395
2.667
202
325
524
714
987
1235
1575
2363
3002
4093
7760
2315
2509
2669
2672
2828
2795
2888
3009
2808
2931
2910
2.99
2.82
2.25
2.25
2.01
2.05
1.92
1.77
2.03
1.87
1.89
Model Series:
37N
Low Profile Parallel Fan Powered
37S
Low Profile Fan Powered
37SST Low Profile Stealth Fan Powered
37SXC LowProfile Stealth XC Series Fan Powered
Inlet
Size
4
5
6
8
10
14 x 8
14 x 10
Type
ROUND
RECT.
Equations:
Q=Kx
∆P
Duct Area
(sq. ft.)
K-Factor
(cfm)
Velocity
(fpm)
F-Factor
(amp.)
0.087
0.136
0.196
0.349
0.545
0.777
0.972
202
325
524
987
1575
2197
2807
2322
2509
2673
2828
2890
2828
2890
2.98
2.81
2.24
2.01
1.92
2.01
1.92
Q
∆P = ( ___
K )
2
F=(
4005 x A 2
________
)
K
Where: Q = Airflow Rate (cfm)
∆P = Sensor Differential Pressure ("w.g.)
K = K-Factor Calibration Constant (standard air)
F = Amplification Factor (sensor gain)
A = Nom. Duct Area (sq. ft.)
The K-Factors tabulated in the above tables are the
airflow required to produce a 1.0" w.g. differential
pressure at the Cross-Flow Sensor.
7-11-22
IOM-VAVK-2 (Supersedes NEW)
Nailor Industries Inc. reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
Page 1 of 2
Model Series:
30HQX Single Duct Exhaust (Hospital Grade)
30X
Single Duct Exhaust
Inlet
Size
Type
Value Inlet Valve Inlet K-Factor Velocity F-Factor
Size
Area
(cfm)
(fpm)
(amp.)
(inches)
(sq. ft.)
4
3.4 x 3.4
5
4.3 x 4.3
6
5.5 x 5.5
7
5.8 x 6.3
8
SQUARE 6.7 x 7.2
9
8.6 x 7.1
OR
RECT.
10
9.5 x 8.0
12
13.6 x 8.1
14
12.9 x 10.8
16
18.3 x 10.8
24 x 16
26.1 x 16.3
0.080
0.128
0.210
0.254
0.335
0.424
0.528
0.765
0.968
1.373
2.954
197
316
527
637
933
1175
1542
2234
2869
3928
8709
2468
2468
2509
2509
2786
2772
2920
2920
2964
2861
2948
2.98
2.81
2.24
2.24
2.01
2.05
1.92
1.77
2.03
2.14
1.89
Equations:
Q=Kx
Q
∆P = ( ___
K )
2
F=(
Where: Q = Airflow Rate (cfm)
4005 x A 2
________
)
K
∆P = Sensor Differential Pressure ("w.g.)
K = K-Factor Calibration Constant (standard air)
F = Amplification Factor (sensor gain)
A = Nom. Duct Area (sq. ft.)
The K-Factors tabulated in the above tables are the
airflow required to produce a 1.0" w.g. differential
pressure at the Cross-Flow Sensor.
Houston, Texas
Tel: 281-590-1172
Fax: 281-590-3086
Page 2 of 2
∆P
Las Vegas, Nevada
Tel: 702-648-5400
Fax: 702-638-0400
Toronto, Canada
Tel: 416-744-3300
Fax: 416-744-3360
Calgary, Canada
Tel: 403-279-8619
Fax: 403-279-5035
7-11-22
IOM-VAVK-2 (Supersedes NEW)
"Complete Air Control and Distribution Solutions."
www.nailor.com
Quick Start Installation Guide – EZvav Sensors & Controllers
EZvav Sensors:
Mount the sensors
To install the sensor on a mounting base, do the following:
1. Turn the Allen screws in the base of the sensor clockwise until
they clear the case. Swing the sensor away from the mounting
base to remove it.
Turn screws clockwise to
remove sensor case from base.
STE-8001W36
Digital Display
STE-8201W36
Digital Display with Occupancy Sensor
This installation guide applies to EZvav digital
display wall sensors connected to EZvav
controllers.
For complete details, download IOM
“IOM-EZVAVINST” from Nailor website.
Choosing a sensor location
2. Route the Ethernet cable through the mounting base.
3. Fasten the mounting base directly to a 2 x 4 inch (51 x 102
mm) outlet box or a backplate with the Allen screws toward
the floor.
4. Insert the Ethernet cable coming from the base into the sensor.
www.nailor.com
Install the sensor on an inside wall where it can sense the average
room temperature. Avoid locations with direct sunlight, heat
sources, windows, air vents, and air circulation obstructions such
as curtains or furniture.
5. Place the top of the sensor over the top of the mounting base
and swing it down over the Allen screw brackets. Be careful
not to pinch any wiring.
6. Turn the Allen screws counterclockwise until they back out of
the mounting base and engage the case of the sensor.
Turn counterclockwise until the
screws engage the case.
For models with motion sensing, see the topic on the following
page, Planning for motion sensing.
Rough-in preparation
Operation
Complete rough-in wiring at each sensor location prior to sensor
installation. This includes the following items:
• If required, install an appropriate backplate.
• Route an Ethernet connecting cable from the sensor to the
controller location.
• Maximum cable length is 75 feet (22.9 meters). Plenumrated preassembled cables are recommended.
The sensor will become operational as soon as it is connected to
an operational controller. See the following pages to change room
set points or configure a EZvav controller with the sensor.
Maintenance
Remove dust as necessary from holes in top and bottom. Clean
the display with soft, damp cloth and mild soap.
Mounting
Base
Ethernet Connecting
Cable
Maximum 75 feet
(22.9 meters)
Date: 9-2015
Allen
Screws
Supersedes: NEW
Page 1 of 4
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVQSIG
Quick Start Installation Guide – EZvav Sensors & Controllers
Planning for motion sensing
For motion sensing models only — Mount the sensor on a wall
that will have an unobstructed view of the typical traffic in the
coverage area. When choosing a location, do not install the sensor
in the following areas.
• Behind curtains or other obstructions.
• In locations that will expose it to direct sunlight or heat
sources.
• Near a heating or cooling inlet or outlet.
The effective detection range is approximately 33 feet (10 meters).
Factors that may reduce the range may include the following
items.
Typical motion sensing coverage
• The difference between the surface temperature of the
object and the background temperature of the room is too
small.
• Object movement in a direct line toward the sensor.
• Very slow or very fast object movement.
• Obstructions in the shaded area of the diagram Typical
motion sensing coverage.
False detections may be triggered by any of the following
conditions.
• The temperature inside the detection range suddenly
changes because of the entry of cold or warm air from an airconditioning or heating unit.
• The sensor being directly exposed to sunlight, an
incandescent light, or other source of far‑infrared rays.
• Small animal movement.
Side view
Top view
Motion sensor vertical and horizontal patterns
Changing room set points
Room set points are changed using the buttons and display on the
front of the sensor.
1. Press any button to begin changing set points.
2. If required, enter Password 1. New installations do not have a
password.
3. When the display advances to the cooling set point, press the
up ∆ or down button to change the cooling set point.
∆
button to save the cooling set point and
4. Press the set point
advance to the heating set point.
5. Press the button to save the value or advance to the next
function.
6. When the display advances to the heating set point, press the
up ∆ or down button to change the heating set point.
∆
button to save the heating set point and
7. Press the set point
return to the temperature display.
Date: 9-2015
Supersedes: NEW
Page 2 of 4
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVQSIG
Quick Start Installation Guide – EZvav Sensors & Controllers
EZvav Controllers:
3 Connect the room sensor cable
These are brief instructions for installing a
EZvav controller.
Connect a EZvav sensor to the controller with a standard Ethernet
cable. Plug the controller end of the cable into the T’stat connector.
For complete details, download IOM
“IOM-EZVAVINST” from Nailor website.
1 Align the damper and drive hub
www.nailor.com
Manually rotate the damper on the VAV box to the fully closed
position.
Press the gear clutch button and rotate the drive hub in the same
direction that closed the damper. Turn the hub until it reaches a
stop, then rotate the hub back 2 degrees and release clutch.
2 Mount the controller to the VAV box
Place the controller over the damper shaft.
Finger tighten the nuts on the V-bolt to position the shaft in the
drive hub.
Center the mounting bushing in the mounting tab and fasten it
with a #8 sheet metal screw.
4 Connect the airflow sensors
Connect the airflow sensor on the VAV box to the airflow ports on
the controller. Use 0.25 in. FR tubing.
5 Connect auxiliary equipment (optional)
Other VAV equipment such as fans, heaters, reheat valves, and
discharge air temperature sensors connect at the green terminals.
If the controller is part of a BACnet network, wire it to the gray
MS/TP network terminals.
6 Connect 24 volt power
Connect the controller to a 24 volt, Class 2 transformer at the black
power terminals. As soon as power is connected, the controller
begins operation.
Evenly tighten the V-bolt nuts on the drive hub to 30-35 in-lbs.
Airflow Sensor
Ports
Drive Hub
and V-bolt
Black Power
Terminals
Gray Network
Terminals
Mounting Tab
and Bushing
Gear Clutch
Button
Green Terminals for
Fan, Reheat and
Other Equipment
Room Temp. Sensor/
T’stat connector
Date: 9-2015
Supersedes: NEW
Page 3 of 4
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVQSIG
Date: 9-2015
Min, Cool Flow
Primary K Factor
Secondary K Factor
No/Stg/Par
No/Ser/Par
CCW/CW
Cool Setpoint
Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cooling
Occupied Heating
Unoccupied Cooling
Dual Minimum CFM
Differential
Supersedes: NEW
Standby Differential
Calibration
MAXF
Max. Fan Speed (%)
Changeover
English/Metric
Restore
Measured Min. Flow
Measured Max. Flow
Primary
End configuration
Set airflow set point and limits.
Enter passwords and enable model specific features.
Restore to factory settings.
FLOW
ADVC
RSTR
Nailor reserves the right to change any information concerning product or specification without notice or obligation.
IOM-EZVAVQSIG
www.nailor.com
Set up reheat, fan operation and basic terminal unit functions.
BOX
For complete details on controller configuration,
download IOM “IOM-EZVAVINST” from Nailor website.
Enter temperature set point and limits.
Set airflow balancing parameters. Only the PRI (primary) menu
is used for single duct VAV Terminal Units.
STPT
BLNC
** Select English (factory setting) or Metric before setting other parameters.
Page 4 of 4
Measured Min. Flow
Measured Max. Flow
Secondary
The main configuration parameters for the VAV terminal unit.
Baud Rate
BACnet MAC
BACnet instance
COMM Set BACnet device instance, MAC address and network baud.
CNFG
End configuration
button to choose a
Press the set point
selection or save a value.
Enter Password 2 if required. New installations
do not have a password.
End configuration
Press the up ∆ or down
buttons to move
between functions or change values.
buttons to
Press together the up ∆ and down
start configuration or balancing.
To get started:
* Not used for all models
Auto. Occ. Mode
Min. Fan Speed (%)
Discharge Air Temp
Standby timer
Override timer
Set Password 2
Set Password 1
Advanced
Unoccupied Heating
Max. Heat Flow
Min. Heat Flow
Auxillary airflow
Max. Cool Flow
Setpoints and limits
Temp. setpoints
Configuration
Optional
Use an STE-8001W36 or STE-8201W36 sensor
to configure the EZvav controller. If another
type of sensor is installed as the room sensor,
temporarily connect an STE-8001W36 as a
service tool.
∆
Quick Start Configuration Guide – EZvav Sensors & Controllers
∆

advertisement

Key Features

  • Hot water coil section
  • Insulated casing
  • Copper tubes
  • Aluminum ripple fins
  • Access panels
  • Flanged outlet duct connection

Frequently Answers and Questions

What are the coil hand connections available for the Nailor 37SW?
The Nailor 37SW offers both right hand and left hand coil connections. The right hand configuration is standard, while the left hand option is available upon request.
What are the different coil row options available for the Nailor 37SW?
The Nailor 37SW offers 1-row, 2-row, and 3-row coil options to suit various heating and cooling needs.
What is the purpose of the insulated casing in the Nailor 37SW?
The insulated casing helps to improve thermal efficiency by preventing heat loss from the coil, leading to better heating and cooling performance.

Related manuals

Nailor 35S(ST) Fan Powered Terminal Units Manual

Nailor

35S(ST) Fan Powered Terminal Units

  • User manual
Fan Powered Terminal Unit FPC, FEC, FDC Series Installation Manual

Price Industries

FPC, FEC, FDC Series

  • Installation manual
Nailor P30RW Installation And Operation Manual

Nailor

P30RW

  • Installation and Operation Manual
KMC Controls CSC-3505 Installation Manual

KMC Controls

CSC-3505

  • Installation manual
AWC AHS 12 Manual - Variable Air Volume Control

AWC

AHS 12

  • Manual
Carrier 35N Series Installation & Start-Up Instructions

Carrier

35N Series

  • User manual
WT-4000 MCR, WT-4000 0CR Installation Instructions

Johnson Controls

WT-4000 0CR

  • Installation instructions
Electro Industries EM-MB* Installation Manual

Electro Industries

EM-MB*

  • Installation manual
KMC Controls TPE-1001 Pressure Transducer Manual

KMC Controls

TPE-1001

  • Installation manual
WT-4000 WT-4002-MCR, WT-4000 WT-4002-MCM, WT-4000 WT-4002-MFR, WT-4000 WT-4002-MFM Installation Instructions

Johnson Controls

WT-4000 WT-4002-MCM

  • Installation instructions
SimplyVAV BAC-8001, BAC-8005, BAC-8007, BAC-8205 Application and Installation Guide

KMC Controls

SimplyVAV BAC-8001

  • User manual
KMC Controls CTE-5104 Installation Manual

KMC Controls

CTE-5104

  • Installation manual
Download PDF

advertisement